A BCI-2008-compliant business-law program engineered around twelve thrust areas, an eight-course Technology Stream, and the placement realities of 2025-26.
Why this design wins for KLEF, in three paragraphs.
Recommended program. A 64-component Regular BBA LLB built on three parallel tracks: 5 academic courses + 1 Technology Stream course + 1 semester-long Activity through Sem 2–8 (Sem 1 carries Contracts; Jurisprudence is in Sem 3 absorbing Legal Methods & Indian Legal System). The final year is practice-only: Sem 9 carries the compulsory tail (Labour II, Environmental), the ADR clinic and a practice-oriented research project; Sem 10 has no classroom papers — only the Moot Court & Trial Advocacy clinic, an Access-to-Justice experiential component, and a full-semester internship. BCI-2008-compliant: 18 compulsory + Taxation & Environmental + 4 clinical + 6 optional law papers.
The Activity Stream is new. Ten activity templates — spanning self-learning, observation, societal work, advocate/firm collaboration, and the inclusion of legal practices — replace passive "elective" slots. Students complete all 10 templates across 10 semesters, choosing which template to attempt each semester. Each is a team activity with stipulated goals, outcomes, and a faculty mentor.
The differentiator. The Technology Stream (8 courses, Sem 1–8) trains for roles with documented premium pay: AI Legal Counsel (₹15–30 LPA), AI Governance Officer (median total comp US$169,700, IAPP 2025-26), Legal Engineer (US$120–200K), Legal Prompt Engineer (US$76–156K, RELX/LexisNexis). AI-skilled lawyers command a 56% advertised salary premium per Lightcast (May 2025).
Moot court is woven in. From Sem 4 onwards, at least one course per semester reallocates 2 hours of its practical component to the moot court arena — building the muscle memory that wins Jessup, Vis, and FDI moot trophies.
What the BCI rule-book, market data, and competitor universities all collectively imply for this program.
Rule 11 mandates ≥18 compulsory + ≥6 optional + 4 clinical papers. The blueprint delivers exactly: 18 compulsory law subjects, 4 clinicals, and 6 optional law papers distributed 1+2+2+1 across Sem 5–8 (pathway-specific, from 3+ BCI groups). The BBA liberal-discipline component uses 9 exact KLEF BBA courses — no separate Law & Economics or Foreign Language paper, since BBA economics and the international optionals cover that ground.
10 semester-long, team-based activity templates — spanning self-learning, observation, societal work, advocate/firm collaboration, and live legal practice — replace passive elective slots. All 10 must be completed across 10 semesters. Pass/fail with portfolio deliverable. No Indian law school currently runs this as a mandated stream.
Sem 9 carries a practice-oriented Research Project (not LL.M.-style theory — a deliverable usable by a partnering firm or court). Sem 10 is a full-semester internship (~16 weeks) at a Tier-1 firm, chambers, regulator, or GIFT-City offshore desk. Final year = 3 courses + 1 research + 1 internship.
Khaitan & Co. ₹22.5 LPA, SAM ₹20 LPA, S&R ₹19.8 LPA, Trilegal ₹19.5 LPA, AZB ₹19.5 LPA, CAM ~₹18.5 LPA, JSA ₹15.7 LPA, IndusLaw ₹14.4–15.5 LPA (Law Drishti, May 2025).
Dentons Link Legal (Jun 2024), Khaitan, CAM, Trilegal all opened GIFT-City offices. IFSCA's TechFin & Ancillary Services Regulations 2025 expressly permit "Legal Services" as an ancillary unit.
From Sem 4 onwards, at least one course per semester reallocates 2 of its hours to moot court drills — building advocacy muscle memory week-on-week instead of cramming for one competition.
AIBE XXI on 7 June 2026 · 100 MCQs, 3 hours, no negative marking, 45% pass (40% SC/ST). KLEF teaches BNS / BNSS / BSA from Sem 4–6 to lock in the new syllabus.
AI-skilled lawyers earn a 56% advertised salary premium (Lightcast / Law Leaders, May 2025). AI governance roles: median total comp US$169,700 (IAPP 2025-26). Gartner: agentic AI scales from <1% to 33% of enterprise software by 2028.
Each thrust validated across Local (AP/Telangana), Regional (South India), National, and Global layers. Filter by cluster:
The BCI organises optional law papers into seven named groups. Treated as student-facing specializations, they vary enormously in market value. Below, each is mapped to its job roles, pay bands, and hiring companies — then ranked by a composite of pay ceiling, hiring volume, AP/Telangana relevance, and growth trajectory to guide which KLU should prioritise offering.
Ranking logic: each specialization is scored 1–5 on four axes — Pay (entry + ceiling CTC), Hiring Volume (number of open roles nationally), Local Fit (relevance to the AP/Telangana + South India job market within commuting distance of KLU), and Growth (3–5 year trajectory). Tier verdicts: Flagship (offer with full faculty depth + Honours track), Core (offer every year), Selective (offer in rotation), Niche (offer as a single elective or guest-led module).
Composite scores out of 20 (each axis 1–5). Higher = stronger case for KLU to offer with depth.
| Specialization (BCI Group) | Pay | Hiring Volume | Local Fit (AP/TS) | Growth | Total /20 | Verdict |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Business Law (G2) | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | 19 | Flagship |
| Intellectual Property (G7) | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | 18 | Flagship |
| International Trade (G3) | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | 15 | Core |
| Constitutional & Public Policy (G1) | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | 14 | Core |
| Crime & Criminology (G4) | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | 12 | Selective |
| International Law (G5) | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | 10 | Selective |
| Law & Agriculture (G6) | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | ●●●●● | 9 | Niche |
A KLU cohort caps at 120 students who funnel into four destinations: corporate jobs, advocacy practice, judiciary, and higher education. The seven BCI specialization groups serve each path with very different intensity — the same group can be a flagship for one pathway and a footnote for another. Below, each destination gets a tailored specialization prescription.
Indicative split of a 120-student cohort (figures overlap — many judiciary aspirants also sit corporate, and higher-education applicants often work first). Proportions are planning estimates, not guarantees.
How each BCI group serves each destination. Core = central to the path · Strong = high value · Some = useful add-on · low = minimal relevance.
| BCI Specialization Group | Corporate | Advocacy | Judiciary | Higher Ed |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Business Law (G2) | Core | Strong | Some | Some |
| Intellectual Property (G7) | Strong | Some | — | Strong |
| International Trade & Arbitration (G3) | Strong | Strong | — | Some |
| Constitutional & Public Policy (G1) | Some | Strong | Core | Core |
| Crime & Criminology (G4) | Some | Core | Strong | Some |
| International Law (G5) | — | Some | — | Core |
| Law & Agriculture (G6) | — | Some | Some | Some |
Every student takes the same compulsory law papers, BBA papers, clinicals, Tech Stream, and activities. What differs is the six optional law papers (Sem 5–8). KLU offers a menu at each optional slot; a student picks the course that matches their pathway. Select a pathway below — the planner highlights exactly which optional that student picks at each slot, and the rest of the curriculum stays constant.
The dashed crimson boxes are optional slots. The highlighted course is the selected pathway's pick; the greyed lines show what other pathways would take in the same slot.
The first three semesters re-anchored so that contracts is mastered first, doctrinal substance precedes its theoretical frame, and the BBA management triad lands in S03.
Pre-requisite chains revalidated. LCTR pre-req (formerly JLMI) is now NIL; SPCN keeps LCTR as pre-req; JLMI carries NIL.
Across 27 doctrinal papers, one lecture hour is converted to a 2-hour practical block. Credits unchanged (4 → 4); class hours rise 4 → 5/week per paper.
The added 2 P-hours default to two specific activities:
Blended from BCI Groups 2 (Business Law), 7 (IP) & 3 (International Trade) — satisfying the BCI rule that 6 optionals come from 3+ groups.
Fresher CTC across Tier-1 Indian firms and other career tracks. Bars scaled to ₹25 LPA ceiling.
Source: Law Drishti, May 2025; LawBhoomi; Whalesbook (Khaitan GIFT-City filing). Scale: ₹25 LPA = 100%.
*Includes ESOPs/perks. Civil Judge: ₹77,840/mo basic + DA + accommodation. AI Governance/Legal Engineer roles enabled by the Tech Stream.
Every major exam a KLEF BBA-LLB graduate can take to convert their degree into a licensed practice, government role, or international qualification.
Selected national programs. Median CTC sourced from NIRF, university disclosures, and major aggregators (2024-25 placement cycle).
| Institution | Programme | Median CTC | Highest CTC | Distinctive |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bangalore | 5-yr BA LLB (Hons) | ~₹19 LPA | ~₹45 LPA intl. | 15 trimesters; pioneer integrated; Socratic case method |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | 5-yr BA LLB (Hons) | ₹17.5 LPA · 100% placed | — | Tech-law electives; 38 MoU foreign partners |
| NLU Delhi | 5-yr BA LLB (Hons) | ₹17–18 LPA | — | AILET; gov/policy ecosystem |
| GNLU Gandhinagar | 5-yr BBA LLB (Hons) | ~₹18 LPA · 91.6% placed | ₹20 LPA | GIFT-City proximity = financial-services exposure |
| Jindal Global Law School | 5-yr BBA LLB (Hons) | ~₹13 LPA | ₹25 LPA | 208 credits · QS #1 private law school |
| Symbiosis Law School Pune | 5-yr BBA LLB (Hons) | ₹18 LPA · 94% placed | ₹52 LPA intl. / ₹22 LPA dom. | SLS Pune NIRF #7 |
| UPES Dehradun | 5-yr BBA LLB (Hons) | ₹6.88 LPA avg; ₹8.9 LPA top decile | ₹22.5 LPA | 10 specialisations · model for thrust-area design |
| Christ University Bangalore | 5-yr BBA LLB | ₹6–9 LPA | ₹16 LPA | South India placements depth |
| NMIMS School of Law Mumbai | 5-yr BBA LLB | ₹8–10 LPA | ₹18 LPA | Mumbai corporate placements |
| ICFAI Law School Hyderabad | 5-yr BBA LLB | ₹4–6 LPA | ₹10 LPA | Local Telangana competitor |
Programs KLEF should benchmark against for course-level integration design and LL.M. articulation.
| Institution | Programme | Structure | Notes |
|---|---|---|---|
| NUS (Singapore) | Double Degree LLB + BBA (Hons) | 5 years · common-module double-counting · Field Service Project doubles for both | The textbook integrated model · continuation gate GPA 3.5 or top 75% |
| Univ. of Sydney | Combined Law (BCom/BBA + LLB) | 5-6 years | Asia-Pacific benchmark |
| Harvard Law / HBS | JD + MBA joint | 4 years | Top US benchmark |
| Yale Law / SOM | JD + MBA joint | 4 years | — |
| Stanford Law | JD/MBA joint | 4 years | Silicon Valley tech-law focus |
| UPenn Carey / Wharton | JD + MBA | 3 years (intensive) | Top corporate/M&A pipeline |
| Oxford BCL + MBA | Sequential | 2 years | Elite international arbitration track |
| LSE LLB | 3-year UK qualifying LLB | Modular | Commercial bar pipeline |
Sem 2–8 run on three parallel tracks: 5 academic courses + 1 Technology Stream course + 1 semester-long Activity; Sem 1 carries 6 components anchored by Law of Contracts; Jurisprudence moves to Sem 3 (absorbing Legal Methods & Indian Legal System). The final year is practice-only — Sem 9 holds the compulsory tail plus a Research Project, and Sem 10 has no classroom papers, only the Moot Court clinic, an Access-to-Justice component and the full-semester Internship. The BBA component uses the exact KLEF BBA courses (Business Environment, Operations, Organisational Behaviour & People Analytics, Managerial Economics, Financial Accounting & Corporate Reporting, Corporate Finance, Marketing, Strategic Management & Competitive Dynamics, Logistics & SCM, HRM) — so BBA economics covers what a separate "Law & Economics" paper would, and no foreign-language paper is needed.
Course math. Sem 1 carries 6 components anchored by Law of Contracts. Jurisprudence is in Sem 3, absorbing Legal Methods & Indian Legal System. Sem 2–8 run the full 5 academic + 1 Tech + 1 Activity = 7 each. Sem 9 carries 4 academic/clinical components + Activity + the Practice-Oriented Research Project. Sem 10 has no classroom papers — only the Moot Court & Trial Advocacy clinic, the Access-to-Justice experiential component, and the full-semester Internship. The six optional law papers are distributed 1 + 2 + 2 + 1 across Sem 5–8, pathway-specific — see the Course Planner. Continuity: Company Law (Sem 5) precedes the corporate optionals; Public International Law (Sem 6) precedes the international optionals — and is the reason no optional PIL paper is offered; Evidence and CPC sit together in Sem 7; Labour & Industrial Law I (Sem 8) flows into Labour II (Sem 9) in consecutive semesters; and Moot Court has moved to the final semester so the trial-advocacy capstone sits next to the internship.
Eight future-forward courses sequenced Sem 1 to Sem 8. Every course aligns to a role with documented salary premiums in the 2025-26 market.
AI-skilled lawyers earn a 56% advertised salary premium (Lightcast / Law Leaders, May 2025). AI governance had the highest YoY salary growth of any privacy-adjacent specialty with median total comp USD 169,700 (IAPP 2025-26 Salary & Jobs Report). Gartner forecasts agentic AI to rise from under 1% of enterprise software to about 33% by 2028.
Foundations: data structures, APIs, rules-as-code, legal ontologies (LKIF, LegalRuleML). Builds the mental model needed for every downstream tech course.
Hands-on Harvey, Lexis+ AI, Westlaw Precision AI, CoCounsel, vLex Vincent; RAG; knowledge graphs; firm knowledge bases. Anchors the 56% AI salary premium.
ABCDE framework, chain-of-thought, prompt libraries with version control. RELX/LexisNexis hires Prompt Engineer — Legal at US$76–156K (ZipRecruiter, May 2026).
Python for legal text mining (spaCy, transformers, Hugging Face); litigation outcome prediction; judge analytics; clause classifiers; Streamlit dashboards. Feeder for Legal Data Scientist roles ₹10–25 LPA.
Single highest-growth specialty 2025-26. IAPP AIGP syllabus, EU AI Act, NIST AI RMF, India's 2025 AI Governance Guidelines, algorithmic audits. Median total comp $169,700.
DPDP Rules 2025 + GDPR + CCPA + PDPA + UAE PDPL; OneTrust/Securiti CMPs; DPIAs; SCCs/BCRs; IAPP CIPP/E + CIPM prep. Maps to Khaitan/CAM privacy practices paying ₹15–30 LPA.
The 2026 frontier. Multi-agent legal workflows (LangChain, LlamaIndex, AutoGen); guardrails; hallucination mitigation; ABA Formal Opinion 512 compliance; CLM integration. Feeds Legal Engineer roles at Harvey, Clio, Thomson Reuters.
Tokenised assets under IFSCA/SEBI/RBI; DAO liability; quantum-safe cryptography; deepfake & synthetic-media liability; neuro-rights (Chile model); autonomous-systems liability. Future-proofs against obsolescence.
| Target Role | Indian Pay (Entry) | US / Global Pay | Primary Employers |
|---|---|---|---|
| AI Legal Counsel | ₹15–30 LPA | US$140–250K | Khaitan, CAM, Nishith Desai, AZB tech practice; Big Tech in-house |
| AI Governance Officer | ₹18–35 LPA + ESOPs | Median total comp $169,700 | Microsoft, Google, Meta, OpenAI, Anthropic India; Big-4 ESG/AI |
| Legal Engineer / Solutions Architect | ₹18–35 LPA + ESOPs | US$120–200K | Harvey, Clio, Thomson Reuters, LexisNexis, SpotDraft |
| Privacy Counsel / DPO | ₹12–25 LPA | Internal privacy lawyers median $142,000 | Khaitan, CAM, AMLEGALS, AZB; MNC DPO seats |
| Legal Prompt Engineer | ₹10–20 LPA | US$76–156K (ZipRecruiter, May 2026) | RELX/LexisNexis, Thomson Reuters, Harvey, AmLaw 100 |
| Legal Data Scientist | ₹10–25 LPA + ESOPs | US$130–200K | MBB consulting, Big-4 legal-tech, legal-tech startups |
| RegTech / SupTech Product Manager | ₹15–30 LPA + ESOPs | US$120–180K | Razorpay, Setu, M2P, SpotDraft (₹450 cr Series B, Feb 2025) |
In every semester from Sem 1 to Sem 10, the sixth course slot is reserved for a semester-long, team-based activity drawn from a stipulated pool of 10 templates. Each template has clearly defined goals, deliverables, and a faculty mentor. A student must complete all 10 templates across the 10 semesters before graduation; the order in which they are attempted is the student's choice.
Indian law education is criticised — by the Bar Council itself and by every law-firm partner who interviews fresh graduates — for over-indexing on doctrine and under-indexing on demonstrable work product. The Activity Stream is KLEF's structural answer: 10 semester-long, mentored, team-based builds that each end in a tangible artifact a student can show a recruiter, a judge, or an admissions committee. By graduation every student holds a 10-piece portfolio: a published explainer, a courtroom-analytics dashboard, a drafted deal-room, a legal-tech micro-product, a moot memorial, a legislative memo, and more. Each template is tagged by difficulty so students sequence them sensibly across five years.
Pick a fast-moving area outside the syllabus (e.g. DPDP enforcement, the SARFAESI–IBC overlap, AI-and-copyright). Build a living knowledge base, then publish a public-facing explainer on a blog, LinkedIn, or a student law review — with citations, an annotated case map, and a 90-second explainer video.
Attend 20+ hours across District / High Court / NCLT, but go beyond note-taking: log structured data (cause-list timing, adjournment reasons, bench questioning patterns, disposal rates) and turn it into a small data dashboard with charts and an insight write-up. Observation becomes legal data science.
Shadow NCLT Hyderabad, CCI, SEBI, ITAT, DRT or NGT South Zone and produce a visual "process atlas" — annotated flowcharts of how each forum moves a matter from filing to order, with timelines, key forms, and pressure points. A reference artifact juniors in any firm would actually use.
Run legal-aid camps with TS-SLSA / AP-SLSA, but treat it like a clinic with metrics: intake register, matters triaged, applications actually drafted and filed, and a measured-impact report (people served, outcomes tracked). Real client contact, documented for a CV.
Don't just run a workshop — build a reusable legal-literacy product in Telugu/Hindi: an illustrated rights handbook, a WhatsApp-deliverable explainer series, or a short animated video on POSH, tenancy, consumer, DPDP, or MGNREGA rights. Deliver to 200+ beneficiaries and measure reach.
Pair with a practising advocate (via the State Bar Council list) on a live or recent matter. Beyond shadowing, construct the full case theory: chronology, issue tree, evidence matrix, draft arguments, and a "what I would have done differently" memo reviewed by the mentor.
Embed with a firm or in-house team — or run a faculty-supervised simulated M&A / financing transaction. Build a complete deal room: due-diligence checklist and findings, redlined contracts, an issues list, a closing checklist, and a deal summary memo. Mirrors a real associate's first six months.
The flagship innovation activity: in a team, ship a working legal-tech micro-product — an AI contract-clause checker, a RAG chatbot over a statute, a rent-agreement generator, a compliance-deadline tracker, or a judgment summariser. Uses the Tech Stream skills on a real problem. Demo day with external judges.
Represent KLU at a recognised moot — Jessup, Vis, FDI Moot, Stetson, Surana, or a BCI national moot. Research the compromis, draft both-side memorials, run mock oral rounds, and compete. The single most recognised line on a litigation-track CV.
Pick a live legislative debate (DPDP Rules, Digital Competition Bill, Mediation Act amendments, IBC reform). Produce a structured legislative brief with a comparative-law scan and a clear recommendation, then pitch it to Vidhi, PRS Legislative Research, or an MP's office. Publishable, citable policy work.
A program is only as good as the capabilities it provably builds. This section maps the whole curriculum four ways: which courses build which skills (and how a skill grows from fresher to expert), which tools students learn and where, which technologies they gain fluency in, and how courses map to the 12 thrust areas. Use the tabs to switch views.
Six skill clusters, 18 named skills. Each card shows the courses that build the skill and a three-rung growth ladder — from what a fresher can do, to mid-level, to the expectation of an experienced industry professional. The ladder is what closes the gap between a graduate and a billable associate.
Across five years a KLU student gains hands-on fluency with 35+ industry tools — from the legal-research and AI platforms top firms run, to contract-lifecycle, privacy-compliance, and data-analytics software. Each chip names the tool and the course that teaches it.
Twelve technologies that define the next decade of legal work. The badge shows the depth a graduate reaches — Exposure (informed user) or Proficient (can build/operate independently).
Which courses feed which of the 12 thrust areas. A solid dot = a primary course for that thrust; a faint dot = supporting. This is how the curriculum operationalises the market demand mapped earlier.
| Course / Module | Corp & Cap | M&A / PE | IBC / NCLT | Tax / GST | IPR | Tech / DPDP | Competition | Labour | ESG | Trade / Arb | Infra | Pharma |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Company Law | ||||||||||||
| Securities Regulation (opt) | ||||||||||||
| Banking / SARFAESI / IBC (opt) | ||||||||||||
| M&A / Private Equity (opt) | ||||||||||||
| Competition Law (opt) | ||||||||||||
| Principles of Taxation | ||||||||||||
| IPR & Tech Transfer (opt) | ||||||||||||
| TECH-302 DPDP & Privacy | ||||||||||||
| TECH-301 AI Governance | ||||||||||||
| Labour & Industrial Law I/II | ||||||||||||
| Environmental Law | ||||||||||||
| Arbitration / ADR · Intl Trade (opt) | ||||||||||||
| Clinical-I/II/III/IV |
primary course for the thrust · supporting course. Foundational compulsory papers (Contracts, Constitutional, Crimes, etc.) underpin every column and are omitted here for clarity.
This is where every strand of the programme converges. For each pathway, the cards below trace a thrust area all the way from market demand to a salary band, to the job roles and industries that hire, to the skills and global certifications that win those roles — and finally back to the exact KLU courses that build each one. Switch pathways with the tabs. Pay bands reflect 2025–26 India-market entry-to-early-career ranges for KLU-tier graduates.
*Litigation pay starts modestly and is highly variable — chambers stipends in year one can be low, but disputes/arbitration earnings scale steeply with experience. All bands are indicative 2025–26 ranges for KLU-tier graduates and are not guarantees.
Every requirement of the BCI Rules of Legal Education 2008 met — 18 compulsory + 4 clinical + 6 optional law papers exactly. Four KLEF-specific differentiators layer on top: the Technology Stream, the Activity Stream, the Language Stack, and the Moot Court Hour Mandate.
Eight concrete moves to operationalise the program within AY 2025-26.
A continuous 768-hour placement training architecture running parallel to academics: 6 hrs/week × 8 semesters, organised into 10 categories that front-load common foundations in Years 1–2 and fork into four pathway tracks in Years 3–4 — Corporate, Advocacy, Judiciary, Higher Education. Tuned to fresher-realistic destinations in India and globally, with named exemplar employers within each tier and the actual selection mechanics they use in 2025–26.
KLEF is not on the Big-7 Day-Zero circuit, so Tier-1 placement runs exclusively through the internship-to-PPO route. The playbook makes every credential that recruiters use to bridge that gap — aptitude readiness, drafting portfolio, moot record, internship ladder, publications — a planned outcome of dedicated weekly hours, not an accident.
CAM · AZB · SAM · Khaitan · Trilegal · JSA · S&R · L&L
₹18–22.5 LBharucha · Spice Route · L&S · ELP · Phoenix · Anand & Anand
₹8–16 LDeloitte · PwC · EY · KPMG · JPM · Goldman · Morgan Stanley
₹9–14 LMagic Circle floor since May 2024 · post-SQE qualification route
£150 K+| Test / Mechanism | Used By | Format | KLEF Preparation Locus |
|---|---|---|---|
| Watson-Glaser Critical Thinking Critical | UK Magic Circle (Linklaters, A&O Shearman, Clifford Chance, Freshfields, Slaughter and May), most US firms hiring in UK, increasingly Indian Tier-1 graduate schemes | 40 questions · ~30 min · 5 sections (Inference, Recognition of Assumptions, Deduction, Interpretation, Evaluation of Arguments) · 80th-percentile cut at top firms; 70th–75th at Silver Circle | Cat A · Sem 2–4 intensive · Sem 7 mock blocks |
| SHL Verbal / Numerical / Logical Important | Travers Smith, several US firms, Big-4 (Deloitte/PwC/EY/KPMG), GCCs, in-house grad schemes | Adaptive online · verbal (comprehension under time) + numerical (data interpretation) + inductive/logical | Cat A · Sem 3–6 rolling drills |
| Custom Indian-firm aptitude Important | Trilegal, CAM, AZB internship cycles | ~30 Qs across verbal, quantitative, GK, legal-aptitude (CLAT/AILET-style logical reasoning · train-speed-style quant) | Cat A · Sem 4–6 mocks |
| Drafting test (in-room) Critical (Trilegal) | Trilegal documented · CAM/AZB/SAM interview-only (no documented standalone drafting test) | 2 large subjective Qs on Contracts & Companies Act + drafting outline (e.g., technology-transfer agreement) · top-10-15 shortlist | Cat C · Sem 5–7 weekly clinics |
| Technical legal interview Critical | All Indian Tier-1 firms · in-house · Big-4 advisory | SHA vs AoA (V.B. Rangaraj) · indemnity vs guarantee · mortgage vs pledge vs hypothecation · IPO vs rights issue · sweat equity · FEMA prohibited sectors · SEBI insider trading · IBC creditor classes | Cat E · Sem 5–8 mock-partner drills |
| Group Discussion Important | AZB campus cycles (e.g. "cryptocurrencies as a threat to sovereignty"), Big-4, in-house | Topical commercial / regulatory / policy prompt · 6–10 candidates · 15–20 min | Cat E · Sem 4–6 |
| Case interview Important | Big-4 advisory, consulting-adjacent legal roles, some in-house grad schemes | Live commercial scenario · structured problem-solving + framework + recommendation | Cat E · Sem 6 onwards |
| STAR-method behavioural Important | All recruiters · final HR round at Tier-1 firms | "Tell me about a time you …" · Situation–Task–Action–Result narrative discipline | Cat E · Sem 4 onwards · video review |
| Judgment-writing Critical (Judiciary) | State PCS-J Mains (every state) · SC/HC Law Clerk subjective round | MP: 40+40 marks civil/criminal judgment · DJS Paper IV · UP Law III · RJS judgment + charge framing inside law papers | Cat C + Cat H · Sem 7–8 intensive |
| Local-language proficiency Critical (PCS-J) | State PCS-J (each state with local-language paper) | RJS: Rajasthani dialect/customs in viva · MP: Hindi↔English translation · UP: Hindi in Devanagari mandatory · DJS: Delhi local laws + essay | Cat B + Cat H · Sem 6–8 |
| CLAT-PG / AILET-PG | All NLU LLM programmes (NLSIU, NALSAR, WBNUJS, NLUD) | 120 MCQ · 120 marks · negative marking · comprehension-based on core LLB subjects · top NLUs close at top 300–500 ranks (80+ marks) | Cat H · Sem 7–8 |
| SQE (UK) | All UK solicitors' admissions (replaced QLTS) | SQE1: 360 MCQ on Functioning Legal Knowledge · SQE2: 16 skills assessments (advocacy, client interview, legal writing, legal drafting, legal research, legal analysis) + 2 yrs Qualifying Work Experience · firms typically fund | Cat H · Sem 8 + post-graduation |
| NY / CA Bar (US) | US bar admission after §520.6-compliant 24-credit LLM | NY: MBE + MEE + MPT + MPRE + 50 hrs pro bono · foreign-educated pass rate <50% · CA: 3-day, MBE component · NY moves to NextGen July 2028 | Cat H · Post-LLM |
| Singapore Foreign Practitioner Exam | SILE (Singapore Institute of Legal Education) | 4 compulsory subjects · requires 3 yrs' relevant practice in preceding 5 yrs · LSRA registration for foreign-law work without exam | Post-graduation bridge |
| English-language tests | All global LLM programmes | IELTS 7.0–7.5 (Oxbridge 7.5 with 7.0/band) · TOEFL 100–110 · Cambridge English for select UK roles | Cat B · Sem 6–8 |
| Moot performance (CV credential) | Tier-1 firm CV shortlist · LLM applications · clerkship apps | The moots that matter: Jessup, Vis/Vis East, Manfred Lachs, Stetson, Price Media, Jean-Pictet · Louis M. Brown (counselling) · INADR (negotiation) | Cat D · Sem 3–7 |
| Publications | Differentiator for non-NLU candidates · essential for academic / clerkship / LLM apps | Case comments (EBC/SCC/Manupatra) · substantive articles in peer-review journals · book chapters at senior level | Cat J · Sem 3–8 |
| AIBE (All-India Bar Examination) | BCI · mandatory for all Bar enrolment | 100 MCQ · 3h 30m · 19 subjects · open-book · 40% pass mark (general); held twice annually | Cat H · Sem 8 / final-year |
Each target represents a documented fresher-realistic entry point in 2024–26. Tap to see the credentialing strategy tuned to that target.
KLEF does not receive Tier-1 firm Day-Zero campus visits — those run only at the Big-7 NLUs. So the playbook treats the internship-to-PPO pipeline as the only realistic Tier-1 channel and engineers every weekly hour to feed it: a strong CV by mid-Year 3, a defensible technical-interview vocabulary, a drafting portfolio that proves work-readiness, and a track record (moots, publications, awards) that overrides college brand.
"By Sem 4, every student has tried all four pathways through diagnostic exercises. The fork at Sem 5 is informed, not forced. By mid-Year 4, the milestones are explicit benchmarks — and the plan flexes to whichever realistic outcome is converging: Tier-1 PPO, Tier-2 offer, clerkship, LLM admit, or the post-graduation litigation-bridge to PCS-J."
Caveats and forward-looking risks the BOS should weigh before locking the curriculum.
Semester I · Compulsory Law Paper · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Moot-blended. Statutory basis: Indian Contract Act 1872; Specific Relief Act 1963 (overview); IT Act 2000 (e-contracts). Aligned to BCI Rules of Legal Education 2008; benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLU Delhi and JGLS.
The Law of Contracts is the doctrinal and commercial bedrock of a lawyer's training. It governs the legally enforceable promises that structure every transaction — from a simple sale to a complex cross-border financing. The course develops a rigorous understanding of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, from the anatomy of agreement (offer, acceptance, consideration, capacity, free consent, legality) through performance, discharge, breach and remedies. Because this is a B.B.A. LL.B. cohort, it is taught with a deliberate commercial lens: students learn not only what the law is, but how contractual risk is identified, allocated and drafted around in real transactions.
The course is consciously skills-forward. Doctrine is delivered alongside drafting, clause analysis, negotiation and oral advocacy, so that a student leaving Semester I can read a contract critically, spot a defective term, draft a clean clause, and argue a contractual dispute on its facts — the difference between a knowledgeable graduate and a placement-ready one.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain and classify the essential elements of a valid contract — offer, acceptance, consideration, capacity, free consent and lawful object — under the Indian Contract Act, 1872. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the doctrines of consideration, capacity and free consent to determine the validity and enforceability of agreements in given factual situations. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse void, voidable, contingent and quasi-contractual situations and distinguish their legal consequences. | L4 |
| CO4 | Evaluate the modes of performance, discharge and breach of a contract and the appropriate remedies, including damages, specific performance and injunctions. | L5 |
| CO5 | Construct and critique contractual clauses and short agreements, applying doctrine to allocate risk and draft enforceable terms. | L5 |
| CO6 | Argue a contractual dispute orally and in writing, applying case law and statutory provisions to a structured fact-pattern in a moot setting. | L4 |
BTL key: L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate (Bloom's revised taxonomy).
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen (the BBA-LLB business-law blend). PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | |||
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | ||
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | |||
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
| CO5 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
Rationale: CO5 and CO6 carry the highest PSO weights because drafting (PSO2) and commercial risk-allocation (PSO1) are exercised most directly there. CO6 maps High to PO8 (case management & teamwork) and PO9 (communication) as the moot is a team-based oral-advocacy outcome. PO10 (lifelong learning) rises across CO4–CO6 as students engage evolving case law and e-contract practice.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6). The flow proceeds logically from formation, through validity and special categories, to performance, breach, remedies, drafting and finally dispute advocacy.
Establishes the conceptual and statutory foundation of contract law — the nature and definition of a contract, the agreement-contract distinction, and the architecture of Sections 1–9. Students learn how an enforceable obligation is born, beginning with proposal and acceptance and the rules governing their communication, revocation and the meeting of minds.
Addresses what makes a promise legally worth enforcing — consideration as the price of a promise, statutory exceptions, capacity to contract, and privity. Students apply these to determine whether an agreement is enforceable.
Dissects the factors that vitiate consent and render agreements void or voidable, and the categories the law refuses to enforce on policy grounds. Students analyse the consequences flowing from each defect.
The life and death of a contract after formation — performance, discharge, breach, and remedies. The most litigation-relevant module, carrying the heaviest remedies content. Students evaluate which remedy fits which breach and quantify damages.
The signature skills module. Converts the doctrine of Modules 1–4 into the drafting and clause-analysis competence that transactional practice demands. Students draft and critique clauses and short agreements, allocating risk through precise language.
The capstone integrates the course into the resolution of a contractual dispute. Students build a case theory from a contract and fact-pattern, marshal authorities, and argue both sides — written and oral. Delivered substantially through the moot exercises (Section 9).
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Carlill v. Carbolic Smoke Ball Co. (1893); Lalman Shukla v. Gauri Datt (1913) | Landmark |
| 2 | Mohori Bibee v. Dharmodas Ghose (1903); Case Study A — The Startup Co-Founder Note | Landmark + Case study |
| 3 | Niranjan Shankar Golikari v. Century Spinning (1967); Case Study B — The Coerced Settlement | Landmark + Case study |
| 4 & 6 | Satyabrata Ghose (1954); Hadley v. Baxendale (1854); Case Study C — The Failed Supply Contract (COVID force-majeure) | Landmark + Case study |
| 5 | Case Study D — The SaaS Master Services Agreement Redline | Case study |
| 6 | Case Study E — The Distributor's Anticipatory Breach (moot problem) | Moot case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs are embedded; trivial methods are excluded. Each has an implementation protocol and a course-specific rubric.
A structured cold-call dialogue interrogating a landmark case (Carlill, Mohori Bibee, Hadley) through progressively harder hypotheticals, forcing students to defend, refine and abandon positions in real time — the core method of elite law schools. Implementation: pre-read case briefs → 20–25 min escalating dialogue per anchor case → rotating scribe maps the reasoning chain → 3-minute written exit reasoning note.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Preparedness | 25% | Accurate facts/issue/ratio; identifies the material fact the hypotheticals turn on. |
| Reasoning under pressure | 35% | Defends a position, adapts coherently to new facts, distinguishes precedent correctly. |
| Doctrinal accuracy | 25% | Statements of law are statute- and case-accurate; no misstatement of ratio. |
| Exit reasoning note | 15% | Articulates the refined rule precisely in writing. |
Students draft a clause to a brief, then exchange and redline a peer's clause from the opposing party's perspective — the single most placement-relevant skill. Implementation: drafting brief issued → 20-min draft with defined-terms discipline → swap and redline from opposing perspective → original drafter responds (accept/reject with reasons) → instructor debriefs the best fix.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Drafting clarity & enforceability | 35% | Unambiguous, uses defined terms, enforceable (no S.23/S.27 defect). |
| Risk allocation | 25% | Allocates risk decisively in favour of the briefed party. |
| Quality of redline | 25% | Spots the real risks; comments are precise and commercially sound. |
| Response to redline | 15% | Accepts/rejects with doctrinally sound justification. |
Structured oral advocacy on a contract dispute before a bench, with memorial exchange — builds courtroom presence, argument structure and thinking on one's feet. Delivered through the Section 9 moot exercises. Implementation: side assigned → short memorial filed → 10-min oral rounds + 3-min rebuttal before a questioning bench → immediate oral feedback + written score sheet.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Knowledge of law & facts | 30% | Commands statute, authorities and record; no error. |
| Argument structure | 25% | Clear issue framing, logical flow, strongest point first. |
| Response to bench | 25% | Answers directly, concedes intelligently, recovers and redirects. |
| Court craft & memorial | 20% | Professional demeanour; memorial well-structured and cited. |
Teams work a multi-week realistic scenario (the Section 4 case studies) end-to-end — diagnosing issues, drafting documents, advising a 'client' — integrating doctrine across modules. Implementation: scenario released at module start → staged deliverables (issue memo → drafted document → client advice) with weekly checkpoints → mid-point peer review → 10-min client clinic presentation.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue diagnosis | 25% | Correctly identifies and prioritises the legal issues. |
| Doctrinal application | 25% | Applies the right doctrine accurately to the facts. |
| Quality of deliverables | 30% | Documents are professional, accurate and client-ready. |
| Client communication | 20% | Advice is clear, commercial and actionable for a non-lawyer. |
Specific to Law of Contracts and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream course. Teams of 4–5; every activity builds a core lawyering ability (draft, summarise, argue, present, debate, question), with drafting and pleading emphasised for placements.
Each team receives a real consumer/commercial contract (OTT subscription, rental agreement, loan sanction letter, e-commerce T&C), 'tears it down' — plain-English summary, three most one-sided clauses, the questions a consumer should ask — and presents in 8 minutes, then faces class questions.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Plain-English summary | 25% | Accurate, concise, accessible to a non-lawyer. |
| Red-flag analysis | 30% | Correctly identifies and explains one-sided clauses. |
| Presentation | 25% | Clear, well-paced delivery by all members. |
| Defence under questioning | 20% | Team answers class/instructor questions accurately. |
Two teams take opposite sides of a simple transaction (freelance web-dev engagement, equipment lease). Each drafts its one-sided agreement off-class, then the paired teams negotiate a single agreed contract clause-by-clause in class. The negotiated final contract is submitted jointly.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Initial draft quality | 30% | Enforceable, clear, decisively favours the client. |
| Negotiation conduct | 25% | Principled, prepared, commercially realistic concessions. |
| Final contract | 30% | Balanced, complete, enforceable; no defective clause. |
| Negotiation log | 15% | Reflective, accurate record of trade-offs. |
Teams debate a contested proposition ('A penalty clause should be enforceable as written'; 'Click-wrap consent is real consent') in a formal structure with timed constructive speeches, cross-questioning and rebuttal. A student panel adjudicates with the instructor.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Position paper | 20% | Coherent, authority-backed argument. |
| Constructive argument | 30% | Logical, persuasive, doctrinally grounded. |
| Cross-questioning & rebuttal | 30% | Sharp questions; effective rebuttal under pressure. |
| Teamwork & reflection | 20% | Coordinated team; honest reflection on opposing case. |
Anchored to Case Study C, each team drafts (a) a legal demand notice for the aggrieved party and (b) the reply/defence notice for the other side — the pre-litigation drafting and pleading skill junior associates use constantly and that placement interviews probe directly.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Demand notice | 35% | Correct structure, accurate facts/law, clear prayer. |
| Reply notice | 35% | Effective rebuttal; raises the right defences. |
| Strategic note | 20% | Sound reasoning behind drafting choices. |
| Professional form | 10% | Format, tone and citation conventions correct. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Law of Contract & Specific Relief | Avtar Singh | EBC | 2023 |
| Contract & Specific Relief | Pollock & Mulla (ed. Nilima Bhadbhade) | LexisNexis | 2023 |
| Indian Contract Act | Anson (Indian ed.) | Oxford Univ. Press | 2022 |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Cheshire, Fifoot & Furmston's Law of Contract | M. P. Furmston | Oxford Univ. Press | 2017 |
| Law of Contract | R. K. Bangia | Allahabad Law Agency | 2022 |
| Contract Law in India | Akhileshwar Pathak | McGraw Hill | 2021 |
| Drafting, Conveyancing & Pleading | Shiv Gopal | EBC | 2021 |
| A Manual of Commercial Contracts (drafting) | Sairam Bhat | EBC | 2020 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Contract Law: From Trust to Promise to Contract | edX — HarvardX | Common-law foundations; offer/acceptance/consideration |
| English Common Law: Structure & Principles | Coursera — Univ. of London | Case-method reasoning; precedent |
| Introduction to Contract Drafting & Negotiation | Lawsikho / NUJS (exec.) | Indian drafting practice; clause skills |
| Indian Contract Act — Core Concepts | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Statute-aligned Indian doctrine |
| Successful Negotiation | Coursera — Univ. of Michigan | Negotiation skill for Activity 2 |
| Certification | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Certified Contract Drafting & Negotiation | Lawsikho / NUJS exec. | Directly extends Module 5; optional, Year 2–3 |
| Contract & Commercial Management (Foundation) | World Commerce & Contracting (IACCM) | Globally recognised CLM credential; aspirational, Year 3–4 |
| Spellbook / SpotDraft tool badges | Vendor | Practical CLM/AI-drafting fluency; optional micro-credential |
Heavier certifications (CS-ICSI, CIArb, IAPP) attach to later specialised courses — not to this foundational paper.
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Full doctrinal parity. NLSIU spreads contracts across two courses with deeper indemnity/guarantee/bailment; we cover those in Special Contracts (Sem II), so this course stops at general principles + drafting. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~92% | Very close on general principles. NALSAR's heavier contract-theory component is partly met in Jurisprudence (Sem III; sequenced after Contracts foundations); we add a stronger drafting module they treat as a separate clinical. |
| NLU Delhi | ~88% | Strong overlap. NLUD's comparative (US/UK) and economic-analysis content is condensed into selected readings, as our cohort meets economics via Managerial Economics (BBA). |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Close alignment on the commercial/transactional lens. JGLS's standalone negotiation course content is embedded here as ALM 2 and Activity 2. |
Reasoning for missed topics: the ~8–12% not covered is a deliberate architectural choice, not a gap — indemnity, guarantee, bailment, pledge and agency move to Special Contracts (Sem II); Specific Relief is introduced here only as a remedy and treated fully later; deep economic analysis is met through the BBA economics papers. This avoids duplication and respects the integrated programme.
As a moot-blended course, 2 contact hours/week are dedicated to structured oral-advocacy and drafting exercises. Ten exercises run across the semester, escalating from foundational skills to a full moot. Each releases a problem ≥48 hours ahead; written work precedes the oral round; a questioning bench returns a standard score sheet; exercises are cumulative; the final two are graded and feed the moot-court assessment component.
| # | Exercise | Focus & Conduct |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Case-Brief & Issue-Framing Drill | On Carlill, a 3-minute structured case brief; bench tests the ratio and issue. The foundational unit of advocacy. |
| 2 | Legal-Citation & Authority Drill | Given a proposition, locate, cite (correct format) and read down two supporting authorities from SCC Online/Manupatra in a timed exercise. |
| 3 | Opening-Statement Exercise | On a simple offer/acceptance dispute, a 2-minute opening identifying parties, facts, issues and relief. Builds structure and courtroom voice. |
| 4 | Demand-Notice Drafting & Defence | Linked to Activity 4: draft a demand notice, then orally justify each averment to a challenging bench. The drafting-to-advocacy bridge. |
| 5 | Bench-Questioning Survival Round | Argue a 1-issue proposition (consideration adequacy) while the bench interrupts continuously; scored on composure and direct responsiveness. |
| 6 | Rebuttal & Sur-Rebuttal Drill | Two counsel exchange claim and reply on free consent; each gets a 90-second rebuttal. Builds listening, adaptation, concession strategy. |
| 7 | Memorial Drafting Workshop | On Case Study C, counsel pairs draft a short memorial (facts, issues, arguments, prayer). Bench marks structure and citation. |
| 8 | Half-Moot — Single Issue | Counsel pairs argue ONE issue from the Case Study C frustration/force-majeure problem, 6 min/side + rebuttal. Dress rehearsal. |
| 9 | Full Internal Moot — Round 1 (Graded) | On Case Study E ('Distributor's Anticipatory Breach'), full memorials exchanged; both sides argue all issues, 10 min/side + 3 min rebuttal. |
| 10 | Full Internal Moot — Final (Graded) | Top performers re-argue Case Study E before a larger bench with fresh hypotheticals; remaining students serve as judges/scorers (peer-assessment). Feeds Clinical-IV later. |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Knowledge of law & record | 30% | Commands statute, authorities and facts; no error. |
| Argument structure & clarity | 25% | Clear issue framing; logical, persuasive flow. |
| Response to questions | 25% | Answers directly; concedes well; recovers and redirects. |
| Court-craft / written work | 20% | Professional demeanour; memorial/notice well-drafted and cited. |
Technology is blended lightly and purposefully — only where it sharpens a contract-law skill. Two tools are used; no more. This is a doctrinal-plus-drafting course, not a technology course, so it has no lab-experiment component (the 10-lab requirement applies only to Tech-Stream courses).
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Case retrieval, citation drills (Moot Exercise 2), authority validation throughout. |
| SpotDraft / Spellbook (or a free CLM/redline tool) | Contract drafting / CLM | Clause drafting, tracked redlines and clause-library use in Module 5 and Case Study D. |
Semester II · Technology Stream · 3 Credits · 2-0-2-0 · Technology-blended (lab-based). No statutory basis — a skills-and-tools course. Aligned to the BCI emphasis on practical training and to NITI Aayog / BCI signals on AI in legal practice. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NLUD, Jindal (legal-tech electives) and global legal-tech curricula.
AI-Augmented Legal Research teaches the modern research workflow that has replaced passive reading in professional practice. A first-year law student must learn to find the right authority fast, validate that it is still good law, read it critically, and increasingly to direct and verify AI research assistants rather than be replaced by them. This course builds that competence on live legal databases and current legal-AI tools, in a hands-on lab format.
The course is explicitly anti-hallucination: every AI output a student generates must be verified against a primary source. Students learn that the value a lawyer adds in an AI era is judgment, verification and the framing of the right question — not raw retrieval. By the end, a student can run a full research trail on a real legal problem, produce a verified research note, and explain exactly how an AI assistant helped and where it could not be trusted.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Identify and explain the principal primary and secondary sources of Indian law and the structure of legal citation. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply a structured research methodology to retrieve relevant statutes and case law for a given legal issue using legal databases. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse retrieved authorities for relevance, ratio and current validity (noting-up), distinguishing good law from overruled or doubted authority. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply AI legal-research assistants to accelerate research while critically verifying every output against a primary source. | L3 |
| CO5 | Evaluate the reliability, bias and ethical limits of AI-generated legal research and decide when it may and may not be relied upon. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct professional, properly cited legal research work-product (research note, case digest, authority table) to a practice standard. | L5 |
BTL key: L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency (this course is a primary driver of PSO2).
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 3 | |||
| CO2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 3 | ||
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 1 | 3 | |||
| CO4 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | |
| CO5 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO6 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 |
Rationale: CO5 maps High to PO6 (ethics) because judging when AI may be relied upon is fundamentally an ethical-professional decision. PSO2 is High across almost every CO because this is the foundational legal-technology course. PO5 (legal research & reform) is High throughout — it is the course's spine. PO9/PO6 rise at CO6 as work-product is communicated and certified as reliable.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6). The flow runs from sources and citation, through database research methodology and validation, into AI-assisted research and its critical evaluation, ending in professional work-product. Each module is paired with the lab experiments in Section 9.
Establishes the map of legal information a researcher navigates — what the sources are, how they rank in authority, and how they are cited. Without this map, database search is blind.
The disciplined method of turning a legal issue into a complete set of relevant authorities using professional databases. This is the operational heart of the course.
The skill that separates a competent researcher from a dangerous one: confirming that an authority is still good law before relying on it. Citing an overruled case is a career-defining error.
How to use AI legal-research assistants to go faster without going wrong. Students learn the prompt patterns, the retrieval-augmented model, and — above all — the mandatory verification loop.
When may an AI output be relied upon, and when must it be rejected? This module builds the professional judgment and ethical framework around AI in legal work — increasingly tested by courts and regulators.
The capstone converts research into the documents practice actually consumes — the research note, the case digest, and the authority table — to a standard a supervising partner would accept.
| Module | Case Study | Focus |
|---|---|---|
| 1 & 2 | Case Study A — The Tenant's Question | Sources, search, methodology |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Overruled Precedent Trap | Validation / noting-up |
| 4 & 5 | Case Study C — The Hallucinated Citation | AI verification & ethics |
| 6 | Case Study D — The 24-Hour Research Memo | Professional work-product |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs. Trivial methods are excluded in favour of methods that build genuine research-and-verification competence.
A timed, competitive research challenge: given a legal question, teams race to find the controlling authority and confirm it is good law, presenting their trail. Builds speed, search instinct and the validation reflex. Implementation: question released live → 25-minute timed search on the database → teams present the controlling authority + proof of currency → fastest correct-and-verified trail wins.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Correct authority found | 35% | Identifies the actually-controlling authority, not merely a relevant one. |
| Validity confirmed | 30% | Proves the authority is still good law (noting-up evidence). |
| Research trail | 20% | Reproducible, efficient query path. |
| Speed | 15% | Completed within time with quality intact. |
Students run a research question through an AI assistant, then independently verify it on the database, scoring where the AI helped and where it failed — building the critical-verification habit that defines safe AI use. Implementation: same question to AI and to manual research → side-by-side comparison table → class debrief on every divergence → tally of AI hits, misses and hallucinations.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Verification rigour | 40% | Every AI claim checked against a primary source; nothing taken on trust. |
| Error detection | 30% | Correctly catches misattributions and fabrications. |
| Comparative judgment | 20% | Sound assessment of where AI added value vs. risk. |
| Reflection | 10% | Articulates a personal rule for when AI may be relied upon. |
Students exchange research notes and reproduce each other's trail to test whether the conclusion holds — the legal equivalent of code review, building rigour and reproducibility. Implementation: submit note + trail → partner attempts to reproduce the result → partner files a reproduction report (confirmed / could-not-reproduce / found-better-authority) → original author responds.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Reproducibility of own trail | 35% | Partner can re-run the research and reach the same result. |
| Quality of peer review | 35% | Reproduction report is rigorous and fair; catches real gaps. |
| Citation accuracy | 20% | All citations correct and current. |
| Response to review | 10% | Addresses feedback substantively. |
Teams take a multi-part legal problem and build a complete, AI-assisted-but-human-verified research dossier over the lab sequence — integrating every skill in the course. Implementation: problem released → staged lab deliverables (plan → authorities → validation → AI-assist → verified note) → checkpoints in each lab → final dossier presented.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Comprehensiveness | 25% | All relevant authority found; nothing material missed. |
| Validation discipline | 25% | Every authority confirmed good law. |
| Safe AI integration | 25% | AI used to accelerate; every output verified and disclosed. |
| Work-product quality | 25% | Dossier is professional, cited and decision-useful. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability (research, summarise, present, question, certify) with research-and-verification rigour emphasised.
Each team builds a 'pathfinder' (a guided research map) for a chosen area of law (e.g., consumer protection, e-contracts): the key statutes, the leading cases, the best secondary sources, the right database filters, and the common pitfalls — a reusable guide juniors would actually use.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Source completeness | 30% | Captures the genuinely key statutes, cases and sources. |
| Practical usefulness | 30% | A real junior could research the area faster using it. |
| Accuracy & currency | 25% | Everything cited is correct and current. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear, well-organised, navigable. |
Teams are each given a different AI-generated research note seeded with errors (extending Case Study C). They hunt every error, certify the salvageable parts, and present the most dangerous error they found to the class — building the verification reflex competitively.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Errors caught | 40% | Finds all seeded fabrications and misattributions. |
| Verification evidence | 30% | Each finding proven against a primary source. |
| Risk explanation | 20% | Clearly explains the harm each error would cause. |
| Presentation | 10% | Compelling presentation of the worst error. |
Each team produces a full verified research memo on an assigned issue, then defends it before the class who act as a 'partner panel' questioning the authorities and the AI-use. Builds the produce-and-defend cycle of real practice.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Memo quality | 35% | Answer-first, well-structured, professionally cited. |
| Authority & validity | 30% | Right authorities, all confirmed good law. |
| Defence under questioning | 25% | Answers panel challenges accurately and honestly. |
| AI-use disclosure | 10% | Transparent, accurate account of tool use and verification. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Legal Research Methodology | S. K. Verma & M. Afzal Wani (ILI) | Indian Law Institute | 2021 |
| Legal Research and Methodology | ILI / Khushal Vibhute & Filipos Aynalem | Indian Law Institute | 2020 |
| Finding the Law (legal research) | Robert C. Berring (adapted) | West Academic | 2018 |
| Artificial Intelligence and the Legal Profession | various (ed. collection) | OUP / EBC (recent) | 2023 |
| The Bluebook / Indian citation guides (reference) | — | — | latest |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Introduction to Legal Research (Indian context) | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Sources, methodology, citation |
| AI For Everyone | Coursera — DeepLearning.AI | How AI/LLMs work, non-technical |
| Generative AI & Legal Practice / Legal Tech | Coursera / edX (legal-tech) | Safe AI use in legal work |
| SCC Online / Manupatra training modules | Vendor academies | Hands-on database proficiency |
| Prompt Engineering for Professionals | Coursera / Vanderbilt | Prompt patterns for research |
| Certification | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra Certified Researcher | Vendor | Direct database proficiency badge; during course |
| Lexis+ AI / vendor legal-AI training badge | LexisNexis / vendor | AI-research tool fluency; Year 2–3 |
| Prompt Engineering / Generative AI certificate | Coursera / Google / Vanderbilt | Transferable AI skill; optional |
As a foundational tech course, heavyweight certs are deferred; vendor research badges are the natural, low-cost fit here.
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | NLSIU's legal-research training is rigorous on sources, methodology and citation; we match it and add a substantial, distinctive AI-augmentation and verification component most curricula lack. |
| NLU Delhi | ~85% | Strong overlap on research methodology. NLUD's deeper empirical-research-methods content is partly deferred to our later Legal Research Methodology (Sem IV) lab; this course focuses on doctrinal research + AI. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~92% | JGLS has invested heavily in legal-tech; close alignment, and our mandatory verification-and-ethics module matches their direction. |
| Global legal-tech curricula (Suffolk LIT, etc.) | ~80% | We adopt the hands-on, tool-based ethos. Heavier coding/automation content is intentionally placed in later tech courses (TECH-202/401), keeping this course focused on research. |
Reasoning for missed topics: empirical/quantitative research methods move to the Sem-IV Legal Research Methodology lab; document automation and data science move to TECH-202; this course deliberately concentrates on the find-validate-verify research spine so it is mastered before later courses build on it.
As a technology-blended course, TECH-102 is delivered through a structured lab. Ten experiments run across the semester in the 2-hour weekly lab slot, each producing an artifact. Conduct: each lab has a pre-lab brief, an in-lab task on a live tool, and a submitted artifact; labs are cumulative and feed the Module-6 capstone dossier; a standard lab rubric applies (below).
| # | Experiment | Task & Artifact | Module |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Source Mapping & Citation Decode | Given 15 mixed citations (SCC, AIR, neutral, statute), decode each into court, year and source; classify primary vs. secondary. Artifact: a decoded citation table. | 1 |
| 2 | Database Onboarding & Statute Retrieval | On SCC Online/Manupatra, retrieve a statute, locate a specific section, and list its amendments and allied notifications. Artifact: an annotated statute sheet. | 2 |
| 3 | Boolean & Filtered Case Search | Build Boolean and natural-language queries for a given issue; filter by court/year/treatment; compare result sets. Artifact: a query log + best-result set. | 2 |
| 4 | The Research Trail | Run a full research trail on an assigned issue, capturing every query and decision. Artifact: a reproducible research-trail document. | 2 |
| 5 | Noting-Up Lab | Take five 'leading' cases and determine the current treatment of each (followed/distinguished/overruled). Artifact: a validity report flagging any that are no longer good law. | 3 |
| 6 | Statute Currency & the New Codes | Trace an IPC/CrPC/Evidence provision to its BNS/BNSS/BSA successor and document the change. Artifact: an old-to-new mapping table. | 3 |
| 7 | AI Research Assistant — Guided Run | Use an AI research assistant on a given issue with structured prompts; capture its output and citations. Artifact: the AI session log + a list of claims to verify. | 4 |
| 8 | The Verification Loop | Verify every citation/claim from Lab 7 against a primary source; classify each as accurate/misattributed/fabricated. Artifact: a verification table. | 4 & 5 |
| 9 | Reliability & Ethics Audit | Apply the 'can I rely on this?' framework to two AI outputs (one safe, one unsafe) and write the go/no-go decision with reasons. Artifact: a reliability-audit memo. | 5 |
| 10 | Capstone — Verified Research Note | Produce a complete, AI-assisted-but-human-verified research note on a live problem, with citations, validity confirmation and an AI-use disclosure. Artifact: the final research note (graded). | 6 |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Technical execution | 30% | Tool used correctly and efficiently; task completed. |
| Accuracy & verification | 35% | Results correct; authorities current; AI output verified. |
| Artifact quality | 25% | Submitted artifact is professional, complete and cited. |
| Reflection / disclosure | 10% | Honest account of method, limits and AI use. |
This is a technology course, so technology is the medium, not an add-on. Two primary tool families are used; the course resists tool sprawl so students go deep, not wide.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | The core lab environment — statute & case retrieval, filtering, noting-up (Labs 2–6). |
| Lexis+ AI / CoCounsel (or a carefully-used general AI assistant) | AI legal-research assistant | AI-augmented research and the verification loop (Labs 7–10, Modules 4–5). |
Semester I · Technology Stream · 2 Credits · 2-0-2-0 · Technology-blended (lab-based). The foundation course of the Technology Stream — builds the computational mental model every later tech course relies on. No statutory basis. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NLUD, JGLS legal-tech foundations and global "law + computation" curricula.
Legal Informatics & Computational Thinking is the entry point to the Technology Stream. Before a law student can use AI tools, govern algorithms or build legal-tech, they need a working mental model of how computers represent information, how data is structured, and how legal rules can be expressed as logic. This course builds that model from zero, assuming no prior coding background, using law-native examples throughout.
The course is deliberately conceptual-plus-hands-on rather than a programming bootcamp. Students learn computational thinking — decomposition, pattern recognition, abstraction and algorithm design — and apply it to legal problems: modelling a statute as a decision tree, representing a contract as structured data, and understanding how legal databases and APIs actually work. It demystifies technology so the rest of the stream is approachable.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain core computing concepts — data, data structures, algorithms, APIs — and how legal information is digitally represented. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply computational-thinking techniques (decomposition, abstraction, pattern recognition) to break down a legal problem. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a legal rule or statute and represent it as structured logic (a decision tree or rules-as-code model). | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply legal ontologies and structured data formats to model legal information. | L3 |
| CO5 | Evaluate the capabilities and limits of computational approaches to law and where automation is and is not appropriate. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct a simple rules-as-code or structured-data artifact that models a real legal provision. | L5 |
BTL key: L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 3 | |||
| CO2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 3 | ||
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 3 | |||
| CO4 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 3 | ||
| CO5 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO6 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 |
Rationale: PSO2 (legal-technology fluency) is High across every CO — this is the stream's foundation course. PO5 (legal research & reform) rises where students model rules as code. CO5 maps to PO6 (ethics) because judging where automation is appropriate is a professional-responsibility question.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6). Each module is paired with the lab experiments in Section 9.
Introduces the four pillars of computational thinking using legal examples, building the problem-solving mindset that underlies all technology work — no coding required yet.
How information is stored and structured digitally, and how legal information specifically is represented — the literacy needed to work with any legal database or tool.
The signature module — expressing legal rules as machine-readable logic. Students learn to turn a statute into a decision tree and a simple rule model, the core skill behind expert systems and compliance automation.
How legal knowledge is organised into machine-usable structures — ontologies and standards that let systems 'understand' legal concepts and relationships.
How legal-tech systems are built and connected — APIs, integrations and system thinking — and a critical look at where computation helps and where it misleads.
The capstone — students build a working artifact (a rules-as-code model, a structured-data tool or a legal decision-tree app) that models a real legal provision, integrating every skill in the course.
| Module | Case Study | Focus |
|---|---|---|
| 1 & 2 | Case Study A — The Eligibility Maze | |
| 3 | Case Study B — Encoding the Limitation Period | |
| 4 & 5 | Case Study C — The Messy Cause-List | |
| 6 | Case Study D — The Decision-Tree App |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs. Trivial methods are excluded in favour of methods that build genuine technical-and-judgment competence.
Students design step-by-step 'algorithms' for legal procedures on paper/whiteboard before any computer is involved — building computational thinking without the friction of code. Implementation: a legal procedure is posed (e.g., 'decide if a person qualifies for legal aid') → teams write the precise step-by-step logic → another team 'executes' it literally to expose gaps → debrief on ambiguity and missing cases.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Logic completeness | 35% | The algorithm handles all cases including exceptions. |
| Precision | 30% | Steps are unambiguous and literally executable. |
| Decomposition quality | 20% | Problem is well broken down into clear sub-steps. |
| Debrief insight | 15% | Identifies why the gaps appeared and how to fix them. |
Hands-on studio where students encode a legal rule as a decision tree / no-code model and test it against fact-patterns — the core technical skill of the course. Implementation: a provision is assigned → students build the model in a no-code/diagram tool → swap and test a peer's model with adversarial fact-patterns → fix and document.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Faithfulness to the law | 35% | Model produces legally correct outputs. |
| Handling of exceptions | 25% | Edge cases and exceptions are captured. |
| Testing rigour | 25% | Peer testing finds and addresses real gaps. |
| Documentation | 15% | Assumptions and limits clearly documented. |
Students critically dissect a real legal-tech product's marketing claims against what is technically plausible — building the evaluator's eye that protects clients and firms from hype. Implementation: a product page/claim is given → teams map each claim to the underlying capability → classify as real / exaggerated / impossible → present the verdict.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Technical understanding | 35% | Correctly maps claims to underlying capability. |
| Critical judgment | 30% | Sound classification of claims; no naive acceptance. |
| Evidence | 20% | Reasoning grounded in how the tech actually works. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear, persuasive teardown. |
Teams build the Module-6 capstone artifact over the lab sequence and demo it to a non-technical 'client' — integrating every skill end-to-end. Implementation: pick a provision → staged build (spec → logic → test → document) with lab checkpoints → live demo + Q&A from a non-technical audience.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Artifact works | 30% | The build produces correct outputs on real facts. |
| Computational design | 25% | Sound decomposition and logic structure. |
| Faithfulness & limits | 25% | Honest about what it models and what it simplifies. |
| Demo & communication | 20% | Explains the build clearly to non-technical users. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability with technical-and-verification rigour emphasised.
Each team takes an assigned statutory provision and races to convert it into a clear, complete flowchart that any lawyer could follow to reach the right answer — then presents and defends it.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | Captures every condition and exception. |
| Clarity | 30% | A lawyer could actually follow it. |
| Correctness | 25% | Produces legally accurate outcomes. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear, confident walkthrough. |
Teams design a structured data schema for a chosen legal document type (a contract, a judgment, a cause-list) — deciding what fields matter and how they relate — building the structured-data instinct.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Schema completeness | 30% | Captures the legally important fields. |
| Structure quality | 30% | Well-organised, normalised, sensible relationships. |
| Real-world fit | 25% | Would actually hold real documents of that type. |
| Documentation | 15% | Clear field definitions. |
Teams build a small working no-code tool (a legal eligibility checker, a deadline calculator) and demo it, fielding questions on its logic and limits — the produce-and-defend cycle.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Tool works | 35% | Produces correct results. |
| Logic soundness | 30% | Underlying rules correctly encoded. |
| Defence | 25% | Answers questions on logic and limits honestly. |
| Usability | 10% | A real user could operate it. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Computational Thinking (a primer) | Peter J. Denning & Matti Tedre | MIT Press | 2019 |
| Rules as Code (OECD / academic readings) | various (OECD, NZ LegislationGov) | OECD / open | 2021 |
| Law as Data | ed. Michael A. Livermore & Daniel N. Rockmore | SFI Press | 2019 |
| Introduction to Legal Informatics (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| Computational Legal Studies (intro readings) | ed. Ryan Whalen | Edward Elgar | 2020 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Computational Thinking for Problem Solving | Coursera — UPenn | Core computational-thinking foundation |
| CS50 / Introduction to Computer Science (selected) | edX — HarvardX | Gentle, concept-first computing |
| Introduction to Data (no-code) | Coursera / DataCamp intro | Data & data-structure literacy |
| Rules as Code (govt / OECD explainers) | open | The rules-as-code movement |
| AI For Everyone | Coursera — DeepLearning.AI | Demystifying the downstream stack |
| Certification | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| No-code / low-code platform badge (e.g., Airtable, Bubble basics) | Vendor | Practical build skill; during course |
| Foundational data-literacy certificate | Coursera / DataCamp | Transferable; optional |
| Computational thinking micro-credential | University provider | Optional foundation badge |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU / NLUD (legal-tech foundations) | ~85% | Few Indian NLUs teach a dedicated computational-foundations course this early; we lead here, matching their later legal-tech electives' conceptual base. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~88% | JGLS's legal-tech initiative aligns closely; our rules-as-code module matches global best practice they are adopting. |
| Global 'Law + Computation' curricula (Stanford CodeX, Suffolk LIT) | ~80% | We adopt the computational-thinking and rules-as-code ethos; heavier programming is deferred to TECH-202 to keep this course accessible to all. |
| Global CS 'CS0' foundation courses | ~75% | We borrow the concept-first pedagogy but stay law-native and no-code, since the goal is legal computational literacy, not software engineering. |
Reasoning for missed topics: The ~12–20% not covered is intentional: actual programming, data science and ML move to TECH-202; this course deliberately stays no-code and concept-first so every law student — regardless of background — gains the computational mental model before any coding is required.
As a technology-blended course, this course is delivered through a structured lab. Ten experiments run across the semester in the 2-hour weekly lab slot, each producing an artifact. Conduct: each lab has a pre-lab brief, an in-lab task on a live tool, and a submitted artifact; labs are cumulative and feed the Module-6 capstone; a standard lab rubric applies (below).
| # | Experiment | Task & Artifact | Module |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Computational Decomposition Drill | Take a complex legal scenario and decompose it into a structured problem tree on a diagramming tool. Artifact: a decomposition diagram. | 1 |
| 2 | Data-Structure Mapping | Represent four legal artifacts (cause-list, contract, court hierarchy, case citation) using the right data structure each. Artifact: a structures map. | 2 |
| 3 | Format Conversion | Convert a messy legal text into clean CSV and JSON; explain the trade-offs. Artifact: structured files + note. | 2 |
| 4 | Decision-Tree Build | Model an assigned statutory test as a decision tree in a diagram/no-code tool. Artifact: the decision tree. | 3 |
| 5 | Rules-as-Code Encoding | Encode the decision tree as a no-code rule model; run it on fact-patterns. Artifact: a working rule model + test log. | 3 |
| 6 | Statute Markup | Tag a short statute into a structured (Akoma-Ntoso-style) markup. Artifact: a marked-up statute. | 4 |
| 7 | Mini Knowledge Graph | Build a small knowledge graph linking a case, the statute it interprets and the concepts involved. Artifact: a graph diagram. | 4 |
| 8 | API Explorer | Use a simple legal/public API (or a sandbox) to retrieve data and explain the request/response. Artifact: an API walkthrough. | 5 |
| 9 | Tech-Claim Audit | Audit a legal-tech product's claims against plausible capability. Artifact: a claim-audit table. | 5 |
| 10 | Capstone — Computational Legal Artifact | Build and test a rules-as-code/no-code tool modelling a real provision; document limits. Artifact: the working artifact (graded). | 6 |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Technical execution | 30% | Tool used correctly and efficiently; task completed. |
| Accuracy & verification | 35% | Results correct; outputs validated; AI/automation checked. |
| Artifact quality | 25% | Submitted artifact is professional, complete and documented. |
| Reflection / disclosure | 10% | Honest account of method, limits and tool use. |
This is a technology course, so technology is the medium, not an add-on. Two primary tool families are used; the course resists tool sprawl so students go deep, not wide.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| A no-code/diagramming platform (e.g., draw.io + a no-code rules tool) | No-code logic / diagramming | Decision trees, rule models and the capstone build (Labs 4–5, 10). |
| A spreadsheet / structured-data tool (e.g., Excel/Airtable + JSON viewer) | Structured data | Data structuring, cleaning and schema work (Labs 2–3, 7). |
Semester III · Technology Stream · 3 Credits · 0-0-4-0 · Technology-blended (lab-based). Builds on TECH-101/102. No statutory basis. Benchmarked against emerging "AI for lawyers" curricula at JGLS, NLUs and global legal-tech programmes. Industry anchor: LexisNexis/RELX hires "Prompt Engineer — Legal".
Prompt & Context Engineering teaches the skill that turns a generic AI model into a reliable legal assistant: framing the right input. As legal-AI tools proliferate, the differentiating competence is no longer access to the tool but the ability to instruct it precisely, supply the right context, and structure its output for legal work. This course builds that competence systematically.
Students learn prompt patterns, context-window management, retrieval grounding and prompt evaluation, applied to real legal tasks — drafting, summarising, research and review. Critically, the course pairs every technique with verification and a clear sense of where prompting cannot rescue a fundamentally unreliable output. It is hands-on throughout, with a personal, version-controlled prompt library as the running deliverable.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain how LLMs interpret prompts and context and why prompt design determines output reliability. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply structured prompt patterns to legal tasks (drafting, summarising, research, review). | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a weak prompt/output and diagnose the cause of failure (ambiguity, missing context, hallucination). | L4 |
| CO4 | Engineer context and grounding (documents, authorities, retrieval) to improve legal-task accuracy. | L3 |
| CO5 | Evaluate prompt outputs systematically and decide when an output is reliable enough to use. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct a version-controlled legal prompt library with tested, reusable, documented prompts. | L5 |
BTL key: L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 3 | ||
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | |
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | |
| CO5 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO6 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
Rationale: PSO2 is High throughout — this is a core legal-AI skill course. PO6 (ethics) is High at CO5 because deciding when an output is reliable is a professional-responsibility judgment. PO9 (communication) peaks at CO6 as the prompt library is documented for others. PO5 (research) is High where prompting drives research tasks.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6). Each module is paired with the lab experiments in Section 9.
Demystifies what happens when you prompt a model — tokens, context windows, attention and why phrasing matters — so prompting becomes principled rather than superstitious.
The core toolkit — reusable patterns (role, task, format, examples, constraints) applied to the four big legal tasks: draft, summarise, research, review.
Why prompts fail and how to fix them — the analytical skill of reading a bad output and tracing it to its cause.
Supplying the right context — documents, authorities, retrieval — so the model answers from grounded material rather than its imagination. The single biggest lever on legal accuracy.
How to know whether an output is good enough to use — systematic evaluation and the reliability decision that is fundamentally a professional-responsibility call.
The capstone — a curated, tested, version-controlled library of legal prompts that a team could actually adopt, with documentation and evaluation evidence.
| Module | Case Study | Focus |
|---|---|---|
| 1 & 2 | Case Study A — The One-Line Brief | |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Prompt That Lied | |
| 4 | Case Study C — Grounding the Judgment Summary | |
| 5 & 6 | Case Study D — The Library Adoption Pitch |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs. Trivial methods are excluded in favour of methods that build genuine technical-and-judgment competence.
Two teams attack the same legal task with competing prompts; outputs are scored blind on a rubric — building rapid, evaluative prompt skill. Implementation: task released → teams craft prompts in 20 min → outputs scored blind by peers on accuracy/format/verifiability → winning prompt dissected.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Output accuracy | 35% | Output is legally correct and complete. |
| Verifiability | 25% | Output is grounded and citable. |
| Format fit | 20% | Output structured correctly for the task. |
| Prompt craft | 20% | Prompt is well-structured and reusable. |
Students take a fabricated output and trace exactly which prompt weakness caused it, then prove a fix — the diagnostic core of the course. Implementation: bad output supplied → forensic diagnosis → redesigned prompt → verified proof of fix → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Diagnosis accuracy | 35% | Correctly identifies the cause of failure. |
| Fix effectiveness | 30% | Redesigned prompt demonstrably fixes it. |
| Verification | 25% | Every new claim verified against source. |
| Generalisation | 10% | Extracts a reusable rule. |
Given a tight context window and a large document, students must decide what to include to get a faithful answer — building context-engineering judgment. Implementation: large doc + small budget → teams choose chunks → run and compare faithfulness → debrief on what mattered.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Relevance selection | 35% | Chooses the genuinely decision-relevant context. |
| Output faithfulness | 30% | Answer is grounded and correct. |
| Efficiency | 20% | Uses the budget well. |
| Reasoning | 15% | Justifies inclusion/exclusion choices. |
Teams build the prompt library and run an 'adoption review' where another team must use only the library to complete a task — testing real usability. Implementation: build library → hand to another team → they complete a task using only it → adoption report → refine.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Library coverage | 25% | Covers the key legal tasks. |
| Prompt reliability | 30% | Prompts produce verified, usable output. |
| Documentation | 25% | Each prompt clearly documented. |
| Adoption success | 20% | Another team can actually use it. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability with technical-and-verification rigour emphasised.
Teams craft prompts to draft a specified clause, then evaluate each other's outputs against a quality rubric — building prompt skill and the evaluator's eye for drafting.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Prompt quality | 30% | Well-structured, constraint-aware prompt. |
| Output quality | 30% | Clause is enforceable and well-drafted. |
| Evaluation rigour | 25% | Sound critique of peers' outputs. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear walkthrough. |
Teams build a documented pack of 8–10 tested prompts for a chosen legal workflow (e.g., contract review), with usage notes and limits — a real reusable asset.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 30% | Covers the workflow's key steps. |
| Reliability | 30% | Prompts tested and verified. |
| Documentation | 25% | Clear purpose, inputs, limits per prompt. |
| Reusability | 15% | Another team could adopt it. |
Teams audit a set of AI outputs produced by given prompts, certifying which are reliable and which must be rejected, then defend their calls — building the reliability-judgment muscle.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Audit accuracy | 40% | Correctly classifies reliable vs. unreliable. |
| Verification evidence | 30% | Each call backed by source-checking. |
| Reasoning | 20% | Sound reliability framework applied. |
| Defence | 10% | Defends calls under questioning. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Prompt Engineering (practitioner readings) | various / OpenAI & Anthropic guides | open | 2024 |
| The Cambridge Handbook of AI & the Law (selected) | ed. Kerikmäe et al. | Cambridge Univ. Press | 2022 |
| AI-Assisted Legal Practice (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2024 |
| Generative AI in the Legal Profession (reports) | Thomson Reuters / Stanford HAI | open | 2024 |
| Natural Language Processing for Lawyers (intro) | various | open | 2023 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Prompt Engineering for ChatGPT / for Developers | Coursera / DeepLearning.AI | Core prompt patterns |
| Generative AI for Everyone | Coursera — DeepLearning.AI | How generative AI works |
| ChatGPT Prompt Engineering (Vanderbilt) | Coursera | Structured prompt frameworks |
| AI for Legal Professionals | edX / legal-tech provider | Legal-specific application |
| Introduction to Generative AI | Google Cloud Skills | Grounding & RAG basics |
| Certification | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Prompt Engineering certificate | Coursera / Vanderbilt / Google | Transferable AI skill; during/after course |
| Vendor legal-AI tool badge (Lexis+ AI / CoCounsel) | LexisNexis / vendor | Tool-specific fluency; Year 2–3 |
| Generative AI fundamentals | Google / Microsoft | Foundational; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| Jindal Global Law School (AI-for-law) | ~90% | JGLS leads Indian legal-tech teaching; close alignment, and our systematic prompt-library deliverable is a distinctive addition. |
| NLU legal-tech electives | ~85% | Few NLUs yet teach prompt engineering as a dedicated course; we are ahead, matching their AI-awareness modules and going deeper. |
| Global legal-tech / AI-law programmes | ~88% | Strong alignment with the global direction; we keep an India-and-confidentiality lens (DPDP) that generic courses lack. |
| Generic prompt-engineering courses | ~80% | We borrow the technique but stay legal-task-native and verification-first, since the legal stakes of a wrong output are higher. |
Reasoning for missed topics: The ~10–20% not covered is deliberate: model fine-tuning and building AI systems move to TECH-401; data-science methods sit in TECH-202. This course stays focused on the universally-needed skill — instructing and grounding AI for everyday legal tasks — so every student masters it before specialising.
As a technology-blended course, this course is delivered through a structured lab. Ten experiments run across the semester in the 2-hour weekly lab slot, each producing an artifact. Conduct: each lab has a pre-lab brief, an in-lab task on a live tool, and a submitted artifact; labs are cumulative and feed the Module-6 capstone; a standard lab rubric applies (below).
| # | Experiment | Task & Artifact | Module |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Prompt Anatomy Dissection | Take a weak prompt and rebuild it with explicit role/task/format/constraints; compare outputs. Artifact: before/after prompt + outputs. | 1 & 2 |
| 2 | Few-Shot Clause Drafting | Use few-shot examples to make a model draft a clause in house style. Artifact: the prompt + drafted clause. | 2 |
| 3 | Chain-of-Thought Analysis | Prompt a model to reason step-wise through a legal issue; evaluate the reasoning. Artifact: reasoning transcript + critique. | 2 |
| 4 | Failure Taxonomy Lab | Deliberately induce five failure types and document each. Artifact: a failure catalogue. | 3 |
| 5 | Iterative Refinement | Improve a failing prompt one variable at a time to a working state. Artifact: an iteration log. | 3 |
| 6 | Document Grounding | Feed a contract/judgment as context and extract obligations/holdings faithfully. Artifact: grounded extraction + verification. | 4 |
| 7 | Citation-Forcing Prompt | Engineer a prompt that returns only verifiable, citable claims; verify them. Artifact: prompt + verification table. | 4 |
| 8 | Prompt Benchmarking | Build a 5-task test set and score two prompts against it. Artifact: a benchmark scorecard. | 5 |
| 9 | Reliability Go/No-Go | Apply a reliability framework to four outputs and decide use/reject. Artifact: a reliability-audit memo. | 5 |
| 10 | Capstone — Legal Prompt Library | Build, test, version and document a legal prompt library. Artifact: the library (graded). | 6 |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Technical execution | 30% | Tool used correctly and efficiently; task completed. |
| Accuracy & verification | 35% | Results correct; outputs validated; AI/automation checked. |
| Artifact quality | 25% | Submitted artifact is professional, complete and documented. |
| Reflection / disclosure | 10% | Honest account of method, limits and tool use. |
This is a technology course, so technology is the medium, not an add-on. Two primary tool families are used; the course resists tool sprawl so students go deep, not wide.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| A general LLM assistant (used under verification discipline) | Generative AI | All prompting, grounding and evaluation labs. |
| A prompt-management / version-control approach (e.g., a structured repo / prompt tool) | Prompt library | The capstone library and version control (Lab 10). |
Semester IV · Technology Stream · 3 Credits · 0-0-4-0 · Technology-blended (lab-based). Builds on TECH-101/102/201. The most code-forward course in the stream (gentle Python). No statutory basis. Benchmarked against legal-analytics programmes; feeder for Legal Data Scientist roles (₹10–25 LPA).
Legal Data Science & Predictive Analytics teaches lawyers to work with legal data at scale — to mine large volumes of legal text, find patterns, and build simple predictive and classification tools. As courts digitise and firms accumulate matter data, the ability to ask quantitative questions of legal information is a genuine differentiator and the foundation of the fast-growing legal-analytics field.
This is the most technical course in the stream, but it is taught for lawyers, not engineers: Python is introduced gently and used as a means to legal ends — text mining a corpus of judgments, classifying clauses, analysing judge or court patterns, and visualising findings in a dashboard. Throughout, the course foregrounds the ethical and methodological cautions of legal prediction: correlation is not law, and a model's output is evidence, not a verdict.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the legal-data-science workflow and the types and limits of legal data. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply basic Python and data tools to acquire, clean and explore a legal dataset. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a corpus of legal text using classification and extraction techniques. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply predictive/analytics techniques to a legal dataset while respecting methodological limits. | L3 |
| CO5 | Evaluate the validity, bias and ethics of a legal-analytics model and its appropriate use. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct a legal-analytics artifact (a classifier, an analysis or a dashboard) and communicate its findings. | L5 |
BTL key: L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | |
| CO2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO6 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PSO2 High throughout (a data-science course). PO7 (societal/environmental concern) appears because predictive analytics raises fairness and access-to-justice questions. PO6 (ethics) is High at CO5 — the ethics of legal prediction is central. PSO1 rises at CO6 where analytics informs commercial decisions.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6). Each module is paired with the lab experiments in Section 9.
The end-to-end picture — what legal data exists, the acquire-clean-analyse-model-communicate pipeline, and the methodological humility legal data demands.
A gentle, law-native introduction to Python and pandas — enough to load, clean and explore a legal dataset, taught entirely through legal examples.
Turning unstructured legal text into structured insight — extraction and classification on judgments and contracts using NLP, at a level lawyers can operate.
Introduces outcome prediction and judge/court analytics with heavy methodological and ethical guardrails — the headline use-case and its biggest risks.
The judgment layer — assessing whether an analytics model is valid, fair and ethically usable, and where 'data-driven law' becomes dangerous.
The capstone — an end-to-end analysis or tool on a real legal dataset, communicated honestly through a dashboard or report.
| Module | Case Study | Focus |
|---|---|---|
| 1 & 2 | Case Study A — The Disposal-Time Question | |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Clause Classifier | |
| 4 & 5 | Case Study C — The Biased Bail Predictor | |
| 6 | Case Study D — The Analytics Dashboard |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs. Trivial methods are excluded in favour of methods that build genuine technical-and-judgment competence.
Teams race to extract one defensible insight from a legal dataset and present it honestly — building the full workflow under time pressure. Implementation: dataset released → 40-min clean-analyse-visualise → present one insight + its caveats → peers stress-test the claim.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Insight validity | 35% | The insight is genuinely supported by the data. |
| Honest caveats | 25% | Limits and uncertainty stated. |
| Technical execution | 25% | Clean/analyse done correctly. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear, non-misleading presentation. |
Students dissect a given model's errors and biases to explain why it succeeds or fails — the evaluative core. Implementation: model + predictions supplied → error and bias analysis → root-cause explanation → deployment recommendation.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Error analysis | 30% | Correctly characterises where/why it errs. |
| Bias detection | 30% | Uncovers disparate impact if present. |
| Root cause | 25% | Traces errors to their source. |
| Recommendation | 15% | Sound use/deploy/reject call. |
Students build a chart, then redesign a misleading version of the same data to learn how visuals deceive — building communication ethics. Implementation: same data → an honest chart and a (deliberately) misleading one → class identifies the deception → principles extracted.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Honest chart quality | 35% | Accurate, clear, well-chosen. |
| Deception insight | 30% | Correctly shows how the misleading version distorts. |
| Principles | 20% | Extracts general honesty rules. |
| Craft | 15% | Charts well-made. |
Teams take a dataset and build the capstone analytics artifact across the lab sequence, presenting to a 'client'. Implementation: question framed → staged build with checkpoints → dashboard/report → client presentation + Q&A.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Workflow rigour | 25% | Sound clean-analyse-model pipeline. |
| Validity & ethics | 25% | Honest about limits and bias. |
| Artifact quality | 25% | Dashboard/report is professional and correct. |
| Communication | 25% | Findings clear to a legal audience. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability with technical-and-verification rigour emphasised.
Teams pick an open court dataset and investigate one question (e.g., how disposal time varies by case type), producing an evidence-based mini-report — building honest quantitative storytelling.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Question quality | 20% | A well-framed, answerable question. |
| Analysis validity | 35% | Sound, correct analysis. |
| Honesty | 25% | Limits and caveats clearly stated. |
| Presentation | 20% | Clear report and charts. |
Teams build and evaluate a text classifier for a chosen legal task (clause type, case category) and report its precision/recall and safe-use envelope.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Build correctness | 30% | Classifier works on the task. |
| Evaluation rigour | 30% | Precision/recall properly measured. |
| Safe-use analysis | 25% | Honest about errors and deployment. |
| Documentation | 15% | Reproducible and documented. |
Teams debate a proposition (e.g., 'Courts should use outcome-prediction tools') with evidence — building the ability to argue the ethics of legal data science.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument quality | 30% | Evidence-based, logical. |
| Ethical depth | 30% | Engages bias, fairness, access-to-justice. |
| Rebuttal | 25% | Effective cross-questioning. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated, reflective. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Law as Data | ed. Michael A. Livermore & Daniel N. Rockmore | SFI Press | 2019 |
| Python for Data Analysis | Wes McKinney | O'Reilly | 2022 |
| Natural Language Processing with Python (NLTK) | Bird, Klein & Loper | O'Reilly | 2009 |
| Data Science for Lawyers (readings) | various | open / Springer | 2022 |
| Weapons of Math Destruction | Cathy O'Neil | Crown | 2016 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Python for Everybody | Coursera — UMich | Gentle Python foundation |
| Applied Data Science with Python | Coursera — UMich | pandas, analysis, visualisation |
| Natural Language Processing Specialization (selected) | Coursera — DeepLearning.AI | Text mining concepts |
| Data Science Ethics | Coursera — UMich | Bias, fairness, ethics |
| Streamlit / dashboarding tutorials | open | Communicating findings |
| Certification | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Python / Data Analysis certificate | Coursera / DataCamp | Foundational; during/after course |
| Google Data Analytics Professional Certificate | Coursera — Google | Strong transferable credential; Year 2–3 |
| Responsible AI / fairness micro-credential | various | Ethics edge; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| Legal-analytics programmes (global) | ~85% | We match the workflow-and-text-mining core and add a strong India-data and ethics-of-prediction emphasis. |
| NLU empirical-legal-studies modules | ~88% | Close alignment on quantitative legal analysis; our coding is gentler and tool-led, suited to a BBA-LLB cohort. |
| Data-science bootcamps | ~75% | We borrow the technical workflow but stay legal-native and ethics-first; we do not aim to produce engineers. |
| JGLS / NLSIU tech electives | ~85% | Aligned with their direction; the predictive-analytics-ethics module is a distinctive strength. |
Reasoning for missed topics: The ~12–25% not covered is intentional: deep ML/model-building and production engineering belong to specialists (and partly TECH-401); this course gives lawyers working data fluency and, crucially, the judgment to use analytics responsibly — not to build production models.
As a technology-blended course, this course is delivered through a structured lab. Ten experiments run across the semester in the 2-hour weekly lab slot, each producing an artifact. Conduct: each lab has a pre-lab brief, an in-lab task on a live tool, and a submitted artifact; labs are cumulative and feed the Module-6 capstone; a standard lab rubric applies (below).
| # | Experiment | Task & Artifact | Module |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Notebook & pandas Onboarding | Load a legal CSV, filter and summarise it in a notebook. Artifact: an annotated notebook. | 2 |
| 2 | Cleaning Legal Data | Clean a messy case dataset (dates, names, duplicates). Artifact: a clean dataset + cleaning log. | 2 |
| 3 | Exploratory Court Analysis | Explore trends (e.g., disposal time by year) and visualise. Artifact: an EDA notebook with charts. | 2 |
| 4 | Text Preprocessing | Tokenise and clean a corpus of judgments. Artifact: a processed text dataset. | 3 |
| 5 | Entity & Clause Extraction | Extract entities/clauses from contracts using NLP. Artifact: an extraction notebook. | 3 |
| 6 | Clause Classifier Build | Build and run a simple clause classifier. Artifact: the classifier + outputs. | 3 |
| 7 | Classifier Evaluation | Measure precision/recall; analyse errors. Artifact: an evaluation report. | 4 |
| 8 | Court Analytics | Compute and interpret judge/court analytics on a dataset. Artifact: an analytics notebook. | 4 |
| 9 | Bias & Fairness Audit | Disaggregate a model's performance across groups; document disparate impact. Artifact: a fairness-audit report. | 5 |
| 10 | Capstone — Analytics Dashboard | Build an end-to-end analysis with a dashboard and honest findings. Artifact: the dashboard + report (graded). | 6 |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Technical execution | 30% | Tool used correctly and efficiently; task completed. |
| Accuracy & verification | 35% | Results correct; outputs validated; AI/automation checked. |
| Artifact quality | 25% | Submitted artifact is professional, complete and documented. |
| Reflection / disclosure | 10% | Honest account of method, limits and tool use. |
This is a technology course, so technology is the medium, not an add-on. Two primary tool families are used; the course resists tool sprawl so students go deep, not wide.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Python (pandas, spaCy/transformers) in a notebook (Colab/Jupyter) | Data science / NLP | All analysis, text-mining and modelling labs. |
| A dashboarding tool (e.g., Streamlit) | Visualisation / dashboards | The capstone dashboard and findings communication (Lab 10). |
Semester V · Technology Stream · 3 Credits · 0-0-4-0 · Technology-blended. The highest-growth legal-tech specialty. Maps to the IAPP AIGP credential, EU AI Act, NIST AI RMF and India's 2025 AI Governance Guidelines. Benchmarked against global AI-governance curricula.
AI Governance is the fastest-growing specialty in law-and-technology, and this course positions KLU graduates at its front. As organisations deploy AI under tightening regulation, they need professionals who can govern AI systems — assess risk, run audits, ensure compliance with the EU AI Act and emerging Indian rules, and build the accountability structures that law and reputation now demand.
The course is framework-led and practice-oriented. Students learn the major governance regimes (EU AI Act, NIST AI Risk Management Framework, India's 2025 AI Governance Guidelines, OECD principles), then apply them: conducting an AI risk assessment, running an algorithmic audit, and drafting governance documentation. It maps directly to the IAPP AIGP certification and to roles commanding strong compensation.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the major AI-governance frameworks and the regulatory landscape (EU AI Act, NIST, India, OECD). | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply a risk-classification framework to categorise an AI system and its obligations. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse an AI system for governance failures — bias, opacity, robustness and accountability gaps. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply audit and assessment techniques to evaluate an AI system's compliance. | L3 |
| CO5 | Evaluate an organisation's AI deployment against responsible-AI principles and recommend governance measures. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct AI governance documentation (an AI impact assessment, policy or audit report) to a professional standard. | L5 |
BTL key: L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO6 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO6 (ethics) is High across every CO — governance is applied ethics. PO7 (societal concern) is strong because AI governance protects affected populations. PSO2 High throughout; PSO1 rises at CO5–CO6 as governance becomes commercial advisory. PO10 High as the field evolves fast.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6). Each module is paired with the lab experiments in Section 9.
The map of the field — why AI governance exists, who regulates, and the major frameworks a practitioner must know.
Applying the frameworks — classifying an AI system by risk and mapping the obligations that follow, the bread-and-butter of governance work.
The technical-governance core — analysing an AI system for bias, transparency and robustness, and the methods of algorithmic audit.
The practitioner workflow — running an AI impact/risk assessment end-to-end, the deliverable organisations most need.
The advisory layer — evaluating an organisation's whole AI posture and advising on responsible, compliant deployment under uncertainty.
The capstone — producing professional governance documentation (an AI impact assessment, policy or audit report) for a real or realistic AI system.
| Module | Case Study | Focus |
|---|---|---|
| 1 & 2 | Case Study A — Classifying the Hiring Algorithm | |
| 3 | Case Study B — Auditing the Credit-Scoring Model | |
| 4 & 5 | Case Study C — The Facial-Recognition Deployment | |
| 6 | Case Study D — The Impact Assessment |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs. Trivial methods are excluded in favour of methods that build genuine technical-and-judgment competence.
Teams apply a governance framework to classify and map obligations for real AI use-cases — building the core classification skill. Implementation: use-cases released → teams classify and map obligations → cross-check against the framework text → debrief disagreements.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Classification accuracy | 35% | Correct risk tier and rationale. |
| Obligation mapping | 30% | All applicable obligations identified. |
| Framework fidelity | 20% | Grounded in the actual text. |
| Reasoning | 15% | Sound justification for edge cases. |
Students audit a model for bias and transparency and produce findings — the technical-governance core. Implementation: model + data supplied → bias and explainability testing → findings with severity → remediation recommendations.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Audit rigour | 35% | Thorough, correct testing. |
| Findings quality | 30% | Real issues found and severity-rated. |
| Remediation | 20% | Actionable, proportionate fixes. |
| Documentation | 15% | Audit report is professional. |
Teams role-play a regulatory hearing on an AI deployment — company vs. regulator — building advocacy and the ability to argue governance positions. Implementation: scenario released → sides prepare → hearing before a 'panel' → panel questions and decides.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Command of frameworks | 35% | Accurate use of the rules. |
| Argument quality | 30% | Persuasive, well-structured. |
| Handling questions | 25% | Responsive under panel pressure. |
| Professionalism | 10% | Hearing conduct. |
Teams produce a full AI impact assessment across the lab sequence and defend it. Implementation: system chosen → staged assessment with checkpoints → documentation → defence to a 'board'.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Assessment completeness | 25% | All risks and stakeholders covered. |
| Framework compliance | 25% | Mapped correctly to requirements. |
| Recommendation quality | 25% | Sound, defensible advice. |
| Communication | 25% | Clear to a non-technical board. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability with technical-and-verification rigour emphasised.
Teams build a risk register for an organisation's AI portfolio — classifying systems, mapping obligations and flagging the highest risks — the document a real AI-governance lead maintains.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 30% | All systems classified. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct risk tiers and obligations. |
| Prioritisation | 20% | Highest risks surfaced. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear, usable register. |
Teams draft an organisational responsible-AI policy covering acceptable use, oversight, and accountability — a real governance deliverable building drafting skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 30% | Addresses the key governance areas. |
| Practicality | 30% | Implementable, not just aspirational. |
| Compliance fit | 25% | Aligns with frameworks. |
| Drafting quality | 15% | Clear, professional. |
Teams debate a live proposition (e.g., 'High-risk AI should require pre-deployment licensing') — building the ability to argue governance policy with rigour.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument quality | 30% | Evidence- and framework-based. |
| Policy depth | 30% | Engages real trade-offs. |
| Rebuttal | 25% | Effective under questioning. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated and reflective. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| The Oxford Handbook of Ethics of AI | ed. Dubber, Pasquale & Das | Oxford Univ. Press | 2020 |
| AI Governance (practitioner readings) | IAPP / various | IAPP | 2024 |
| The Alignment Problem | Brian Christian | W. W. Norton | 2020 |
| Atlas of AI | Kate Crawford | Yale Univ. Press | 2021 |
| EU AI Act & NIST AI RMF (primary texts) | EU / NIST | official | 2024 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| AI Ethics / Ethics of AI | Coursera / edX (Helsinki) | Foundations of AI ethics |
| AI Governance (IAPP-aligned) | IAPP / Coursera | Frameworks and AIGP prep |
| Responsible AI | Coursera / Microsoft / Google | Responsible-AI practice |
| The EU AI Act explained | provider courses | The flagship regulation |
| Algorithmic Fairness | Coursera / edX | Bias auditing concepts |
| Certification | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| IAPP AIGP (AI Governance Professional) | IAPP | The flagship AI-governance credential; Year 3–4 — directly aligned |
| Responsible AI / AI ethics certificate | Microsoft / Google / Coursera | Transferable; during course |
| ISO/IEC 42001 AI management awareness | provider | Emerging standard; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| Global AI-governance programmes (IAPP-aligned) | ~92% | Tightly aligned to the IAPP AIGP body of knowledge; we add an India-2025-Guidelines and DPDP lens most global courses lack. |
| Leading law-school AI-law courses | ~88% | Strong alignment; our hands-on audit and impact-assessment labs exceed the typically lecture-based treatment. |
| NLU / JGLS tech-law electives | ~85% | Aligned with their direction; the algorithmic-audit module is a distinctive practical strength. |
| Technical AI-fairness courses | ~80% | We borrow the audit techniques but stay governance- and law-led, not ML-research-led. |
Reasoning for missed topics: The ~8–20% not covered is intentional: deep technical fairness ML and model internals belong to data-science specialists (touched in TECH-202); this course produces governance professionals — the people who assess, audit and advise — which is where the legal-market demand and the IAPP-AIGP alignment sit.
As a technology-blended course, this course is delivered through a structured lab. Ten experiments run across the semester in the 2-hour weekly lab slot, each producing an artifact. Conduct: each lab has a pre-lab brief, an in-lab task on a live tool, and a submitted artifact; labs are cumulative and feed the Module-6 capstone; a standard lab rubric applies (below).
| # | Experiment | Task & Artifact | Module |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Framework Mapping | Build a comparison map of EU AI Act vs NIST vs India 2025 Guidelines. Artifact: a framework comparison table. | 1 |
| 2 | Risk Classification | Classify ten AI use-cases by risk tier with rationale. Artifact: a classification register. | 2 |
| 3 | Obligation Mapping | For two high-risk systems, map the full obligation set. Artifact: an obligations matrix. | 2 |
| 4 | Bias Audit | Test a model's outputs for disparate impact across groups. Artifact: a bias-audit report. | 3 |
| 5 | Explainability Assessment | Assess whether a model's decisions can be explained to an affected person. Artifact: an explainability memo. | 3 |
| 6 | Model Card & Datasheet | Produce a model card and dataset datasheet for a system. Artifact: the documentation set. | 3 |
| 7 | Impact-Assessment Scoping | Scope an AI impact assessment: stakeholders, risks, evidence plan. Artifact: an IA scope document. | 4 |
| 8 | Gap Analysis | Assess a system against framework requirements; list gaps. Artifact: a gap-analysis report. | 4 |
| 9 | Governance Programme Design | Design an org's AI governance structure (roles, committees, processes). Artifact: a programme blueprint. | 5 |
| 10 | Capstone — AI Impact Assessment | Produce a full impact assessment / audit report for a system. Artifact: the governance document (graded). | 6 |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Technical execution | 30% | Tool used correctly and efficiently; task completed. |
| Accuracy & verification | 35% | Results correct; outputs validated; AI/automation checked. |
| Artifact quality | 25% | Submitted artifact is professional, complete and documented. |
| Reflection / disclosure | 10% | Honest account of method, limits and tool use. |
This is a technology course, so technology is the medium, not an add-on. Two primary tool families are used; the course resists tool sprawl so students go deep, not wide.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| A model-audit / fairness toolkit (e.g., open-source fairness libraries or a GRC sandbox) | Audit / fairness | Bias and transparency auditing labs (Labs 4–6). |
| A governance documentation / GRC template set | Governance docs | Impact assessments, registers and the capstone (Labs 7–10). |
Semester VI · Technology Stream · 3 Credits · 0-0-4-0 · Technology-blended. Covers the DPDP Act 2023 + Rules 2025, GDPR, CCPA, PDPA and UAE PDPL. Maps to IAPP CIPP/E + CIPM. Feeds privacy practices (₹15–30 LPA). Benchmarked against global privacy curricula.
DPDP & Cross-Border Privacy Engineering trains students for one of the most reliably in-demand legal-tech specialisms: data protection. With India's DPDP Act 2023 and its 2025 Rules now in force alongside the GDPR and a patchwork of global regimes, every organisation that touches personal data needs advisers who understand both the law and the operational engineering of privacy.
The course is comparative and operational. Students master the DPDP framework, place it alongside the GDPR, CCPA, Singapore's PDPA and the UAE PDPL, then learn to operationalise privacy: conducting Data Protection Impact Assessments, mapping data flows, designing consent and cross-border transfer mechanisms, and using privacy-management platforms. It maps directly to the IAPP CIPP/E and CIPM credentials and to well-paid privacy roles.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the DPDP Act 2023 / Rules 2025 framework and the rights and obligations it creates. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply DPDP and comparator regimes to determine compliance obligations for a given data-processing activity. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a cross-border data-transfer scenario across DPDP, GDPR and other regimes to identify lawful bases and risks. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply privacy-operational techniques (data mapping, DPIA, consent design) to a real processing context. | L3 |
| CO5 | Evaluate an organisation's privacy posture and the adequacy of its safeguards across jurisdictions. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct privacy compliance work-product (a DPIA, a privacy notice or a transfer-mechanism design) to a professional standard. | L5 |
BTL key: L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO6 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PSO1 and PSO2 both run High — privacy is where commercial advisory and legal-tech fluency meet. PO6 (ethics) is High throughout (privacy is a rights-protective field). PO3 (business management) is strong because privacy compliance is an operational, organisational discipline.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6). Each module is paired with the lab experiments in Section 9.
The foundation — India's data-protection regime in depth: who it binds, what rights it creates, and what obligations follow.
Placing DPDP in the global landscape — the comparisons every cross-border adviser needs.
The hardest practical problem — moving personal data across borders lawfully under conflicting regimes.
Turning law into practice — the operational toolkit: data mapping, DPIAs, consent and privacy-by-design.
The evaluative and incident layer — assessing an organisation's privacy maturity and responding when things go wrong.
The capstone — producing real privacy deliverables (a DPIA, a privacy notice, a transfer design) to professional standard.
| Module | Case Study | Focus |
|---|---|---|
| 1 & 2 | Case Study A — The App That Collects Everything | |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Offshore Processing Deal | |
| 4 & 5 | Case Study C — The Health-Data Breach | |
| 6 | Case Study D — The DPIA |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs. Trivial methods are excluded in favour of methods that build genuine technical-and-judgment competence.
Teams take a processing activity and map its obligations across DPDP/GDPR/others side by side — building the comparative instinct. Implementation: activity released → teams build a multi-regime obligation matrix → cross-check → debrief divergences.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Regime accuracy | 35% | Correct obligations per regime. |
| Comparison quality | 30% | Convergences/divergences surfaced. |
| Practical synthesis | 20% | A workable compliance strategy emerges. |
| Reasoning | 15% | Edge cases justified. |
Students conduct a real DPIA on a processing scenario — the field's signature deliverable. Implementation: scenario → structured DPIA (necessity, risks, mitigations) → peer review → refine.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Risk identification | 35% | All material privacy risks found. |
| Mitigation quality | 30% | Proportionate, practical mitigations. |
| Methodology | 20% | Follows a sound DPIA process. |
| Documentation | 15% | Professional, defensible. |
A live breach scenario unfolds and teams must respond against the clock — building incident judgment. Implementation: breach injected → teams assess, decide notification, advise → 'regulator' questions the response → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Assessment accuracy | 30% | Correct risk and scope call. |
| Notification correctness | 30% | Right obligations and timelines. |
| Advice quality | 25% | Sound remediation under pressure. |
| Composure | 15% | Handles the regulator's questions. |
Teams build a privacy compliance package for an organisation across the labs and defend it. Implementation: org chosen → staged build (mapping → DPIA → notice → transfer design) → defence to a 'DPO panel'.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 25% | All key privacy areas addressed. |
| Legal accuracy | 25% | Compliant across regimes. |
| Operational realism | 25% | Actually implementable. |
| Defence | 25% | Withstands panel questioning. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability with technical-and-verification rigour emphasised.
Teams draft a DPDP- and GDPR-compliant privacy notice for a real app — clear to users yet legally complete — building privacy drafting skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Legal completeness | 30% | Covers required disclosures. |
| Readability | 30% | Genuinely understandable to users. |
| Multi-regime fit | 25% | Works for DPDP and GDPR. |
| Drafting quality | 15% | Professional. |
Teams map the data flows of a chosen service and produce a record of processing — the foundational privacy-ops artifact.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All flows captured. |
| Accuracy | 30% | Correct categories and bases. |
| Risk flags | 25% | Surfaces the risky transfers. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear map. |
Teams debate a live proposition (e.g., 'Data localisation protects citizens') with evidence — building the ability to argue privacy policy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument quality | 30% | Evidence- and law-based. |
| Policy depth | 30% | Engages real trade-offs. |
| Rebuttal | 25% | Effective under questioning. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Data Protection Law in India | various (post-DPDP editions) | EBC / LexisNexis | 2024 |
| The DPDP Act 2023: A Commentary | various | LexisNexis / EBC | 2024 |
| EU General Data Protection Regulation (commentary) | Kuner, Bygrave & Docksey | Oxford Univ. Press | 2020 |
| Privacy Program Management (IAPP) | ed. Russell Densmore | IAPP | 2021 |
| Information Privacy Law | Solove & Schwartz | Aspen | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Data Privacy Fundamentals | Coursera / Northeastern | Privacy foundations |
| GDPR / EU privacy law | Coursera / FutureLearn | GDPR depth |
| Privacy Law and Data Protection | edX / provider | Comparative privacy |
| CIPP/E & CIPM preparation | IAPP | Certification-aligned |
| Privacy by Design / engineering | provider | Operational privacy |
| Certification | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| IAPP CIPP/E (Certified Information Privacy Professional/Europe) | IAPP | Flagship privacy credential; Year 3–4 — directly aligned |
| IAPP CIPM (Privacy Program Management) | IAPP | Operational privacy; pairs with CIPP/E |
| OneTrust / Securiti platform certification | Vendor | Privacy-tool fluency; during course |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| Global privacy curricula (IAPP-aligned) | ~92% | Tightly aligned to CIPP/E + CIPM; we lead with current DPDP 2023/Rules-2025 content global courses lack. |
| NLU / JGLS privacy electives | ~88% | Strong alignment; our operational labs (DPIA, data mapping, breach sim) exceed lecture-based treatment. |
| GDPR-focused programmes | ~85% | We cover GDPR fully and add the India-and-Asia comparative layer. |
| Technical privacy-engineering courses | ~80% | We adopt privacy-by-design and tooling but stay law-and-advisory-led. |
Reasoning for missed topics: The ~8–20% not covered is intentional: deep privacy-engineering implementation (encryption, anonymisation cryptography) belongs to security specialists; this course produces the privacy lawyer/adviser who designs, assesses and defends compliance — the high-demand, well-paid role.
As a technology-blended course, this course is delivered through a structured lab. Ten experiments run across the semester in the 2-hour weekly lab slot, each producing an artifact. Conduct: each lab has a pre-lab brief, an in-lab task on a live tool, and a submitted artifact; labs are cumulative and feed the Module-6 capstone; a standard lab rubric applies (below).
| # | Experiment | Task & Artifact | Module |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | DPDP Obligation Map | Map a fiduciary's full DPDP obligations for a given activity. Artifact: an obligations matrix. | 1 |
| 2 | Comparative Matrix | Compare DPDP/GDPR/CCPA obligations for one activity. Artifact: a comparison table. | 2 |
| 3 | Lawful-Basis Analysis | Determine lawful bases for five processing activities across regimes. Artifact: a basis analysis. | 2 |
| 4 | Transfer Architecture | Design a lawful cross-border transfer for a data flow. Artifact: a transfer-design document. | 3 |
| 5 | Transfer Impact Assessment | Conduct a TIA for a risky transfer. Artifact: a TIA report. | 3 |
| 6 | Data-Flow Mapping | Map a service's data flows and build a record of processing. Artifact: a data-flow map + RoPA. | 4 |
| 7 | DPIA | Conduct a full DPIA for a high-risk processing activity. Artifact: a DPIA report. | 4 |
| 8 | Consent & Notice Design | Design a consent flow and draft the notice. Artifact: consent design + privacy notice. | 4 |
| 9 | Breach-Response Plan | Build a breach-response plan with notification logic. Artifact: a breach playbook. | 5 |
| 10 | Capstone — Privacy Work-Product | Produce a DPIA / transfer design / notice package for an org. Artifact: the package (graded). | 6 |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Technical execution | 30% | Tool used correctly and efficiently; task completed. |
| Accuracy & verification | 35% | Results correct; outputs validated; AI/automation checked. |
| Artifact quality | 25% | Submitted artifact is professional, complete and documented. |
| Reflection / disclosure | 10% | Honest account of method, limits and tool use. |
This is a technology course, so technology is the medium, not an add-on. Two primary tool families are used; the course resists tool sprawl so students go deep, not wide.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| A privacy-management platform (OneTrust / Securiti, or a sandbox) | Privacy management | Data mapping, DPIAs and consent design (Labs 6–9). |
| A DPIA / data-mapping template + comparison workbook | Compliance docs | Comparative analysis and the capstone (Labs 1–5, 10). |
Semester VII · Technology Stream · 3 Credits · 0-0-4-0 · Technology-blended (the 2026 frontier). Builds on the whole stream. No statutory basis. Benchmarked against cutting-edge legal-engineering programmes. Feeds "Legal Engineer" roles at Harvey, Clio, Thomson Reuters.
Agentic AI Systems, LLMOps & Legal Workflow Automation is the frontier course of the Technology Stream. It moves beyond using a single AI tool to designing multi-step, multi-agent workflows that automate substantial legal tasks — and to operating those systems safely, with guardrails, monitoring and accountability. This is where the emerging 'Legal Engineer' role lives.
The course is build-heavy and safety-obsessed. Students design and assemble agentic workflows (using frameworks like LangChain / LlamaIndex / AutoGen at an accessible level), automate a real legal process end-to-end, and — critically — engineer the guardrails, hallucination mitigation and human-in-the-loop checkpoints that make automation defensible under professional-responsibility rules (e.g., ABA Formal Opinion 512 and Indian professional norms). Automation without accountability is treated as failure.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain agentic AI architectures and how multi-step/multi-agent systems automate legal workflows. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply workflow-decomposition to break a legal process into automatable, safe steps. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse an agentic workflow for failure modes, hallucination risk and accountability gaps. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply frameworks and guardrails to build a monitored legal automation with human-in-the-loop checkpoints. | L3 |
| CO5 | Evaluate a legal automation's reliability, safety and professional-responsibility compliance. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct a working, guard-railed legal workflow automation and document its safe-use envelope. | L5 |
BTL key: L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO6 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PSO2 High throughout (the most advanced build course). PO6 (ethics) is High where accountability and professional-responsibility for automation are assessed. PO8 (teamwork) and PO9 (communication) peak at CO6 as systems are built and explained in teams. PO10 High — this is the fastest-moving frontier.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6). Each module is paired with the lab experiments in Section 9.
What changes when AI stops being a single chat and becomes a system that plans, uses tools and acts in multiple steps — and why that is powerful and dangerous for legal work.
The design skill — breaking a real legal process into steps that can be safely automated, and identifying where human judgment must remain.
The analytical core — how agentic systems fail, how errors compound, and where accountability must sit. Safety thinking before building.
The build module — assembling a working legal automation using accessible frameworks, with retrieval, tools and guardrails.
Operating automations safely over time — monitoring, evaluation and the professional-responsibility judgment of whether to deploy.
The capstone — a working, safe, documented legal workflow automation with a defined safe-use envelope, built and defended in teams.
| Module | Case Study | Focus |
|---|---|---|
| 1 & 2 | Case Study A — The Intake Bottleneck | |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Agent That Went Rogue | |
| 4 & 5 | Case Study C — The Contract-Review Pipeline | |
| 6 | Case Study D — The Deployable Automation |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs. Trivial methods are excluded in favour of methods that build genuine technical-and-judgment competence.
Teams decompose a real legal process into a step map, tagging each step automatable/judgment and risk-tiering it — the core design skill. Implementation: process assigned → step map built → peer challenge on risky automation choices → refine.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Decomposition quality | 35% | Complete, sensible step map. |
| Safety tagging | 30% | Correctly separates automatable vs judgment. |
| Risk-tiering | 20% | Sound consequence-of-error analysis. |
| Checkpoints | 15% | Human checkpoints well-placed. |
Students take a naive automation and add guardrails (validation, verification gates, refusal logic), proving each catches a failure. Implementation: naive workflow → add guardrails → adversarial testing → evidence each guardrail works.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Guardrail coverage | 35% | Covers the real failure modes. |
| Effectiveness | 30% | Each guardrail demonstrably catches errors. |
| Human-in-loop design | 20% | Checkpoints meaningful, not cosmetic. |
| Documentation | 15% | Clear safe-use logic. |
Teams autopsy a failed agentic run and produce an incident report with root cause and fixes — building the safety-engineer mindset. Implementation: failure logs → trace → root-cause → incident report + redesign.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Trace accuracy | 35% | Correctly locates the failure origin. |
| Root cause | 30% | Explains the compounding mechanism. |
| Fix quality | 20% | Redesign would prevent recurrence. |
| Report | 15% | Professional incident report. |
Teams build the capstone automation and defend its deploy-readiness to a 'partner panel'. Implementation: workflow chosen → staged build → evaluation → deploy-readiness defence.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Build works | 25% | Automation runs and produces correct output. |
| Safety engineering | 30% | Guardrails and checkpoints sound. |
| Evaluation rigour | 25% | Tested honestly against a benchmark. |
| Defence | 20% | Justifies the deploy decision. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability with technical-and-verification rigour emphasised.
Teams choose a real legal process and produce an automation blueprint — step map, risk tiers, checkpoints and tool needs — the document a Legal Engineer pitches.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Process understanding | 25% | Accurate end-to-end map. |
| Automation design | 35% | Safe, sensible automation plan. |
| Risk & checkpoints | 25% | Human oversight well-designed. |
| Presentation | 15% | Compelling blueprint. |
Teams build a small guard-railed agent for a narrow legal task and demo it, fielding questions on its safety and limits — the produce-and-defend cycle for engineers.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Agent works | 30% | Completes the task correctly. |
| Guardrails | 30% | Real safety controls present. |
| Defence | 25% | Answers safety/limits questions honestly. |
| Documentation | 15% | Safe-use envelope documented. |
Teams debate a frontier proposition (e.g., 'Law firms should disclose AI automation to clients') — building the ability to argue the ethics of legal automation.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument quality | 30% | Evidence- and norm-based. |
| Ethical depth | 30% | Engages accountability and PR rules. |
| Rebuttal | 25% | Effective under questioning. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Building LLM Apps / LLM Engineering (practitioner readings) | various (O'Reilly / open) | O'Reilly / open | 2024 |
| AI and the Future of the Legal Profession (readings) | various | open / OUP | 2024 |
| Tomorrow's Lawyers | Richard Susskind | Oxford Univ. Press | 2023 |
| Designing Machine Learning Systems | Chip Huyen | O'Reilly | 2022 |
| ABA Formal Opinion 512 & professional-responsibility readings | ABA / BCI | official | 2024 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| LangChain / Building Agentic Applications | DeepLearning.AI short courses | Agent frameworks |
| Generative AI with LLMs | Coursera — DeepLearning.AI & AWS | LLM engineering |
| LLMOps | DeepLearning.AI / provider | Operating LLM systems |
| AI Agents in Practice | provider courses | Multi-agent workflows |
| Functions, Tools and Agents with LangChain | DeepLearning.AI | Hands-on agent building |
| Certification | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Vendor agent-framework / LLM-engineering badge | DeepLearning.AI / vendor | Practical build credential; during/after course |
| Cloud AI engineering associate (Azure/GCP/AWS AI) | Microsoft / Google / AWS | Transferable engineering credential; Year 4–5 |
| Legal-engineering / legal-tech vendor certification | Harvey / Clio / vendor | Tool-specific; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| Cutting-edge legal-engineering programmes | ~88% | We match the build-and-safety ethos and lead on the professional-responsibility-of-automation framing most technical courses omit. |
| Global AI-engineering courses | ~80% | We borrow agent-building technique but stay legal-workflow-native and safety-first, not general software engineering. |
| JGLS / NLU advanced tech electives | ~85% | Aligned with their frontier direction; our guard-railing and deploy-decision labs are a distinctive strength. |
| Legal-tech vendor academies (Harvey/Clio) | ~82% | We teach the transferable principles behind the tools rather than a single product, so skills outlast any one vendor. |
Reasoning for missed topics: The ~12–20% not covered is intentional: production-grade MLOps, model training and infrastructure belong to engineers; this course produces the Legal Engineer who designs, builds-at-prototype-level, evaluates and governs legal automations — the role the market is creating now.
As a technology-blended course, this course is delivered through a structured lab. Ten experiments run across the semester in the 2-hour weekly lab slot, each producing an artifact. Conduct: each lab has a pre-lab brief, an in-lab task on a live tool, and a submitted artifact; labs are cumulative and feed the Module-6 capstone; a standard lab rubric applies (below).
| # | Experiment | Task & Artifact | Module |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Agent Anatomy | Run and trace a simple single-agent tool-using workflow; map its steps. Artifact: an annotated agent trace. | 1 |
| 2 | Workflow Decomposition | Decompose a legal process into a risk-tagged step map. Artifact: a decomposition diagram. | 2 |
| 3 | Failure Taxonomy | Induce and document agentic failure modes. Artifact: a failure catalogue. | 3 |
| 4 | Guardrail Design | Add input/output validation and refusal logic to a workflow. Artifact: a guard-railed workflow + tests. | 3 & 4 |
| 5 | RAG Integration | Wire retrieval into an agent for grounding; verify outputs. Artifact: a grounded agent + verification. | 4 |
| 6 | Tool Integration | Give an agent safe access to a document set/database. Artifact: a tool-using agent. | 4 |
| 7 | Human-in-the-Loop | Insert approval checkpoints into an automation. Artifact: a checkpointed workflow. | 4 & 5 |
| 8 | Evaluation Harness | Build a test set and evaluate an automation's reliability. Artifact: an evaluation report. | 5 |
| 9 | Deploy Decision | Apply a professional-responsibility go/no-go framework to an automation. Artifact: a deploy-decision memo. | 5 |
| 10 | Capstone — Guard-Railed Automation | Build, evaluate and document a safe legal workflow automation. Artifact: the working automation + safe-use envelope (graded). | 6 |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Technical execution | 30% | Tool used correctly and efficiently; task completed. |
| Accuracy & verification | 35% | Results correct; outputs validated; AI/automation checked. |
| Artifact quality | 25% | Submitted artifact is professional, complete and documented. |
| Reflection / disclosure | 10% | Honest account of method, limits and tool use. |
This is a technology course, so technology is the medium, not an add-on. Two primary tool families are used; the course resists tool sprawl so students go deep, not wide.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| An agent framework (LangChain / LlamaIndex, accessible level) in a notebook | Agentic AI / build | All workflow-building, RAG and guardrail labs (Labs 4–7, 10). |
| An evaluation/monitoring approach (a test harness + tracing) | LLMOps / evaluation | Reliability evaluation and the deploy decision (Labs 8–9). |
Semester VIII · Technology Stream · 3 Credits · 0-0-4-0 · Technology-blended capstone. The stream's future-proofing course. No single statute. Benchmarked against frontier emerging-tech-law seminars globally. Integrates the whole stream into a research-and-build capstone.
The Emerging Tech Law Capstone is the apex of the Technology Stream. It tackles the legal frontiers that have outrun settled law — tokenised assets and DAOs, quantum computing's threat to cryptography, deepfakes and synthetic media, neuro-rights, and autonomous-systems liability. The premise is that a graduate's career will repeatedly meet technologies with no precedent, and the durable skill is the ability to reason a sound legal position from first principles when the statute is silent.
The course is seminar-and-capstone in form: students survey each frontier, then choose one to investigate deeply, producing a substantial capstone — a research paper, a draft regulatory framework, or a built prototype with a legal analysis. It integrates everything from the stream: the computational literacy of TECH-101, the AI fluency of 102/201/401, the data and governance skills of 202/301, and the privacy depth of 302. It is explicitly future-proofing: the goal is adaptability, not a fixed body of rules that will date.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the principal emerging-technology legal frontiers and why existing law strains to address them. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply first-principles legal reasoning to a technology problem that lacks settled precedent. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse an emerging-tech scenario to identify the legal gaps, risks and competing interests. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply integrated stream skills (computational, AI, data, governance, privacy) to a frontier problem. | L3 |
| CO5 | Evaluate proposed or possible regulatory approaches to an emerging technology and their trade-offs. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct a substantial capstone (research, regulatory design, or prototype-plus-analysis) on a frontier issue. | L5 |
BTL key: L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: As a capstone, correlations are broad and high. PO1 (legal reasoning) and PO5 (research/reform) are High throughout — first-principles reasoning is the point. PO7 (societal concern) is strong because frontier tech raises acute social questions. PSO1/PSO2 both High at the capstone where integration peaks.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6). Each module is paired with the lab experiments in Section 9.
The decentralisation frontier — blockchain, tokens, smart contracts and decentralised organisations, and the legal questions they raise.
Why quantum computing threatens the cryptographic foundations of digital trust, and the legal-and-governance response.
The synthetic-media frontier — deepfakes, voice clones and AI-generated content, and the strain on identity, evidence, IP and reputation law.
The most novel frontier — brain-computer interfaces and the emerging category of neuro-rights, integrating privacy, autonomy and dignity.
The liability frontier — when autonomous systems (vehicles, agents, robots) cause harm, who is responsible, and how should the law evolve?
The integrative capstone — a substantial, original piece of work on a chosen frontier, applying first-principles reasoning and the whole stream's toolkit.
| Module | Case Study | Focus |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Case Study A — The DAO With No Country | |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Deepfake Defence | |
| 4 & 5 | Case Study C — The Brain-Data Bargain | |
| 6 | Case Study D — The Capstone |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs. Trivial methods are excluded in favour of methods that build genuine technical-and-judgment competence.
Given a frontier problem with no settled law, teams reason a defensible position from first principles and defend it — the course's central skill. Implementation: novel problem posed → teams reason from analogy, principle and policy → present positions → cross-examination → debrief on reasoning quality.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Reasoning rigour | 40% | Sound first-principles argument from analogy/principle/policy. |
| Issue identification | 25% | Surfaces the real legal gaps. |
| Defensibility | 20% | Position holds under challenge. |
| Awareness of limits | 15% | Honest about uncertainty. |
Teams analyse a fast-moving emerging-tech scenario, integrating stream skills, and produce a risk-and-gap map. Implementation: scenario → integrated analysis (tech + privacy + governance + liability) → gap map → peer challenge.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Integration | 35% | Genuinely combines stream skills. |
| Gap analysis | 30% | Identifies the legal gaps accurately. |
| Risk mapping | 20% | Surfaces and prioritises risks. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear, structured output. |
Teams draft a mini regulatory framework for an emerging tech and defend its trade-offs — building the policy-design skill. Implementation: tech assigned → draft a proportionate framework → present → panel tests the trade-offs.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Framework soundness | 35% | Coherent, proportionate design. |
| Trade-off awareness | 30% | Engages innovation-vs-precaution honestly. |
| Feasibility | 20% | Implementable. |
| Defence | 15% | Justifies choices under questioning. |
Students develop their capstone across the term with milestone reviews and peer critique — the integrative project. Implementation: proposal → milestone reviews → peer critique → panel defence.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Originality & depth | 30% | Substantial, original contribution. |
| Integration | 25% | Applies the whole stream's toolkit. |
| Rigour | 25% | Sound research/build and reasoning. |
| Defence | 20% | Defends the work before a panel. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability with technical-and-verification rigour emphasised.
Teams produce a horizon-scan briefing on an emerging technology — what it is, the legal questions it raises, and where regulation is heading — the briefing a firm's innovation group would commission.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Tech understanding | 25% | Accurate grasp of the technology. |
| Legal-issue spotting | 35% | Surfaces the real frontier questions. |
| Foresight | 25% | Credible view of where law is heading. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear briefing. |
Teams draft a short proposed regulatory framework or model clause-set for an emerging tech and argue for it — building reform-drafting skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Design quality | 35% | Coherent, proportionate framework. |
| Trade-off handling | 30% | Engages competing interests. |
| Drafting | 20% | Clear, usable text. |
| Argument | 15% | Persuasive justification. |
Teams debate a frontier proposition (e.g., 'Code should never be law'; 'Neuro-rights need a new treaty') — building advocacy at the edge of law.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument quality | 30% | Principled and evidence-aware. |
| Frontier insight | 30% | Engages the novelty seriously. |
| Rebuttal | 25% | Effective under questioning. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| The Oxford Handbook of Law, Regulation and Technology | ed. Brownsword, Scotford & Yeung | Oxford Univ. Press | 2017 |
| Blockchain and the Law | Primavera De Filippi & Aaron Wright | Harvard Univ. Press | 2018 |
| The Battle for Your Brain (neuro-rights) | Nita A. Farahany | St. Martin's Press | 2023 |
| Future Politics / technology & rights | Jamie Susskind | Oxford Univ. Press | 2018 |
| Robotics, AI and the Law (readings) | various | Hart / open | 2023 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Blockchain and Law / FinTech Law | Coursera / edX | Web3 legal foundations |
| Quantum Computing for Everyone | edX / provider | Quantum literacy |
| AI, Law and Ethics | edX / Coursera | Frontier ethics |
| Technology Policy / Emerging Tech Governance | Coursera / provider | Regulatory design |
| Neuroethics / Neurotechnology and Society | Coursera / provider | Neuro-rights context |
| Certification | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Blockchain / Web3 fundamentals certificate | Coursera / vendor | Frontier literacy; optional |
| Technology policy / emerging-tech governance micro-credential | provider | Reform-design edge; optional |
| Capstone-based portfolio (publication / framework / prototype) | self-built | The strongest credential this course produces |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| Frontier emerging-tech-law seminars (global) | ~88% | We match the survey-plus-deep-dive model and add a stronger integration-with-skills capstone than seminar-only courses. |
| NLU / JGLS technology-and-society seminars | ~85% | Aligned; our capstone-build option and stream integration are distinctive. |
| Global tech-policy programmes | ~82% | We borrow the regulatory-design ethos and keep a practising-lawyer, first-principles orientation. |
| Specialist single-topic courses (e.g., blockchain law) | ~80% | We trade single-topic depth for breadth-plus-adaptability, which better future-proofs a 5-year-out career. |
Reasoning for missed topics: This is a deliberately broad, future-proofing capstone, so it does not match any single specialist course's depth — by design. Its value is the integrative, first-principles adaptability that lets a graduate meet whatever technology their career encounters; depth in any one frontier is pursued through the chosen capstone.
As a technology-blended course, this course is delivered through a structured lab. Ten experiments run across the semester in the 2-hour weekly lab slot, each producing an artifact. Conduct: each lab has a pre-lab brief, an in-lab task on a live tool, and a submitted artifact; labs are cumulative and feed the Module-6 capstone; a standard lab rubric applies (below).
| # | Experiment | Task & Artifact | Module |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Smart-Contract Read-Through | Read a real smart contract and map where code and legal intent could diverge. Artifact: a divergence analysis. | 1 |
| 2 | Token Classification | Classify several tokens as security/property/utility under Indian regulation. Artifact: a classification memo. | 1 |
| 3 | Quantum-Risk Audit | Assess an organisation's data for 'harvest-now-decrypt-later' risk. Artifact: a quantum-risk memo. | 2 |
| 4 | Deepfake Detection & Provenance | Test media for authenticity signals and evaluate provenance (C2PA). Artifact: an authenticity report. | 3 |
| 5 | Synthetic-Media Liability Map | Map liability for a deepfake harm across actors. Artifact: a liability map. | 3 |
| 6 | Neuro-Data Protection Gap | Analyse neuro-data against current privacy law; list gaps. Artifact: a gap analysis. | 4 |
| 7 | Autonomy Liability Scenario | Allocate liability in an autonomous-system harm scenario. Artifact: a liability analysis. | 5 |
| 8 | Regulatory-Option Evaluation | Compare regulatory approaches to a frontier tech. Artifact: an options-evaluation matrix. | 5 |
| 9 | Capstone Proposal & Milestone | Scope the capstone and submit a milestone deliverable. Artifact: proposal + milestone. | 6 |
| 10 | Capstone — Frontier Project | Complete the substantial capstone (research / framework / prototype + analysis). Artifact: the capstone (graded). | 6 |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Technical execution | 30% | Tool used correctly and efficiently; task completed. |
| Accuracy & verification | 35% | Results correct; outputs validated; AI/automation checked. |
| Artifact quality | 25% | Submitted artifact is professional, complete and documented. |
| Reflection / disclosure | 10% | Honest account of method, limits and tool use. |
This is a technology course, so technology is the medium, not an add-on. Two primary tool families are used; the course resists tool sprawl so students go deep, not wide.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| A research + (optional) prototyping toolkit (legal databases + a no-code/agent tool from earlier courses) | Research / build | The capstone and frontier analyses — tool choice depends on the capstone mode. |
| A provenance / detection or blockchain-explorer sandbox (topic-dependent) | Frontier-specific | Hands-on frontier labs (e.g., deepfake provenance, smart-contract reading). |
Semester III · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 1) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory/contextual basis: the Indian legal system, sources of law, and major schools of legal theory. The foundational jurisprudence paper that underpins the entire LL.B. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Jurisprudence is the theoretical foundation of legal study — the course that teaches a student not merely what the law is, but what law is: where it comes from, why it binds, how it should be interpreted, and how to think like a lawyer. Placed in the first semester, it equips students with the conceptual vocabulary, legal method and analytical habits that every later subject assumes.
The course blends legal method (how to read a statute and a judgment, the doctrine of precedent, legal reasoning) with the Indian legal system (its sources, hierarchy and institutions) and the major schools of legal theory (natural law, positivism, realism, sociological and critical approaches). It is taught to be foundational and practical rather than abstract: theory is consistently tied to how Indian courts actually reason and decide.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the nature, sources and functions of law and the structure of the Indian legal system. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply legal method — reading statutes and judgments and the doctrine of precedent — to locate and state the law. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a legal problem using structured legal reasoning (issue, rule, application, conclusion). | L4 |
| CO4 | Compare the major schools of legal theory and their implications for legal interpretation. | L4 |
| CO5 | Evaluate competing theoretical and interpretive approaches to a contested legal question. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct a reasoned jurisprudential argument on a question of law, theory or justice. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1 (legal reasoning) and PO5 (research/reform) are High across every CO — Jurisprudence is where legal reasoning is first built. PO6 (ethics) and PO7 (societal concern) rise with the theory-of-justice modules. PSO2 is moderate (legal method underpins later drafting/research); PSO1 is low as the course is non-commercial.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
Establishes what law is and where it comes from — the conceptual ground floor of the degree.
How the Indian legal system is structured and how a lawyer actually finds and states the law within it.
The core analytical skill — reasoning from rules and facts to defensible legal conclusions.
The two great traditions of legal thought and their lasting influence on how law is understood.
The traditions that ask what law does in society and whose interests it serves.
Applying theory to the enduring and contemporary questions of justice the law must answer.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Kesavananda Bharati v. State of Kerala (1973) — sources & basic structure | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — Reading the Ambiguous Statute | Case study |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Hard Case | Case study |
| 4 | Hart–Fuller debate (the grudge informer); A.K. Gopalan / Maneka Gandhi (1978) | Landmark / theory |
| 5 | S.P. Gupta and the realist reading; Vishaka v. State of Rajasthan (1997) | Landmark |
| 6 | Case Study C — Theories of Justice Applied | Case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Classic law-school Socratic questioning on a reading or case, building the habit of reasoning aloud under pressure. Implementation: assigned reading → cold-call questioning that probes assumptions and pushes hypotheticals → students defend and revise positions live.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Preparation | 30% | Demonstrates close reading of the material. |
| Reasoning | 35% | Reasons soundly under questioning. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Adapts position to new hypotheticals. |
| Articulation | 15% | Expresses ideas clearly. |
Teams argue the same legal question from different theoretical schools, exposing how theory drives outcome. Implementation: question assigned → teams assigned a school (natural law, positivism, realism…) → structured debate → cross-examination → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Command of theory | 35% | Accurate, deep use of the assigned school. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive application to the question. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Effective engagement with rival schools. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
Students dissect a real statute and a real judgment to extract structure, ratio and reasoning — the core legal-method drill. Implementation: texts assigned → guided dissection → identify ratio vs obiter and the interpretive moves → present findings.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correctly identifies structure, ratio, reasoning. |
| Method | 30% | Applies legal method soundly. |
| Insight | 20% | Notices the non-obvious interpretive moves. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear presentation. |
Students draft and peer-review a short jurisprudential argument, building written legal reasoning. Implementation: thesis chosen → draft → structured peer review against a reasoning rubric → revise.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Thesis & structure | 30% | Clear, arguable thesis, well-structured. |
| Reasoning | 35% | Sound, well-supported argument. |
| Engagement | 20% | Engages counter-arguments. |
| Peer review | 15% | Gives rigorous, fair feedback. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams build a map of the sources of Indian law and their relative authority, then present and defend it — cementing the structural foundation.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All major sources and their relations captured. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct authority hierarchy. |
| Clarity | 20% | A usable, clear map. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident defence. |
Teams trace how a single principle evolved across a line of Indian cases, showing following, distinguishing and overruling in action.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Case selection | 25% | Right line of authority chosen. |
| Tracing accuracy | 35% | Correctly shows the doctrinal evolution. |
| Analysis | 25% | Explains why the law shifted. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear narrative. |
Teams debate a justice proposition (e.g., 'Formal equality is not enough') using theories of justice — building principled argument.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 30% | Theory-grounded and logical. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages real trade-offs. |
| Rebuttal | 25% | Effective cross-questioning. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Studies in Jurisprudence and Legal Theory | N. V. Paranjape | Central Law Agency | 2022 |
| Jurisprudence and Legal Theory | V. D. Mahajan | Eastern Book Company | 2021 |
| The Concept of Law | H. L. A. Hart | Oxford Univ. Press | 2012 |
| Lectures on Jurisprudence | M. D. A. Freeman (Lloyd's) | Sweet & Maxwell | 2019 |
| Legal Method (readings) | various / NLS material | EBC / open | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Introduction to Jurisprudence / Philosophy of Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Theory foundation |
| Legal Method and Legal Reasoning | SWAYAM | Indian legal method |
| Justice (Michael Sandel) | edX — HarvardX | Theories of justice |
| Introduction to Indian Legal System | SWAYAM / provider | System overview |
| Philosophy of Law | Coursera / provider | Western legal theory |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Foundations of Legal Reasoning (value-add) | SWAYAM / provider | Reinforces CO3; Year 1 |
| Academic legal-writing micro-credential | provider | Supports the essay ALM; optional |
| Moot/legal-research society participation | KLU internal | Applies method early; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | NLSIU's first-year legal-method-and-theory training is the national benchmark; we match its conceptual depth and Indian-legal-system grounding. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment on theory and method; our justice-and-contemporary-questions module mirrors their emphasis. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; NLUD's heavier political-theory content is partly placed in our later constitutional-law papers. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~88% | Aligned; we keep a slightly stronger legal-method (statute/judgment reading) practical thread for a first-semester cohort. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high because this is a foundational paper with a settled canon. The small variance reflects deliberate placement: deeper constitutional and political theory is developed in the two Constitutional Law papers, and research methodology has its own dedicated Sem-IV course, so Jurisprudence stays focused on nature-of-law, method, reasoning and the schools.
Jurisprudence is doctrinal, but technology supports legal method and research from day one. Tools are kept minimal and law-native.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Reading judgments and statutes; the precedent-tracing activity. |
| A structured note-taking / case-briefing tool | Study / briefing | Case briefs and the statute/judgment dissection ALM. |
Semester I · Compulsory Law Paper · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Contextual basis: the evolution of Indian legal and constitutional institutions from ancient systems through the colonial period to the making of the Constitution. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Indian Legal & Constitutional History traces how India's present legal and constitutional order came to be — from ancient and medieval legal traditions, through the transformative and often coercive machinery of colonial law, to the framing of the Constitution of India. It gives the first-year student the historical depth that makes the modern system intelligible: why courts are structured as they are, why certain doctrines persist, and how hard-won constitutional values were forged.
The course is narrative and analytical rather than merely chronological. Students learn to read institutions as the product of contested choices — the establishment of the Mayor's Courts and Supreme Courts, the High Courts Act, the codification movement, the Government of India Acts, and finally the Constituent Assembly debates — and to connect that history to live questions of constitutional interpretation today.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Describe the principal legal and judicial institutions of ancient, medieval and early colonial India. | L2 |
| CO2 | Explain the development of colonial courts, charters and legal administration in India. | L2 |
| CO3 | Analyse the codification of Indian law and the evolution of the legal profession and judiciary. | L4 |
| CO4 | Analyse the constitutional developments from the Regulating Act to the Government of India Act 1935. | L4 |
| CO5 | Evaluate the work of the Constituent Assembly and the making of the Constitution of India. | L5 |
| CO6 | Connect a feature of the modern legal/constitutional system to its historical origins. | L4 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | ||
| CO2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | ||
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 | |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | |
| CO5 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | |
| CO6 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
Rationale: PO5 (research/reform) and PO1 (reasoning) are strong because the course builds historical-analytical method. PO7 (societal concern) rises as students study how law served and resisted colonial power, and the framing of rights. PSO columns are low — this is a foundational, non-commercial paper.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The indigenous legal traditions that preceded colonial law — their sources, courts and conceptions of justice.
How the East India Company built a legal apparatus — from trading-post justice to a structured court system.
The great codification movement and the birth of the modern Indian legal profession and judiciary.
The legislative steps through which Indians gained a growing — if grudging — share in governance.
The Constituent Assembly and the framing of the Constitution — the founding act of the Republic.
Connecting the historical record to the living constitution and contemporary legal structure.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Raja Nand Kumar's trial (1775); the Patna Case; the Cossijurah Case | Historical landmark |
| 3 | Case Study A — Reading a Colonial Statute Today | Case study |
| 4 | Emperor v. ... (Federal Court era); the Privy Council appeals | Historical landmark |
| 5 | Case Study B — A Constituent Assembly Debate Reconstructed | Case study |
| 6 | Case Study C — Tracing a Doctrine to Its Origin | Case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Teams build an annotated timeline of legal-constitutional developments, building chronological mastery and causal understanding. Implementation: period assigned → research key developments → build annotated timeline showing cause and effect → present.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All key developments captured. |
| Causal links | 30% | Shows why each development followed. |
| Accuracy | 25% | Dates, actors and statutes correct. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear, navigable timeline. |
Students read and analyse a primary historical document (a charter, an Act, a debate extract), building historical-analytical method. Implementation: source assigned → guided close reading → identify purpose, interests and significance → discuss.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Comprehension | 30% | Understands the document in context. |
| Analysis | 35% | Identifies purpose and interests. |
| Significance | 20% | Explains its place in the larger story. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear articulation. |
Teams debate a contested historical interpretation (e.g., whether colonial codification was modernising or extractive), building critical historical judgment. Implementation: thesis assigned → research → structured debate → rebuttal → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Evidence | 35% | Argument grounded in historical evidence. |
| Interpretation | 30% | Sound, nuanced reading. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Engages the rival reading. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
Students write and peer-review a short essay linking a historical development to a present feature, building written historical reasoning. Implementation: pairing chosen → draft → peer review → revise.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Thesis | 30% | Clear historical-to-present link. |
| Reasoning | 35% | Well-supported connection. |
| Evidence | 20% | Uses the historical record. |
| Peer review | 15% | Rigorous, fair feedback. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams chart the evolution of the Indian court system from the Mayor's Courts to the present Supreme Court, presenting and defending the lineage.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All key stages captured. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct lineage and dates. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable chart. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident defence. |
Teams take the roles of Assembly members and re-argue a framing question, building empathy for the founding choices.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Role fidelity | 25% | Faithful to the member's actual position. |
| Argument | 35% | Persuasive, historically grounded. |
| Engagement | 25% | Responds to other 'members'. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams debate whether a surviving colonial-era law should be reformed or repealed, connecting history to live reform politics.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 30% | Historically and normatively grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages real trade-offs. |
| Rebuttal | 25% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Outlines of Indian Legal & Constitutional History | M. P. Jain | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Indian Legal & Constitutional History | V. D. Kulshreshtha (rev.) | Eastern Book Company | 2021 |
| The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation | Granville Austin | Oxford Univ. Press | 2019 |
| Working a Democratic Constitution | Granville Austin | Oxford Univ. Press | 2019 |
| Legal History of India (readings) | various | Central Law / open | 2020 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Indian Legal and Constitutional History | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Making of the Indian Constitution | SWAYAM | Constituent Assembly |
| History of Modern India (legal aspects) | SWAYAM / provider | Context |
| Constitutionalism in India | provider | Constitutional evolution |
| Colonialism and the Law (readings/lectures) | open | Critical perspective |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Constitutional-history reading certificate (value-add) | SWAYAM | Reinforces CO4–CO5; Year 1 |
| Archival/primary-source method micro-credential | provider | Supports the primary-source ALM; optional |
| Debating-society participation | KLU internal | Applies historiographical debate; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's first-year legal-history coverage; our connect-to-present module ties history to the new criminal codes, a current strength. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment on the institutional and constitutional arc. |
| NLU Delhi | ~88% | Strong overlap; NLUD's deeper political history is partly developed in our constitutional-law papers. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~88% | Aligned; we keep a strong primary-source thread suited to a foundation paper. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a foundational paper with a settled canon. The minor variance is deliberate: deeper political and constitutional theory is developed in the two Constitutional Law papers, keeping this course focused on institutional and constitutional history.
A doctrinal history paper, supported lightly by digital archives and research tools.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Constituent Assembly Debates archive / digitised statute collections | Primary-source archive | Primary-source reading and the Assembly role-play. |
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Tracing doctrines and statutes to their origins. |
Semester II · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 4) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the common law of torts; Motor Vehicles Act 1988; Consumer Protection Act 2019. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
The Law of Torts is the law of civil wrongs — the principles by which one person may be held liable to compensate another for harm caused outside contract. It is foundational private law: it teaches duty, breach, causation and remedy, and it underpins later subjects from product liability to constitutional torts. This course pairs the common-law core with two high-volume statutory regimes Indian lawyers meet constantly: motor-accident compensation and consumer protection.
The course is doctrinal but relentlessly practical. Students learn negligence and the named torts through the leading cases, then apply them to the situations that actually fill Indian courts and consumer fora — road accidents, defective goods and deficient services. The 2019 Consumer Protection Act, with its e-commerce and product-liability provisions, is treated as a living, current regime.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the general principles of tortious liability, defences and remedies. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the law of negligence and the named torts to a factual scenario. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse causation, remoteness and the measure of damages in a tort claim. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the motor-vehicle accident compensation framework to a claim. | L3 |
| CO5 | Apply the Consumer Protection Act 2019 to a consumer dispute, including product liability. | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a complex injury scenario and advise on the optimal liability and remedy strategy. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 (reasoning, core legal practice) are High throughout — tort analysis is foundational lawyering. PO7 (societal concern) rises with consumer protection. PSO1 (commercial acumen) appears via product liability and consumer/e-commerce. PSO2 moderate via drafting of claims.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The conceptual foundations — what makes conduct tortious, and the general defences and remedies.
The dominant tort and the principal specific torts, through their leading authorities.
Linking wrong to harm and quantifying it — the analytical spine of any tort claim.
The high-volume statutory compensation regime for road accidents.
The modern consumer regime — a constant in Indian practice, now covering e-commerce and product liability.
Bringing it together — analysing a complex injury scenario and advising across common-law and statutory routes.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Donoghue v. Stevenson (1932); Ashby v. White (1703) | Landmark |
| 2 | M.C. Mehta v. Union of India (1987); Rylands v. Fletcher (1868) | Landmark |
| 3 | Overseas Tankship (The Wagon Mound) (1961); Case Study A — The Chain of Causation | Landmark + Case study |
| 4 | Case Study B — The Highway Collision Claim | Case study (MV) |
| 5 | Case Study C — The Defective Appliance & the Online Seller | Case study (consumer) |
| 6 | Case Study D — The Multi-Route Injury Advice | Integrated case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work factual injury problems to liability conclusions, building applied tort reasoning. Implementation: problem released → identify torts, elements, defences → reason to liability → compare approaches in debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies all torts and elements in play. |
| Application | 35% | Applies law to facts soundly. |
| Defences/remedies | 20% | Addresses defences and remedy. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear analysis. |
Students compute damages/compensation in injury scenarios, building the practical valuation skill. Implementation: scenario → compute heads of damage / multiplier → peer-check → debrief on assumptions.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct computation method. |
| Accuracy | 30% | Figures and heads correct. |
| Assumptions | 20% | Reasonable, stated assumptions. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear working. |
Teams simulate a consumer dispute before a mock forum, building advocacy and statutory application. Implementation: complaint and defence prepared → mock hearing → forum questions → decision.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Statutory command | 35% | Accurate use of the 2019 Act. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the forum's questions. |
| Procedure | 15% | Correct forum procedure. |
Students draft a claim petition / consumer complaint, building drafting skill. Implementation: facts assigned → draft → redline against a model → revise.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Structure | 30% | Correct petition/complaint structure. |
| Pleading quality | 35% | Facts and grounds well pleaded. |
| Prayer | 20% | Relief correctly framed. |
| Drafting | 15% | Clear, professional. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the elements of negligence onto a complex fact-pattern and present the liability chain.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Element coverage | 30% | All elements addressed. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct application. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable map. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams build a transparent MV-compensation calculator (spreadsheet) applying the multiplier method, testing it on cases.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Correct method | 35% | Multiplier method correctly implemented. |
| Usability | 25% | Clear, usable tool. |
| Testing | 25% | Validated on real cases. |
| Documentation | 15% | Assumptions documented. |
Teams prepare a public-facing consumer-rights brief on a chosen problem area (e.g., online shopping), building communication and access-to-justice skills.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 30% | Legally correct. |
| Usefulness | 30% | Genuinely helpful to consumers. |
| Clarity | 25% | Plain-language. |
| Presentation | 15% | Engaging. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Law of Torts | Ratanlal & Dhirajlal | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| The Law of Torts | R. K. Bangia | Allahabad Law Agency | 2021 |
| Winfield & Jolowicz on Tort | ed. James Goudkamp & Donal Nolan | Sweet & Maxwell | 2020 |
| Consumer Protection Act 2019 (commentary) | various | LexisNexis / EBC | 2023 |
| Law of Motor Accident Claims (commentary) | various | EBC | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Law of Torts | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Consumer Protection Law in India | SWAYAM | 2019 Act |
| Personal Injury and Compensation (readings) | provider | MV claims |
| Introduction to Tort Law | Coursera / provider | Comparative foundations |
| E-commerce and Consumer Rights | provider | E-commerce rules |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Consumer-law practice certificate (value-add) | Lawsikho / provider | Reinforces CO5; Year 2 |
| Legal-drafting micro-credential | provider | Supports the drafting ALM; optional |
| Mediation/claims-handling awareness | provider | Settlement skills; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's torts coverage; our integrated MV + consumer statutory thread is a practical strength. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; current 2019-Act and e-commerce content keeps us up to date. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap on common-law torts and statutory regimes. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our claim-drafting and forum-simulation work mirrors their practical emphasis. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high. The deliberate emphasis on MV claims and the 2019 Consumer Protection Act (including e-commerce and product liability) reflects what Indian lawyers actually litigate, slightly ahead of more common-law-only torts syllabi.
Doctrinal, with practical tools for computation, research and drafting.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Tort and consumer case-law and statute research. |
| Spreadsheet (Excel) | Computation | The MV compensation calculator activity. |
Semester II · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 3) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: Indian Contract Act 1872 (special contracts); Sale of Goods Act 1930; Indian Partnership Act 1932; LLP Act 2008. Builds directly on Law of Contracts. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Special Contracts builds on the general law of contract to master the specific commercial contracts that dominate practice: indemnity and guarantee, bailment and pledge, agency, sale of goods, and partnership/LLP. These are the workhorses of transactional and commercial law, and a lawyer's fluency here is tested daily in drafting, advisory and dispute work.
The course is doctrinal with a strong transactional orientation. Each special contract is taught through its statutory provisions and leading cases, and then applied to realistic commercial situations — a bank guarantee, a consignment, an agency dispute, a sale with defective title, a partnership breakup. The aim is a student who can both analyse and draft these contracts with confidence.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the law of indemnity, guarantee, bailment and pledge and their commercial uses. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the law of agency to determine authority, rights and liabilities in a transaction. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a sale-of-goods transaction for conditions, warranties, passing of property and remedies. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the law of partnership and LLP to formation, relations and dissolution issues. | L3 |
| CO5 | Evaluate a complex commercial arrangement and advise on the appropriate special-contract structure. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct/redline a special-contract instrument (guarantee, agency or sale agreement) to a professional standard. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High throughout (core practice). PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) are strong because these are the commercial contracts of business. PSO2 (drafting fluency) is High at CO6 where instruments are drafted/redlined.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The contracts of security that underpin commercial credit.
Possession-based contracts and the law of representation that runs all commerce.
The contract that moves goods — its formation and the critical question of when ownership and risk pass.
Performing the sale and the remedies when it goes wrong, including the unpaid seller's powerful rights.
The law of business associations short of incorporation — still ubiquitous for firms and professionals.
The transactional capstone — choosing and drafting the right special-contract instrument.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Punjab National Bank v. ... (guarantee); leading indemnity/guarantee authorities | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Bank Guarantee Call | Case study |
| 3 | Case Study B — Whose Goods? Passing of Property | Case study |
| 4 | Leading unpaid-seller and nemo dat authorities | Landmark |
| 5 | Cox v. Hickman (true test); leading partnership/LLP authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Case Study C — Structuring the Distribution Deal | Drafting case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work commercial problems across the special contracts to advice, building transactional reasoning. Implementation: problem → identify the special contract and issues → reason to advice → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies the right contract and issues. |
| Application | 35% | Sound application. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical, correct advice. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students draft and redline special-contract clauses, building drafting fluency (mirrors the Contracts course's signature ALM). Implementation: clause brief → draft → redline a peer's → debrief on risk allocation.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Drafting quality | 35% | Clear, enforceable clauses. |
| Risk allocation | 30% | Protects the client appropriately. |
| Redline rigour | 20% | Catches real problems. |
| Professionalism | 15% | Practice-standard. |
Teams argue for competing commercial structures for the same deal, building advisory judgment. Implementation: deal assigned → teams advocate agency/distribution/partnership → debate → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate on each structure. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive for the chosen structure. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Engages alternatives. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
Students walk a transaction from term sheet to executed instrument, building end-to-end transactional sense. Implementation: term sheet → identify required contracts → sequence the steps → present the deal map.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All required instruments identified. |
| Sequencing | 30% | Correct transaction flow. |
| Risk awareness | 25% | Flags the key risks. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear deal map. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams classify a set of real instruments as guarantee or indemnity and explain the commercial consequences.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct classification. |
| Reasoning | 30% | Sound basis. |
| Consequences | 20% | Explains why it matters. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams draft a complete agency agreement for a given commercial scenario, allocating authority and risk.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 30% | All key terms present. |
| Risk allocation | 30% | Protects the principal. |
| Drafting | 25% | Clear, enforceable. |
| Practicality | 15% | Usable. |
Teams simulate a partnership dissolution dispute, applying the law to settle accounts and liabilities.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Statutory command | 35% | Accurate partnership law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Settlement logic | 20% | Correct account settlement. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Law of Contract & Specific Relief (special contracts) | Avtar Singh | Eastern Book Company | 2022 |
| Pollock & Mulla: Indian Contract and Specific Relief Acts | ed. Nilima Bhadbhade | LexisNexis | 2020 |
| Sale of Goods & Partnership | Avtar Singh | Eastern Book Company | 2021 |
| Law of Partnership / LLP (commentary) | various | EBC / LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Bank Guarantees & Letters of Credit (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Special Contracts / Contract II | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Sale of Goods Law | SWAYAM | SOGA |
| Partnership and LLP Law | SWAYAM / provider | Partnership/LLP |
| Commercial Contract Drafting | Lawsikho / provider | Drafting skill |
| Banking Law essentials | provider | Guarantees in practice |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Contract drafting & negotiation certificate | Lawsikho / IACCM (WorldCC) | Reinforces CO6; Year 2–3 |
| Commercial-contracts micro-credential | provider | Supports drafting; optional |
| Company-secretary foundational (partnership/LLP overlap) | ICSI | Optional cross-skill |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's special-contracts coverage; our drafting-and-structuring capstone is a transactional strength. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong commercial orientation. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap across the special contracts and SOGA. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our redline studio mirrors their transactional-skills focus. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high. The transactional drafting emphasis (guarantees, agency, distribution structures, LLP choice) is intentionally strong, reflecting the BBA-LLB programme's commercial orientation and the realities of corporate practice.
Doctrinal with a transactional-tech thread for drafting and structuring.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Special-contract case law and statutes. |
| A drafting / document-comparison tool | Drafting | The clause-drafting and redline studio. |
Semester III · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 9) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Constitution of India. The first of two constitutional-law papers. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Constitutional Law is the keystone of the Indian legal system, and Constitutional Law I lays its structural and rights foundation. Students study how the Constitution constitutes the state — its federal structure, the distribution of powers, the organs of government — and the fundamental rights that constrain state power and protect the individual. It is the most frequently litigated and most intellectually demanding area of Indian public law.
The course is doctrinal and case-driven, built around the Supreme Court's vast constitutional jurisprudence. Students learn to read the Constitution as a living document, to trace doctrines such as the basic structure and the expansion of Article 21, and to argue constitutional questions with precision. It builds directly toward Constitutional Law II (which takes up the remaining organs, emergency provisions and amendment in depth).
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the nature, preamble and federal structure of the Indian Constitution. | L2 |
| CO2 | Analyse the distribution of legislative and executive powers between the Union and the States. | L4 |
| CO3 | Apply the fundamental rights (Articles 14–22) to a factual scenario. | L3 |
| CO4 | Analyse the jurisprudence of Article 21 and the expanding content of life and liberty. | L4 |
| CO5 | Evaluate a state action against the doctrines of judicial review and the basic structure. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct a reasoned constitutional argument on a contested question of rights or structure. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 |
Rationale: PO1 (legal reasoning), PO5 (research/reform), PO6 (ethics) and PO7 (societal concern) are High throughout — constitutional law is where rights, the state and justice meet. PO9 (communication) rises with constitutional argument. PSO columns are modest; this is foundational public law.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The nature of the Constitution and the structural ideas that frame everything else.
How power is divided between the Union and the States — the engine of Indian federalism.
The equality code — the most-litigated guarantee and the foundation of anti-discrimination law.
The fundamental freedoms and the dramatically expanded right to life and liberty.
The power that makes rights real and the doctrine that guards the Constitution's core.
The capstone skill — framing and arguing a constitutional question to a court.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Kesavananda Bharati v. State of Kerala (1973); Berubari (1960) | Landmark |
| 2 | State of West Bengal v. Union of India; repugnancy authorities | Landmark |
| 3 | E.P. Royappa; Maneka Gandhi (1978); Indra Sawhney (1992); Case Study A — The Classification Challenge | Landmark + Case study |
| 4 | Maneka Gandhi (1978); K.S. Puttaswamy (2017, privacy); Case Study B — Expanding Article 21 | Landmark + Case study |
| 5 | Kesavananda; Minerva Mills (1980); I.R. Coelho (2007) | Landmark |
| 6 | Case Study C — Framing the Constitutional Challenge | Drafting case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work constitutional problems to a reasoned conclusion, building rights analysis. Implementation: problem → identify rights and tests → reason → debrief on the proportionality move.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies all rights engaged. |
| Doctrine | 35% | Applies the correct tests. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Defensible result. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students map a line of constitutional cases to show doctrinal evolution (e.g., Article 21 from Gopalan to Puttaswamy). Implementation: line assigned → map the shifts → identify the turning points → present.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct doctrinal evolution. |
| Insight | 30% | Identifies the real turning points. |
| Completeness | 20% | Key cases covered. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear map. |
Teams argue a constitutional question before a mock bench, building advocacy (a lighter precursor to the Const-II moot). Implementation: problem → sides prepare → skirmish → bench questions → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Knowledge | 35% | Accurate constitutional law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Bench handling | 20% | Responsive. |
| Structure | 15% | Well-organised. |
Students apply the proportionality framework to varied measures, building the dominant modern rights tool. Implementation: measures assigned → run the four-step test → compare results → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Framework fidelity | 35% | Correct four-step application. |
| Reasoning | 30% | Sound at each step. |
| Balance | 20% | Honest balancing. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map a contested subject across the Union/State Lists and argue which level has competence, building federalism analysis.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct list analysis. |
| Doctrine | 30% | Pith-and-substance applied. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable map. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams audit a real policy against the fundamental rights and report its constitutional vulnerabilities.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 30% | All relevant rights audited. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct doctrine. |
| Risk flags | 20% | Surfaces real vulnerabilities. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams debate whether a proposed amendment violates the basic structure, building constitutional argument.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 30% | Doctrine-grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages the basic-structure jurisprudence. |
| Rebuttal | 25% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Constitutional Law of India | M. P. Jain | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Introduction to the Constitution of India | D. D. Basu | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| The Constitution of India | P. M. Bakshi | Universal / LexisNexis | 2023 |
| Constitutional Law of India | H. M. Seervai | Universal | 2015 |
| India's Constitution (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Constitutional Law of India | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Fundamental Rights and Duties | SWAYAM | Rights jurisprudence |
| Indian Federalism | provider | Union–State relations |
| Comparative Constitutional Law | Coursera / provider | Comparative depth |
| Privacy and the Constitution | provider | Article 21 frontier |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Constitutional-law practice certificate (value-add) | provider | Reinforces CO5–CO6; Year 2–3 |
| Public-law / PIL clinic participation | KLU internal | Applies rights law; ongoing |
| Constitutional moot participation | KLU / external | Advocacy; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's constitutional-law depth; our proportionality and Article-21 currency are strengths. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~92% | Close alignment on rights and structure jurisprudence. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's deep public-law tradition mirrored here, with the remainder in Const II. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our constitutional-argument capstone matches their advocacy emphasis. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high. This paper deliberately stops at fundamental rights, federal structure and the basic structure; the remaining organs of government, emergency provisions, and amendment procedure in depth are taken up in Constitutional Law II, so the two papers together exceed a single-course treatment.
Doctrinal public law, supported by research databases and constitutional-argument tools.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Constitutional case-law research and noting-up. |
| A case-mapping / argument-mapping tool | Analysis | Doctrinal-evolution mapping and argument construction. |
Semester IV · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 10) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Moot-blended (+2h moot). Statutory basis: the Constitution of India. The second of two constitutional papers, building on Constitutional Law I. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Constitutional Law II completes the constitutional foundation by taking up the organs of government and the dynamics of the constitutional order: the executive, legislature and judiciary at the Union and State levels, the relations between them, the emergency provisions, and the amendment process. Where Constitutional Law I built the rights-and-structure base, this paper builds the working machinery of the state and the tensions that animate Indian constitutional practice.
The course is doctrinal, case-driven and moot-blended. Students master the powers and limits of each organ, the federal and separation-of-powers questions that recur in litigation, and the high-stakes jurisprudence on emergency and amendment. The moot component gives students sustained oral-advocacy practice on live constitutional questions, preparing them for constitutional moots and public-law practice.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the composition, powers and functions of the Union and State executives and legislatures. | L2 |
| CO2 | Analyse the structure, jurisdiction and independence of the judiciary. | L4 |
| CO3 | Apply separation-of-powers and checks-and-balances principles to an inter-organ dispute. | L3 |
| CO4 | Analyse the emergency provisions and their constitutional limits. | L4 |
| CO5 | Evaluate a constitutional controversy involving the organs of government or emergency powers. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct and deliver an oral constitutional argument before a bench. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning), PO5 (research/reform), PO6 (ethics), PO7 (societal concern) are High throughout — constitutional governance is the heart of public law. PO8 (teamwork) and PO9 (communication) rise sharply at CO6 because of the moot. PSO columns modest; foundational public law.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The political branches at the Centre — the President, Council of Ministers and Parliament.
The State branches and the recurring flashpoints with the Centre.
The third branch — its structure, powers and the contested question of how judges are appointed.
How the organs constrain one another — and the disputes that arise when they collide.
The Constitution's most powerful and most dangerous provisions, and the jurisprudence that now constrains them.
The advocacy capstone — arguing a live constitutional question before a bench.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | S.R. Bommai v. Union of India (1994); Nabam Rebia (2016) | Landmark |
| 3 | Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record (NJAC, 2015); leading collegium authorities | Landmark |
| 3 | Case Study A — The Governor's Discretion | Case study |
| 4 | Case Study B — The Delegated-Legislation Challenge | Case study |
| 5 | ADM Jabalpur (1976) & its overruling in Puttaswamy (2017) | Landmark |
| 6 | Case Study C — The Constitutional Moot Problem | Moot case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work problems on the powers and limits of each organ, building structural reasoning. Implementation: problem → identify the organ, power and limit → reason to a conclusion → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies the organ and power in issue. |
| Doctrine | 35% | Applies the limits correctly. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Defensible. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students map the evolution of emergency jurisprudence from ADM Jabalpur to its overruling, building doctrinal-evolution insight. Implementation: line assigned → map the shift → identify the turning points → present.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct evolution. |
| Insight | 30% | Identifies the real turning points. |
| Completeness | 20% | Key cases covered. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams debate an inter-organ conflict (e.g., judicial review of legislative privilege), building constitutional argument. Implementation: conflict assigned → sides prepare → debate → rebuttal → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Doctrine-grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages the tension honestly. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
Students draft constitutional memorials, building written advocacy ahead of the moot. Implementation: problem → draft a memorial → peer review against a moot rubric → revise.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Structure | 30% | Correct memorial structure. |
| Argument | 35% | Sound, well-supported. |
| Authority | 20% | Right authorities, current. |
| Drafting | 15% | Clear, professional. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the powers and checks among the organs of government and present the balance, cementing structural understanding.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All organs and checks captured. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct powers and limits. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable map. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams prepare a brief on the safeguards that now constrain emergency powers, connecting history to current law.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 30% | All key safeguards covered. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct post-44th-Amendment law. |
| Analysis | 20% | Explains the safeguards' purpose. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams simulate a contested floor-test scenario and argue the constitutional positions, applying Centre–State and Governor jurisprudence.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate constitutional law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles challenges. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Constitutional Law of India | M. P. Jain | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Introduction to the Constitution of India | D. D. Basu | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Constitutional Law of India | H. M. Seervai | Universal | 2015 |
| The Constitution of India (commentary) | P. M. Bakshi | Universal / LexisNexis | 2023 |
| Indian Constitutional Law | M. P. Singh (Shukla's) | Eastern Book Company | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Constitutional Law of India II / Governance | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Separation of Powers and Judicial Review | SWAYAM | Inter-organ relations |
| Emergency Provisions in the Constitution | provider | Emergency jurisprudence |
| Moot Court and Advocacy Skills | SWAYAM / provider | Oral advocacy |
| Comparative Constitutional Governance | Coursera / provider | Comparative depth |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Constitutional moot participation (NUJS/NLS-level) | external | Reinforces CO6; Year 2–3 |
| Public-law / advocacy clinic participation | KLU internal | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Legal-advocacy micro-credential | provider | Supports the moot; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's governance-and-organs coverage; our moot blend strengthens advocacy beyond a lecture course. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~92% | Close alignment on organs, emergency and amendment jurisprudence. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's public-law depth is mirrored across our two constitutional papers. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; the moot capstone matches their advocacy focus. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high across the two constitutional papers combined. This paper deliberately concentrates on the organs of government, Centre–State dynamics, emergency and amendment, with rights and the basic structure introduced in Constitutional Law I, so the pair together exceeds a single constitutional course.
As a moot-blended paper, Constitutional Law II carries a structured oral-advocacy component built around live constitutional questions. Ten exercises run across the semester, escalating from a case-brief drill to two fully-argued, graded constitutional moots, conducted before faculty/senior-student benches with written memorials.
| # | Exercise | Skill built |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Case-brief drill: brief a landmark constitutional judgment | Reading & extracting ratio |
| 2 | Issue-framing exercise on a constitutional problem | Issue identification |
| 3 | Authority-research sprint: build a list of authorities | Constitutional research |
| 4 | Memorial-writing workshop (petitioner side) | Written advocacy |
| 5 | Memorial-writing workshop (respondent side) | Written advocacy |
| 6 | Oral submission drill: opening and signposting | Oral structure |
| 7 | Bench-questioning simulation | Responding to the bench |
| 8 | Rebuttal and sur-rebuttal practice | Reply advocacy |
| 9 | Graded constitutional moot — preliminary round | Full advocacy |
| 10 | Graded constitutional moot — final round | Full advocacy under pressure |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Knowledge of law | 30% | Accurate, current authority marshalled correctly. |
| Application to facts | 25% | Law applied persuasively to the problem. |
| Oral advocacy | 25% | Clear, responsive, structured submissions. |
| Response to questions | 20% | Handles the bench accurately and composedly. |
Doctrinal public law with research and advocacy-support tools; connects to the legal-tech research stream.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Constitutional authority research and noting-up for the moot. |
| A memorial-drafting / citation tool | Drafting | Memorial preparation and the drafting studio. |
Semester IV · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 7) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (replacing the Indian Penal Code, 1860). Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Law of Crimes I is the substantive criminal law of India, now governed by the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita (BNS), 2023, which has replaced the 162-year-old Indian Penal Code. The course teaches what conduct is criminal, the principles of criminal liability, the general exceptions, and the major offences against the person, property, the state and society. It is foundational for criminal practice and for the procedure and evidence papers that follow.
The course is doctrinal and current. Because the BNS is newly in force, students learn both the enduring principles of criminal law (mens rea, actus reus, the general exceptions) and the specific changes the BNS introduced — reorganised offences, new provisions (such as organised crime and terrorism), and the renumbering and reframing of classic offences. Leading IPC-era authorities are taught for the principles they settled, mapped onto their BNS successors.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the general principles of criminal liability and the stages of a crime under the BNS. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the general exceptions and defences to a criminal fact-situation. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse offences against the human body and determine the appropriate charge. | L4 |
| CO4 | Analyse offences against property and distinguish closely-related offences. | L4 |
| CO5 | Apply the BNS provisions on offences against women, children, the state and society. | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a complex fact-situation and construct the charge-and-defence analysis. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High throughout (core criminal-law reasoning). PO6 (ethics) and PO7 (societal concern) feature given the moral weight of criminal liability and offences against vulnerable groups. PSO columns are low; this is foundational public/criminal law.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundations — what makes conduct a crime and the mental and physical elements of liability.
When otherwise-criminal conduct is excused or justified — the general exceptions.
The gravest offences — culpable homicide, murder, and the graded offences against the person.
The property offences — and the fine distinctions that decide the charge.
The offences carrying acute social concern, including BNS reforms.
The capstone — analysing a complex fact-situation into charges and defences.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Mahbub Shah; leading common-intention authorities (mapped to BNS) | Landmark |
| 2 | K.M. Nanavati v. State of Maharashtra (1962); private-defence authorities | Landmark |
| 3 | Virsa Singh v. State of Punjab (1958); Case Study A — Culpable Homicide or Murder? | Landmark + Case study |
| 4 | Case Study B — Theft, Extortion or Robbery? | Case study |
| 5 | Leading authorities on offences against women (mapped to BNS) | Landmark |
| 6 | Case Study C — The Full Charge-and-Defence Analysis | Integrated case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work fact-situations to identify the correct offences, building charging judgment. Implementation: facts → list offences and elements → reason to the right charge → debrief on close distinctions.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies all offences in play. |
| Application | 35% | Correct elements analysis. |
| Charge accuracy | 20% | Right charge chosen. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students build the defence to a charge, applying the general exceptions, balancing the prosecution view. Implementation: charge given → identify exceptions/defences → build the strongest defence → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Exception command | 35% | Correct, complete defences. |
| Strategy | 30% | Strongest realistic defence. |
| Balance | 20% | Honest about weaknesses. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students repeatedly classify borderline killings as culpable homicide or murder, mastering the central distinction. Implementation: scenarios released → classify with reasons → compare → debrief on the dividing line.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct classification. |
| Reasoning | 35% | Sound on the distinction. |
| Exceptions | 20% | Applies exceptions correctly. |
| Clarity | 10% | Clear. |
Students map classic IPC offences and authorities to their BNS successors, building currency. Implementation: provisions assigned → map old to new, noting changes → present the map.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct mapping. |
| Change-spotting | 30% | Identifies real BNS changes. |
| Completeness | 20% | Key provisions covered. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams chart the distinctions among closely-related offences (e.g., the property offences) and present the dividing lines.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct distinctions. |
| Completeness | 30% | All related offences covered. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable chart. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams draft a charge sheet for a given fact-situation under the BNS, building charging-document skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Offence identification | 35% | All offences charged correctly. |
| Drafting | 30% | Proper charge form. |
| Completeness | 20% | All accused and counts covered. |
| Accuracy | 15% | Correct BNS sections. |
Teams argue charge vs. defence on a fact-situation, building criminal advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate criminal law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles challenges. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional and ethical. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| The Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (commentary) | various (post-BNS editions) | LexisNexis / EBC | 2024 |
| Textbook on Criminal Law (mapped to BNS) | K. D. Gaur | LexisNexis | 2024 |
| Indian Penal Code / BNS | Ratanlal & Dhirajlal | LexisNexis | 2024 |
| Principles of Criminal Law | Glanville Williams / adapted | Sweet & Maxwell | 2019 |
| Criminal Law (BNS readings) | various | open / EBC | 2024 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Criminal Law / Indian Penal Code (BNS update) | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Principles of Criminal Liability | SWAYAM | General principles |
| Offences under the BNS | provider | Specific offences |
| Criminal Justice in India | Coursera / provider | System context |
| Gender and Criminal Law | provider | Offences against women |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Criminal-litigation practice certificate (value-add) | Lawsikho / provider | Reinforces CO6; Year 2–3 |
| Criminal-law moot/clinic participation | KLU internal | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Charge-drafting micro-credential | provider | Supports the drafting activity; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's criminal-law coverage; our BNS-current treatment and IPC-to-BNS mapping are a timely strength. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong principles-and-offences treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; NLUD's criminology depth is partly placed in our optionals. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our charge-and-defence capstone matches their practical emphasis. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high and especially current given the BNS transition. Procedure (BNSS) and evidence (BSA) have their own dedicated papers, so this course concentrates on substantive criminal law, with the new criminal codes treated as the operative law and IPC authorities mapped forward.
Doctrinal criminal law, supported by research tools and the IPC-to-BNS mapping work.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Criminal-law case research and BNS provision lookup. |
| A charge-drafting / document tool | Drafting | The charge-sheet drafting activity. |
Semester V · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 8) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023 (replacing the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973). Builds on Crimes I. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Law of Crimes II is the procedural criminal law of India — the machinery by which the substantive criminal law of the BNS is enforced — now governed by the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS), 2023, which has replaced the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. The course teaches the journey of a criminal case from the first information through investigation, arrest, bail, trial, judgment and appeal, with the constitutional safeguards that constrain state power at every step.
The course is doctrinal and intensely practical. Students learn the procedure that every criminal litigator lives by, the new timelines and digital provisions the BNSS introduced, and the rights of the accused and the victim. CrPC-era authorities are taught for the principles they settled and mapped onto their BNSS successors, so students are both grounded and current.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the structure of criminal courts and the stages of a criminal case under the BNSS. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the law of FIR, investigation and arrest, including the rights of the arrested person. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a bail application and the principles governing bail and remand. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the trial procedure for the different classes of cases under the BNSS. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the law of judgment, sentencing, appeals and revision. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a criminal matter and advise on the optimal procedural strategy. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High throughout (procedural mastery is core practice). PO6 (ethics) is strong because criminal procedure is the site of due-process and rights safeguards. PO9 (communication) rises with bail and trial advocacy. PSO columns low; foundational practice law.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The procedural map — the courts, the players, and the path a criminal case travels.
The pre-investigation and investigation stage, and the law and safeguards around arrest.
Liberty pending trial — the most litigated procedural area.
The trial itself — its forms and the conduct of the proceeding.
The conclusion of the case and the routes to challenge it.
The capstone — advising on and conducting the procedural steps of a real matter.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | D.K. Basu v. State of West Bengal (1997); Arnesh Kumar v. State of Bihar (2014) | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Contested Arrest | Case study |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Bail Application | Case study |
| 4 | Leading authorities on charge and trial procedure (mapped to BNSS) | Landmark |
| 5 | Leading authorities on quashing (Bhajan Lal) and appeals | Landmark |
| 6 | Case Study C — The Procedural-Strategy Advice | Integrated case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students map a case's procedural journey and identify the steps and rights at each stage. Implementation: facts → map the stages → flag rights and deadlines → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All stages mapped. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct procedure and timelines. |
| Rights-spotting | 20% | Flags safeguards. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students draft and argue bail applications, building the core procedural skill. Implementation: scenario → draft grounds → mock argument → bench questions → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Grounds | 35% | Sound, complete grounds. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Objection handling | 20% | Answers the prosecution. |
| Drafting | 15% | Proper application form. |
Students assess the legality of arrests against the BNSS and safeguards, building due-process vigilance. Implementation: scenarios → assess legality → identify breaches → debrief on remedies.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct legality assessment. |
| Safeguard command | 30% | Identifies all breaches. |
| Remedies | 20% | Right remedies. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students map CrPC provisions and authorities to their BNSS successors, building currency. Implementation: provisions assigned → map old to new with changes → present.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct mapping. |
| Change-spotting | 30% | Identifies real BNSS changes. |
| Completeness | 20% | Key provisions covered. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams build a flowchart of a criminal case from FIR to appeal under the BNSS and present it.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All stages captured. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct procedure. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable flowchart. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams draft a complete bail application with grounds for a given scenario, building drafting skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Grounds | 35% | Sound, complete. |
| Form | 30% | Correct application format. |
| Persuasiveness | 20% | Compelling. |
| Accuracy | 15% | Correct BNSS provisions. |
Teams argue a bail hearing (prosecution vs. defence) before a mock magistrate, building criminal advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate procedure. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| The Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023 (commentary) | various (post-BNSS editions) | LexisNexis / EBC | 2024 |
| The Code of Criminal Procedure / BNSS | R. V. Kelkar (rev.) | Eastern Book Company | 2024 |
| Criminal Procedure (mapped to BNSS) | Ratanlal & Dhirajlal | LexisNexis | 2024 |
| Law of Bail (commentary) | various | EBC | 2023 |
| Criminal Procedure (BNSS readings) | various | open / EBC | 2024 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Criminal Procedure / CrPC (BNSS update) | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Law of Bail and Arrest | SWAYAM | Bail/arrest |
| Criminal Trial Process | provider | Trial procedure |
| Rights of the Accused | Coursera / provider | Due-process safeguards |
| Victim Justice and Compensation | provider | Victim rights |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Criminal-litigation practice certificate (value-add) | Lawsikho / provider | Reinforces CO6; Year 2–3 |
| Trial-advocacy / clinic participation | KLU internal | Applies the procedure; ongoing |
| Application-drafting micro-credential | provider | Supports drafting; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's procedure coverage; our BNSS-current treatment and CrPC-to-BNSS mapping are timely strengths. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong bail-and-trial practical treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap on procedure and due process. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our bail-workshop and mock-hearing work mirror their practical emphasis. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high and especially current given the BNSS transition. Substantive offences (BNS) and evidence (BSA) sit in their own papers, so this course concentrates on procedure, treating the new code as operative and mapping CrPC authorities forward.
Doctrinal procedure, supported by research tools, drafting tools and the CrPC-to-BNSS mapping work.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Procedural case research and BNSS provision lookup. |
| A drafting / flowchart tool | Drafting / mapping | Application drafting and the case-journey flowchart. |
Semester IV · Compulsory Skills Paper · 3 Credits · 2-0-2-0 · Lab-blended. No single statute — a research-methods-and-skills course required for the LL.B. and for the practice-oriented research project in the final year. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR and NLUD research-methods courses and global empirical-legal-studies curricula.
Legal Research Methodology equips students with the disciplined methods that underpin all serious legal scholarship and reform work: how to frame a research question, choose a methodology (doctrinal, comparative, empirical), gather and analyse material rigorously, and present findings with academic integrity. It is the methodological backbone for the final-year research project and for any student who will write, reform or adjudicate.
The course is taught as a hands-on lab. Beyond the doctrinal research taught in TECH-102, this course adds the social-science methods increasingly central to law-and-policy work — surveys, interviews, basic quantitative analysis — alongside research design, literature review, citation discipline and research ethics. Each lab produces a building block of a complete research proposal, so students leave with a project-ready design.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the types of legal research and the structure of a sound research design. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply doctrinal research methods to frame and investigate a legal question. | L3 |
| CO3 | Apply comparative and empirical methods (survey, interview, basic quantitative) to a research problem. | L3 |
| CO4 | Analyse and synthesise a body of literature into a critical review. | L4 |
| CO5 | Evaluate the methodological rigour and ethics of a piece of legal research. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct a complete, defensible legal-research proposal. | L5 |
BTL key: L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
Rationale: PO5 (legal research & reform) and PO1 (reasoning) are High across every CO — this is the dedicated research-methods course. PO6 (ethics) is High at CO5 (research integrity). PO9 (communication) and PSO2 rise at CO6 as the proposal is written and presented.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6). Each module is paired with the lab experiments in Section 9.
What legal research is and how a sound study is designed before any material is gathered.
The classic legal-research method — analysing the law as it is, rigorously and reproducibly.
The methods that take law beyond the library — comparison across systems and evidence from the world.
Mastering the existing scholarship — the foundation of any original contribution.
The judgment layer — what makes research trustworthy and ethical.
The capstone — assembling a complete, defensible proposal ready for the final-year project.
| Module | Case Study | Focus |
|---|---|---|
| 1 & 2 | Case Study A — From Topic to Researchable Question | |
| 3 | Case Study B — Designing the Field Study | |
| 4 & 5 | Case Study C — The Plagiarism Problem | |
| 6 | Case Study D — The Proposal Defence |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs. Trivial methods are excluded in favour of methods that build genuine technical-and-judgment competence.
Students iteratively narrow broad topics to researchable questions, building the core design skill. Implementation: broad topic → narrow through scope/method → peer challenge on feasibility → refine.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Precision | 35% | Question is precise and researchable. |
| Feasibility | 30% | Genuinely doable. |
| Design fit | 20% | Method suits the question. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students match research questions to appropriate methods, building methodological judgment. Implementation: questions → choose doctrinal/comparative/empirical → justify → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Method fit | 35% | Right method for the question. |
| Justification | 30% | Sound reasoning. |
| Awareness of limits | 20% | Knows the method's limits. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students synthesise a set of sources into a thematic review, building the synthesis skill. Implementation: sources → extract themes → synthesise (not summarise) → identify the gap → peer review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Synthesis | 35% | Themes, not summaries. |
| Critical reading | 30% | Evaluates the sources. |
| Gap identification | 20% | Finds the real gap. |
| Writing | 15% | Clear review prose. |
Students build and defend a complete proposal across the labs, integrating everything. Implementation: proposal built in stages → peer and faculty critique → defend before a panel.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Design rigour | 30% | Sound, coherent design. |
| Method | 25% | Appropriate, well-justified. |
| Ethics | 20% | Integrity and ethics addressed. |
| Defence | 25% | Defends under questioning. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability with technical-and-verification rigour emphasised.
Teams develop and display a set of researchable questions in an area, critiquing each other's for precision and feasibility.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Precision | 30% | Questions are sharp. |
| Feasibility | 30% | Doable. |
| Critique quality | 25% | Useful peer critique. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams design a short survey/interview instrument for a legal-empirical question, building data-collection skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Instrument design | 35% | Valid, unbiased questions. |
| Method fit | 30% | Suits the question. |
| Ethics | 20% | Consent/confidentiality handled. |
| Documentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams act as a review panel critiquing each other's proposals, building the rigour-evaluation skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Rigour critique | 35% | Identifies real weaknesses. |
| Fairness | 25% | Balanced, constructive. |
| Method insight | 25% | Sound on methodology. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear feedback. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Legal Research Methodology | S. K. Verma & M. Afzal Wani (ILI) | Indian Law Institute | 2021 |
| Legal Research and Methodology | Khushal Vibhute & Filipos Aynalem (ILI) | Indian Law Institute | 2020 |
| Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques | C. R. Kothari & Gaurav Garg | New Age International | 2019 |
| Doing Empirical Legal Research (readings) | various | OUP / open | 2022 |
| How to Write a Better Thesis | Evans, Gruba & Zobel | Springer | 2014 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Legal Research Methodology | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Understanding Research Methods | Coursera — SOAS | Research design |
| Qualitative Research Methods | Coursera / provider | Interviews/qualitative |
| Empirical Legal Studies (readings/lectures) | open | Empirical methods |
| Academic Integrity and Citation | provider | Integrity/citation |
| Certification | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Research-methods micro-credential | Coursera / provider | Reinforces CO1–CO3; Year 2 |
| Citation-style (Bluebook/OSCOLA) proficiency | provider | Supports CO4–CO5; optional |
| Research-ethics certification (e.g., CITI-style) | provider | Empirical-research ethics; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's research-methods training; our proposal-building lab leaves students project-ready, a practical edge. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~88% | Close alignment; strong empirical-methods component. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; NLUD's empirical-legal-studies strength is mirrored in our comparative/empirical module. |
| Global empirical-legal-studies curricula | ~82% | We adopt the empirical ethos at a level suited to LL.B. students; advanced statistics is deferred to TECH-202 for those who want it. |
Reasoning for missed topics: Coverage is high for a methods course. Advanced quantitative analysis is intentionally light here and developed in TECH-202 (Legal Data Science) for interested students; this course ensures every student can design and defend rigorous, ethical research and is ready for the final-year project.
As a technology-blended course, this course is delivered through a structured lab. Ten experiments run across the semester in the 2-hour weekly lab slot, each producing an artifact. Conduct: each lab has a pre-lab brief, an in-lab task on a live tool, and a submitted artifact; labs are cumulative and feed the Module-6 capstone; a standard lab rubric applies (below).
| # | Experiment | Task & Artifact | Module |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Topic-to-Question Lab | Narrow a broad topic into a precise researchable question with aims and objectives. Artifact: a research-question statement. | 1 |
| 2 | Research-Design Sketch | Draft a research design (aims, scope, method, feasibility) for the question. Artifact: a design sketch. | 1 |
| 3 | Doctrinal Framework Build | Build the legal framework (statutes, cases, principles) for a doctrinal question. Artifact: a framework map. | 2 |
| 4 | Comparative Mini-Study | Compare one rule across two jurisdictions functionally. Artifact: a comparative note. | 3 |
| 5 | Survey/Interview Instrument | Design and pilot a short empirical instrument. Artifact: the instrument + pilot notes. | 3 |
| 6 | Literature Search | Run a systematic literature search and build a source list. Artifact: an annotated source list. | 4 |
| 7 | Literature Synthesis | Synthesise the sources into a thematic review identifying the gap. Artifact: a synthesis review. | 4 |
| 8 | Citation & Integrity Lab | Apply a citation style correctly and fix integrity problems in a draft. Artifact: a corrected, cited draft. | 5 |
| 9 | Ethics Plan | Draft a research-ethics plan (consent, confidentiality, data protection) for the study. Artifact: an ethics plan. | 5 |
| 10 | Capstone — Research Proposal | Assemble and submit a complete, defensible research proposal. Artifact: the proposal (graded). | 6 |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Technical execution | 30% | Tool used correctly and efficiently; task completed. |
| Accuracy & verification | 35% | Results correct; outputs validated; AI/automation checked. |
| Artifact quality | 25% | Submitted artifact is professional, complete and documented. |
| Reflection / disclosure | 10% | Honest account of method, limits and tool use. |
This is a technology course, so technology is the medium, not an add-on. Two primary tool families are used; the course resists tool sprawl so students go deep, not wide.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra + reference manager (e.g., Zotero) | Research & reference management | Source-gathering, citation and the literature labs. |
| A survey / basic-analysis tool (e.g., Google Forms + spreadsheet) | Empirical data | The instrument-design and empirical labs. |
Semester V · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 5) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: Hindu Marriage Act 1955; Muslim personal law; Special Marriage Act 1954; Indian Divorce Act; Parsi Marriage and Divorce Act. The first of two family-law papers. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Family Law I introduces the law governing the most intimate human relationships — marriage and its dissolution — across India's plural system of personal laws. Students study the law of marriage, matrimonial remedies and divorce under the major personal-law regimes (Hindu, Muslim, Christian, Parsi) and the secular Special Marriage Act, learning to navigate a system where the applicable law turns on the parties' religion.
The course is doctrinal but socially alive. It teaches the statutory and personal-law rules on valid marriage, restitution, judicial separation and the grounds for divorce, while engaging the constitutional and reform debates — gender justice, the uniform civil code, and the courts' role in reshaping personal law. It pairs with Family Law II (succession, maintenance, guardianship and matrimonial property).
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain India's plural personal-law system and the rules determining the applicable law. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the law of marriage to assess the validity of a marriage across the personal-law regimes. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the matrimonial remedies and the conditions for each. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the grounds for divorce under the relevant personal law to a factual scenario. | L3 |
| CO5 | Evaluate a matrimonial dispute and advise on the optimal remedy and forum. | L5 |
| CO6 | Construct a reasoned argument on a contested family-law reform question. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High throughout. PO6 (ethics) and PO7 (societal concern) are strong because family law sits at the intersection of rights, gender justice and social reform. PO9 (communication) rises with matrimonial advice and reform argument. PSO columns modest; this is personal/public law.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The framework — how India determines which family law applies, and the constitutional backdrop.
What makes a valid marriage across the regimes — conditions, ceremonies and registration.
The remedies short of and including dissolution — the toolkit of matrimonial litigation.
The dissolution of marriage — the fault, breakdown and consent approaches across regimes.
The contested, evolving frontier — how family law is being reshaped around equality and dignity.
The capstone — advising in a real matrimonial dispute across the plural system.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Mohd. Ahmed Khan v. Shah Bano Begum (1985) | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — Is This Marriage Valid? | Case study |
| 3 | T. Sareetha (restitution critique); Saroj Rani | Landmark |
| 4 | Shayara Bano v. Union of India (2017, triple talaq); Case Study B — The Contested Divorce | Landmark + Case study |
| 5 | Joseph Shine v. Union of India (2018); Shah Bano / Danial Latifi | Landmark |
| 6 | Case Study C — The Matrimonial-Dispute Advice | Integrated case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students determine the applicable law and rules across plural scenarios, building navigation skill. Implementation: scenarios → determine applicable law → apply the rule → debrief on the conversion/inter-faith twists.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Applicable-law accuracy | 35% | Correctly identifies the governing law. |
| Rule application | 30% | Applies the right rule. |
| Edge cases | 20% | Handles conversion/inter-faith. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students classify marriages as valid/void/voidable across regimes, mastering the conditions. Implementation: scenarios → classify with reasons → compare → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct classification. |
| Reasoning | 35% | Sound on the conditions. |
| Consequences | 20% | States the effects. |
| Clarity | 10% | Clear. |
Teams debate a family-law reform proposition (e.g., the UCC, or recognising irretrievable breakdown), building principled argument. Implementation: proposition → sides prepare → debate → rebuttal → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Law- and rights-grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages gender justice and pluralism. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
Students draft a matrimonial petition, building family-litigation drafting. Implementation: facts → draft petition and reliefs → redline against a model → revise.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Structure | 30% | Correct petition structure. |
| Grounds & reliefs | 35% | Well-pleaded grounds and reliefs. |
| Sensitivity | 20% | Appropriate tone. |
| Drafting | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams chart marriage and divorce rules across the regimes side by side and present the comparison.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct across regimes. |
| Completeness | 30% | All regimes and key rules. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable chart. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams draft a complete mutual-consent divorce petition with terms of settlement, building drafting skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All required elements. |
| Settlement terms | 30% | Fair, complete terms. |
| Drafting | 25% | Clear, professional. |
| Accuracy | 15% | Correct provisions. |
Teams argue a gender-justice family-law question before a mock bench, building advocacy on rights-in-family.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate law and authorities. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Sensitive and professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Modern Hindu Law | Paras Diwan | Allahabad Law Agency | 2022 |
| Family Law (Vol. I) | Paras Diwan | Allahabad Law Agency | 2021 |
| Muslim Law in Modern India | Paras Diwan | Allahabad Law Agency | 2021 |
| Family Law | Kusum | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Mulla: Principles of Hindu Law / Mahomedan Law | ed. (rev.) | LexisNexis | 2020 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Family Law in India | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Hindu Law | SWAYAM | Hindu personal law |
| Muslim Law | SWAYAM / provider | Muslim personal law |
| Gender Justice and Law | Coursera / provider | Reform debates |
| Comparative Family Law | provider | Comparative perspective |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Family-law / matrimonial-practice certificate (value-add) | Lawsikho / provider | Reinforces CO6; Year 3 |
| Family mediation awareness | provider | Settlement skills; optional |
| Family-law clinic participation | KLU internal | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's family-law coverage; our reform-and-gender-justice module reflects the live jurisprudence. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment across the personal-law regimes. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; NLUD's gender-and-law strength is mirrored in our reform module. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our drafting and moot-skirmish work matches their practical emphasis. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high across the two family-law papers combined. This paper concentrates on marriage, matrimonial remedies and divorce; succession, maintenance, guardianship and matrimonial property are taken up in Family Law II, so the pair exceeds a single course.
Doctrinal personal law, supported by research tools and family-litigation drafting tools.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Personal-law case and statute research. |
| A drafting / comparison tool | Drafting / analysis | Matrimonial petition drafting and cross-regime comparison. |
Semester V · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 15) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Companies Act 2013 (as amended); SEBI regulations (overview); the IBC interface (overview). A cornerstone of corporate and commercial practice. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Company Law is the law of the corporation — the dominant vehicle of modern business — governed principally by the Companies Act 2013. The course teaches how companies are formed, financed, managed and wound up; the rights and duties of shareholders, directors and creditors; and the governance and regulatory framework that constrains corporate power. It is foundational for corporate, commercial, securities and insolvency practice.
The course is doctrinal with a strong transactional and governance orientation, well suited to the BBA-LLB student. Students learn the core concepts — separate legal personality, the corporate veil, the constitution of a company — then the operational law of shares, meetings, directors' duties and minority protection, ending with an introduction to the insolvency interface under the IBC. Throughout, the law is tied to how companies actually operate and how corporate lawyers actually advise.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the nature of a company, separate legal personality and when the veil is lifted. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the law of incorporation and the company's constitution to a corporate act. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse issues of share capital, membership and corporate finance. | L4 |
| CO4 | Analyse directors' duties and corporate-governance obligations. | L4 |
| CO5 | Apply shareholder remedies and the oppression/mismanagement framework. | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a corporate-law problem and advise on the optimal structure or remedy. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High and PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) High throughout — this is core commercial law for the BBA-LLB. PO6 (ethics) rises with directors' duties and governance. PSO2 rises at CO6 (structuring/drafting advice).
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundational concept — the company as a separate legal person, and the limits of that fiction.
Forming the company and the documents that govern it.
How the company raises and structures its capital, and who its members are.
Who runs the company, the duties they owe, and the governance framework.
Protecting minorities and the endgame — when the company fails.
The capstone — advising on a corporate problem or structuring decision.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Salomon v. Salomon & Co. (1897); leading veil-lifting authorities | Landmark |
| 2 | Royal British Bank v. Turquand (1856, indoor management); Case Study A — Who Bound the Company? | Landmark + Case study |
| 3 | Leading authorities on allotment and capital | Landmark |
| 4 | Case Study B — The Directors' Duty Problem | Case study |
| 5 | Foss v. Harbottle (1843); oppression/mismanagement authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Case Study C — The Corporate-Structuring Advice | Integrated case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work company-law problems to advice, building corporate reasoning. Implementation: problem → identify the issue and rule → reason to advice → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies the corporate issue. |
| Application | 35% | Sound application of the Act. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical, correct. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students draft/redline MoA-AoA clauses and resolutions, building corporate drafting. Implementation: brief → draft clause/resolution → redline a peer's → debrief on control and risk.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Drafting | 35% | Clear, effective clauses. |
| Control/risk | 30% | Allocates authority correctly. |
| Redline rigour | 20% | Catches real problems. |
| Professionalism | 15% | Practice-standard. |
Teams autopsy a real corporate-governance failure and identify the breaches and fixes, building governance judgment. Implementation: case → identify duty/governance breaches → root cause → recommend fixes.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Breach identification | 35% | Finds the real breaches. |
| Analysis | 30% | Sound governance analysis. |
| Fixes | 20% | Actionable fixes. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue competing corporate structures for a venture, building advisory judgment. Implementation: venture → advocate company/LLP/structure → debate → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate on each structure. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Engages alternatives. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams build a casebook of veil-lifting situations and present when the veil will and won't be lifted.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct on the doctrine. |
| Coverage | 30% | Range of situations. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable casebook. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams draft a set of board and shareholder resolutions for a corporate action, building corporate-secretarial drafting.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Correctness | 35% | Procedurally correct resolutions. |
| Completeness | 30% | All required resolutions. |
| Drafting | 20% | Clear, proper form. |
| Compliance | 15% | Companies Act-compliant. |
Teams prepare advice for a minority shareholder facing oppression, building remedy-advisory skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Remedy accuracy | 35% | Correct remedies and forum. |
| Strategy | 30% | Sound strategy. |
| Clarity | 20% | Clear advice. |
| Presentation | 15% | Persuasive. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Company Law | Avtar Singh | Eastern Book Company | 2022 |
| Company Law | A. K. Majumdar & G. K. Kapoor | Taxmann | 2023 |
| Principles of Modern Company Law | Gower & Davies | Sweet & Maxwell | 2021 |
| Company Law (commentary on the 2013 Act) | Ramaiya | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Corporate Law (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Company Law / Corporate Law in India | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Corporate Governance | Coursera / provider | Governance |
| Companies Act 2013 essentials | provider | The 2013 Act |
| Introduction to Corporate Finance | Coursera / provider | Capital/finance basics |
| Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code | provider | IBC interface |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Corporate-law / company-secretarial foundation | ICSI / provider | Reinforces CO2–CO5; Year 3 |
| Corporate-governance certificate | provider | Supports CO4; optional |
| Company-law practice certificate | Lawsikho / provider | Practical skill; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's company-law coverage; our structuring-and-drafting capstone suits the commercial orientation. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong corporate treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap on the 2013 Act and governance. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~92% | Aligned; JGLS's corporate focus matched, and our governance-autopsy and resolution-drafting work mirror their practical emphasis. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high. Securities regulation (SEBI) and insolvency (IBC) are introduced here and developed further in the corporate-pathway optionals, so this core paper concentrates on the Companies Act 2013 spine while signposting the specialisms.
Doctrinal commercial law with strong transactional-tech relevance for drafting and corporate research.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra (+ MCA21 context) | Legal research / filings | Company-law research and the corporate-filing context. |
| A contract/resolution drafting tool | Drafting | Constitution and resolution drafting studios. |
Semester VI · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 11) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Transfer of Property Act 1882; the Indian Easements Act 1882; the Registration Act 1908 (overview). Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Property Law governs the rights people hold in things — above all, the transfer of immovable property, which underlies real-estate transactions, security interests and a vast share of civil litigation. The course teaches the Transfer of Property Act 1882: the general principles of transfer, the specific transfers (sale, mortgage, lease, gift, exchange), and the doctrines that protect transferees and resolve competing claims.
The course is doctrinal and transaction-aware. Students learn the conceptual architecture of property transfer, then the operational law of each specific transfer and the protective doctrines (lis pendens, part performance, fraudulent transfer), ending with easements. Throughout, the law is connected to how property transactions and disputes actually arise, and to the conveyancing skills developed in the clinical papers.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the general principles governing the transfer of property under the TPA. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the law of a specific transfer (sale, mortgage, lease, gift) to a transaction. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse competing claims to property using the protective doctrines. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the law of mortgages, including the kinds of mortgage and the remedies. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the law of easements and licences in a dispute. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a property transaction or dispute and advise on rights, title and risk. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High throughout. PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) feature because property is central to commercial and real-estate transactions. PSO2 rises at CO6 (conveyancing/advice). PO6/PO7 modest.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The conceptual foundation — what can be transferred, by whom, and the operative concepts.
The doctrines that protect honest transferees and resolve competing claims — the heart of property litigation.
The transfers of ownership — outright and gratuitous.
Security over immovable property — the engine of secured lending.
Lesser interests in land — possession without ownership, and rights over another's land.
The capstone — advising on a property transaction or dispute, the way a property lawyer does.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Leading authorities on perpetuity and contingent interests | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Competing Buyers | Case study |
| 3 | Leading sale/part-performance authorities | Landmark |
| 4 | Case Study B — The Mortgage Redemption Dispute | Case study |
| 5 | Leading lease-vs-licence and easement authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Case Study C — The Property Due-Diligence Advice | Integrated case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work transfer problems to a conclusion, building property reasoning. Implementation: problem → identify the transfer/doctrine → reason → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies the transfer and doctrine. |
| Application | 35% | Sound application of the TPA. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Defensible. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students apply the protective doctrines to competing-claim scenarios, mastering the hardest part of the subject. Implementation: scenarios → apply lis pendens/part performance/S.41 → compare → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct doctrine applied. |
| Reasoning | 35% | Sound priority analysis. |
| Completeness | 20% | All doctrines considered. |
| Clarity | 10% | Clear. |
Students draft/review conveyancing instruments, building property-drafting skill (links to the clinical paper). Implementation: transaction → draft/review the instrument → redline → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Drafting | 35% | Clear, effective instrument. |
| Risk allocation | 30% | Protects the client. |
| Title awareness | 20% | Addresses title/encumbrances. |
| Professionalism | 15% | Practice-standard. |
Students investigate a (simulated) title chain and report defects, building due-diligence skill. Implementation: title documents → trace the chain → flag defects → report.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Thoroughness | 35% | Traces the full chain. |
| Defect detection | 30% | Finds the real defects. |
| Risk analysis | 20% | Assesses materiality. |
| Reporting | 15% | Clear report. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams chart the specific transfers and their essentials side by side and present the comparison.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct essentials. |
| Completeness | 30% | All transfers covered. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable chart. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams draft a complete sale deed for a transaction, building conveyancing skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All required clauses. |
| Title/risk | 30% | Addresses title and risk. |
| Drafting | 25% | Clear, registrable. |
| Accuracy | 15% | Correct legal form. |
Teams argue an easement dispute before a mock court, applying the law of easements.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate easement law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| The Transfer of Property Act | Dr. Avtar Singh | Universal / LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Property Law | Poonam Pradhan Saxena | LexisNexis | 2021 |
| The Transfer of Property Act | Mulla (rev.) | LexisNexis | 2020 |
| The Law of Easements (commentary) | various | EBC | 2020 |
| Property Law (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Transfer of Property Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Property Law in India | SWAYAM | TPA |
| Law of Mortgages | provider | Mortgages |
| Real Estate and Conveyancing | Lawsikho / provider | Conveyancing skill |
| Land and Property Rights | Coursera / provider | Comparative/context |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Conveyancing / real-estate-law certificate (value-add) | Lawsikho / provider | Reinforces CO6; Year 3 |
| Property due-diligence micro-credential | provider | Supports title work; optional |
| Drafting-and-conveyancing clinic participation | KLU internal | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's property-law coverage; our due-diligence and conveyancing thread is a practical strength. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment across the transfers and doctrines. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap on the TPA and easements. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our conveyancing studio mirrors their transactional emphasis. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a settled statutory subject. Land-revenue and tenure systems are taken up in the dedicated Land Laws paper; SARFAESI enforcement is developed in the corporate optionals, so this paper concentrates on the TPA and easements.
Doctrinal property law with conveyancing-drafting and title-tech relevance.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Property case-law and statute research. |
| A conveyancing/drafting tool | Drafting | The conveyancing studio and instrument drafting. |
Semester VI · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 16) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Basis: customary international law, treaties, the UN Charter, and the jurisprudence of international courts. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Public International Law governs the relations between states and other actors on the international plane — the law of treaties, statehood, jurisdiction, the use of force, human rights, and the settlement of international disputes. The course gives students the conceptual framework and doctrinal command needed for international practice, diplomacy, and the growing intersection of international and domestic law.
The course is doctrinal and problem-oriented. Students learn the sources and subjects of international law, then the core substantive areas — state responsibility, jurisdiction and immunity, the law of treaties, the use of force and international humanitarian law, and human rights — ending with the institutions and methods of dispute settlement. Throughout, the law is connected to contemporary events and to India's practice and positions.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the nature, sources and subjects of public international law. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the law of treaties (formation, reservations, interpretation, termination) to a scenario. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse issues of statehood, recognition, jurisdiction and state immunity. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the law on the use of force and international humanitarian law to a situation. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse an international human-rights or state-responsibility problem. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an international dispute and the appropriate means of settlement. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning), PO5 (research/reform), PO6 (ethics), PO7 (societal concern) are High throughout — international law engages justice, peace and human dignity at scale. PO9 (communication) rises with dispute-settlement advocacy. PSO columns low; this is public/international law.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundations — what international law is, where it comes from, and who it binds.
The central instrument of international relations — the law governing treaties (VCLT).
The actors and the reach of their authority.
The law on war and peace — the prohibition on force and the law that governs armed conflict.
The protection of the individual and the consequences of internationally wrongful acts.
The capstone — resolving international disputes peacefully.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | The S.S. Lotus (1927); North Sea Continental Shelf (1969) | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Treaty Reservation Problem | Case study |
| 3 | Nottebohm (1955); the Arrest Warrant case (2002) | Landmark |
| 4 | Nicaragua v. United States (1986); Case Study B — The Use-of-Force Question | Landmark + Case study |
| 5 | Leading state-responsibility and human-rights authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Case Study C — The International-Dispute Analysis | Integrated case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work international-law problems to a conclusion, building public-international reasoning. Implementation: problem → identify the rule/source → reason → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies the international-law issues. |
| Application | 35% | Sound application of sources. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Defensible. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students determine the applicable international law and whether a rule is customary, building source analysis. Implementation: scenarios → identify sources, test for custom (state practice + opinio juris) → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Source accuracy | 35% | Correct sources identified. |
| Custom analysis | 30% | Sound custom test. |
| Reasoning | 20% | Logical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue an international-law question before a mock ICJ bench, building international advocacy (links to international moots). Implementation: problem → memorials → skirmish → bench questions → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Knowledge | 35% | Accurate international law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Bench handling | 20% | Responsive. |
| Structure | 15% | Well-organised. |
Students interpret treaty provisions using the VCLT rules, building the core treaty skill. Implementation: provisions → apply VCLT interpretation → compare readings → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| VCLT fidelity | 35% | Correct interpretive method. |
| Reasoning | 30% | Sound. |
| Awareness | 20% | Notes ambiguity/intent. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the sources of international law and how they interact, presenting the hierarchy and interplay.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct sources and interplay. |
| Completeness | 30% | All sources covered. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable map. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams draft a section of an ICJ memorial on an assigned issue, building international written advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Sound, well-supported. |
| Authority | 30% | Right sources and cases. |
| Structure | 20% | Memorial form. |
| Drafting | 15% | Clear. |
Teams debate the legality of a contemporary use of force, building argument at the law's frontier.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 30% | Law-grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages the contested questions. |
| Rebuttal | 25% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| International Law | Malcolm N. Shaw | Cambridge Univ. Press | 2021 |
| International Law | S. K. Kapoor | Central Law Agency | 2022 |
| Oppenheim's International Law | ed. Jennings & Watts | Oxford Univ. Press | 2008 |
| The Law of Treaties / VCLT (commentary) | various | OUP / open | 2020 |
| International Law (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Public International Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| International Law (Université catholique / Coursera) | Coursera | Comparative depth |
| International Humanitarian Law | ICRC / provider | IHL |
| International Human Rights Law | edX / provider | Human rights |
| International Dispute Settlement | provider | Dispute settlement |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| International-law moot participation (Jessup-style) | external | Reinforces CO6; Year 3 |
| IHL / human-rights certificate (ICRC/OHCHR-style) | provider | Supports CO4–CO5; optional |
| Public-international-law clinic participation | KLU internal | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's PIL coverage; our dispute-settlement and moot-skirmish thread builds international advocacy. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment across the core areas. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's international-law strength mirrored, with specialisms in our international-pathway optionals. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~92% | Aligned; JGLS's international focus matched, with our ICJ-memorial work supporting international moots. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high. Private international law, international trade/economic law, international human rights and international criminal law in depth are developed in the international-pathway optionals, so this core paper concentrates on the public-international-law spine.
Doctrinal international law, supported by research databases and memorial-drafting tools for international moots.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra (+ international-law databases) | Legal research database | Treaty, custom and international case-law research. |
| A memorial-drafting / citation tool | Drafting | ICJ-memorial drafting for the moot skirmish. |
Semester VII · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 13) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 (as amended); the Limitation Act 1963. The procedural backbone of civil litigation. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
The Civil Procedure Code is the operating system of civil litigation — the law that governs how a civil suit is instituted, tried, decided and enforced. Paired with the Limitation Act, which fixes the time within which rights must be enforced, this course gives students the procedural fluency that every civil litigator depends on daily. It is intensely practical: procedure decides cases as often as substance does.
The course is doctrinal and skills-oriented. Students learn the structure of the Code (the body and the Orders), the journey of a suit from plaint to decree to execution, the key interlocutory remedies, and the appellate and review framework — then the Limitation Act's scheme of periods, computation and condonation. Throughout, the procedure is tied to drafting and to the strategy of running a civil matter.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the structure of the CPC and the stages of a civil suit from institution to execution. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the rules on jurisdiction, parties, pleadings and res judicata to a civil matter. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the trial process and the grant of interlocutory remedies (injunctions, attachment). | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the law of appeals, review, revision and execution of decrees. | L3 |
| CO5 | Apply the Limitation Act to determine whether a claim is within time and condone delay. | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a civil matter and advise on the optimal procedural strategy. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High throughout — civil procedure is core lawyering. PO9 (communication) rises with interlocutory and trial advocacy. PSO2 modest via drafting of pleadings and applications. PO6 features through the fair-process dimension.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The procedural map — the architecture of the CPC and the path a civil suit travels.
Getting a suit properly before the right court, and the doctrines that prevent abuse.
The conduct of the suit and the powerful interim remedies that often decide the dispute.
Challenging decisions and turning a decree into reality.
The law of time — when rights must be enforced, and what happens when they are not.
The capstone — running a civil matter strategically from filing to execution.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Balraj Taneja; leading res judicata authorities (Satyadhyan Ghosal) | Landmark |
| 3 | Dalpat Kumar (temporary injunction principles); Case Study A — The Injunction Application | Landmark + Case study |
| 4 | Leading execution authorities | Landmark |
| 5 | Collector, Land Acquisition v. Katiji (condonation); Case Study B — Is the Claim Time-Barred? | Landmark + Case study |
| 2 | Case Study C — Drafting the Plaint & Jurisdiction | Case study |
| 6 | Procedural-strategy authorities | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students map a suit's procedural journey and identify the steps and deadlines, building procedural fluency. Implementation: facts → map stages → flag deadlines/limitation → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All stages mapped. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct procedure and timelines. |
| Limitation-awareness | 20% | Flags time bars. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students draft and argue interim applications (injunction, attachment), building the high-value interlocutory skill. Implementation: scenario → draft → mock argument → bench questions → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Test application | 35% | Correctly applies the relief test. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Drafting | 20% | Proper application form. |
| Responsiveness | 15% | Handles the bench. |
Students compute limitation across scenarios with extensions and condonation, mastering the time rules. Implementation: scenarios → compute → apply extensions/condonation → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Period accuracy | 35% | Correct period and start. |
| Extension/condonation | 30% | Correct application. |
| Reasoning | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students draft plaints and written statements, building the core drafting skill. Implementation: facts → draft → redline against a model → revise.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Structure | 30% | Correct pleading structure. |
| Material facts | 35% | All material facts pleaded, no evidence. |
| Reliefs | 20% | Correctly framed. |
| Drafting | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams build a flowchart of a civil suit from plaint to execution and present it.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All stages captured. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct procedure. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable flowchart. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams draft a complete temporary-injunction application with supporting affidavit, building drafting skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Test | 35% | Three-fold test pleaded. |
| Form | 30% | Correct application + affidavit. |
| Persuasiveness | 20% | Compelling. |
| Accuracy | 15% | Correct Order/Rule. |
Teams argue an interim-relief hearing before a mock court, building civil advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate procedure. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Code of Civil Procedure | C. K. Takwani | Eastern Book Company | 2022 |
| The Code of Civil Procedure | Mulla (rev.) | LexisNexis | 2021 |
| The Limitation Act | M. P. Jain / commentary | LexisNexis | 2021 |
| Civil Procedure with Limitation Act | C. K. Takwani | EBC | 2022 |
| Code of Civil Procedure (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Civil Procedure Code | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Law of Limitation | SWAYAM | Limitation Act |
| Civil Litigation Practice | Lawsikho / provider | Practical procedure |
| Pleadings and Drafting | provider | Drafting skill |
| Injunctions and Interim Relief | provider | Interlocutory remedies |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Civil-litigation practice certificate (value-add) | Lawsikho / provider | Reinforces CO6; Year 4 |
| Pleadings-and-drafting micro-credential | provider | Supports drafting; optional |
| Civil-litigation clinic participation | KLU internal | Applies the procedure; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's CPC coverage; our interim-relief and pleadings studios add practical depth. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong procedural treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap on the Code and Limitation. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our mock-hearing and drafting work mirror their practical emphasis. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a settled procedural subject. The course pairs the CPC with the Limitation Act (as the BCI scheme contemplates) and emphasises the interlocutory-and-drafting skills that decide real civil matters.
Doctrinal procedure with drafting and case-management tech relevance.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Procedural case-law and statute research. |
| A drafting / deadline-tracking tool | Drafting / legal-ops | Pleadings drafting and limitation/deadline tracking. |
Semester VII · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 12) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 (replacing the Indian Evidence Act, 1872). Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
The Law of Evidence governs what may be proved in court, by whom and how — the rules that determine which facts a court may consider and how much weight they carry. Now governed by the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam (BSA), 2023, which has replaced the 150-year-old Indian Evidence Act, the subject is the connective tissue between substantive law and the courtroom: a right is only as good as the evidence that can prove it.
The course is doctrinal and current. Students learn the foundational concepts (relevancy, admissibility, the burden and standard of proof), the rules on the means of proof (oral, documentary and the BSA's expanded electronic-evidence regime), witnesses and examination, and the privileges and presumptions. IEA-era authorities are taught for the principles they settled and mapped onto their BSA successors, with the BSA's modernised treatment of electronic and digital evidence given particular attention.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the foundational concepts of relevancy, admissibility and the burden/standard of proof. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the relevancy provisions (admissions, confessions, res gestae) to determine what is provable. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the proof of facts by oral, documentary and electronic evidence under the BSA. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the rules on witnesses, examination-in-chief and cross-examination. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the operation of privileges, presumptions and estoppel. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a fact-situation and construct the evidentiary strategy to prove or rebut a case. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High throughout (evidence is the courtroom's logic). PO9 (communication) rises with examination skills. PSO2 spikes at CO3 because electronic-evidence handling links to the legal-tech stream. PO6 features via fair-trial and privilege.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The architecture — relevancy, admissibility, and who must prove what to what standard.
The relevancy provisions that most often decide cases.
How facts are proved — including the BSA's modernised electronic-evidence regime.
Who may testify and how testimony is taken and tested — the heart of trial advocacy.
The doctrines that withhold, assume or preclude proof.
The capstone — building and contesting the proof of a case.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Pakala Narayana Swamy; Sharad Birdhichand Sarda (dying declaration/circumstantial) | Landmark |
| 3 | Anvar P.V. v. P.K. Basheer; Arjun Panditrao (electronic evidence, mapped to BSA); Case Study A — Proving the WhatsApp Chat | Landmark + Case study |
| 4 | Case Study B — The Cross-Examination Plan | Case study |
| 5 | Leading privilege and presumption authorities | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study C — The Confession Problem | Case study |
| 6 | Evidentiary-strategy authorities | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students rule on the admissibility of items of evidence, building the core evidentiary judgment. Implementation: items → rule relevant/admissible with reasons → compare → debrief on close calls.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct admissibility ruling. |
| Reasoning | 35% | Sound on relevancy/admissibility. |
| BSA fidelity | 20% | Correct provisions. |
| Clarity | 10% | Clear. |
Students conduct examination-in-chief and cross-examination of mock witnesses, building trial-advocacy. Implementation: witness brief → plan and conduct chief/cross → feedback → re-run.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Question technique | 35% | Correct chief/cross technique. |
| Strategy | 30% | Achieves the evidentiary goal. |
| Rules compliance | 20% | No improper questions. |
| Composure | 15% | Handles the witness. |
Students work through authenticating and proving electronic evidence under the BSA, building the modern skill. Implementation: digital items → apply certification/authentication → flag integrity issues → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| BSA application | 35% | Correct electronic-evidence rules. |
| Authentication | 30% | Sound chain-of-custody analysis. |
| Risk-spotting | 20% | Flags integrity gaps. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students map classic evidence authorities to their BSA provisions, building currency. Implementation: provisions/cases assigned → map old to new with changes → present.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct mapping. |
| Change-spotting | 30% | Identifies BSA changes. |
| Completeness | 20% | Key provisions covered. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams chart the relevancy provisions and what each makes provable, presenting the map.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct relevancy rules. |
| Completeness | 30% | Key provisions covered. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable chart. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams build an evidence roadmap for a case (what must be proved, by what evidence, anticipating objections).
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 35% | All facts-in-issue covered. |
| Means of proof | 30% | Right evidence for each fact. |
| Objection anticipation | 20% | Pre-empts challenges. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Teams run examination and objections in a mock trial segment, building trial advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Technique | 35% | Correct examination/objection technique. |
| Strategy | 30% | Advances the case. |
| Rules | 20% | Compliant. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| The Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 (commentary) | various (post-BSA editions) | LexisNexis / EBC | 2024 |
| Law of Evidence (mapped to BSA) | Batuk Lal | Central Law Agency | 2024 |
| The Indian Evidence Act / BSA | Ratanlal & Dhirajlal | LexisNexis | 2024 |
| Principles of the Law of Evidence | Avtar Singh | Central Law Agency | 2023 |
| Evidence (BSA readings) | various | open / EBC | 2024 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Law of Evidence (BSA update) | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Evidence and Proof | SWAYAM | Foundational concepts |
| Electronic Evidence | provider | Digital evidence |
| Trial Advocacy and Examination | Lawsikho / provider | Examination skills |
| Forensic Evidence and Law | provider | Expert/forensic evidence |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Trial-advocacy certificate (value-add) | Lawsikho / provider | Reinforces CO4/CO6; Year 4 |
| Electronic-evidence / e-discovery micro-credential | provider | Supports CO3; optional |
| Trial-advocacy clinic participation | KLU internal | Applies the rules; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's evidence coverage; our BSA-current treatment and electronic-evidence depth are timely strengths. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong examination-skills component. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap on relevancy and proof. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our mock-examination and electronic-evidence work mirror their practical emphasis. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high and especially current given the BSA transition. The electronic-evidence treatment is deliberately strong and links to the legal-tech stream, reflecting how digital evidence now dominates litigation; forensic-science depth is available in the advocacy-pathway optionals.
Doctrinal evidence with a strong electronic-evidence tech link.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Evidence case-law and BSA provision lookup. |
| An e-evidence / examination-prep tool | Litigation prep | Electronic-evidence handling and examination planning. |
Semester VII · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 14) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Basis: constitutional provisions, statutes creating administrative authorities, and the jurisprudence of judicial review. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Administrative Law governs the exercise of power by the administrative state — the vast machinery of authorities, regulators and officials that makes and applies rules affecting daily life. The course teaches how that power is conferred and controlled: the principles of natural justice, the grounds of judicial review, the control of discretion and delegated legislation, and the remedies available against the state. It is the practical public law that underlies most litigation against government.
The course is doctrinal and case-driven. Students learn the conceptual framework (the rule of law, separation of powers, the rise of the administrative state), then the operative doctrines — natural justice, the grounds of review (illegality, irrationality, procedural impropriety, proportionality), the control of discretion and rule-making — ending with the remedies (the writs, and liability of the state). It connects closely to Constitutional Law and to regulatory practice.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the nature of administrative law, the administrative state and the rule of law. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the principles of natural justice to an administrative decision. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse an administrative action against the grounds of judicial review. | L4 |
| CO4 | Analyse the control of administrative discretion and delegated legislation. | L4 |
| CO5 | Apply the remedies against the state (writs, liability) to a grievance. | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an administrative-law grievance and advise on the optimal challenge. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning), PO5 (research/reform), PO6 (ethics) and PO7 (societal concern) are High throughout — administrative law is the citizen's check on state power. PO9 rises with the remedy/challenge work. PSO columns modest; public law.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundations — why administrative law exists and the principles that frame it.
The fairness principles that constrain every administrative decision affecting rights.
The doctrines by which courts review administrative action — the heart of the subject.
How law constrains the two great instruments of administrative power.
What a person can actually do when wronged by the administration.
The capstone — building a challenge to administrative action.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | A.K. Kraipak v. Union of India (1969); Maneka Gandhi (1978) | Landmark |
| 3 | Associated Provincial Picture Houses v. Wednesbury (1948); Case Study A — The Unreasonable Decision | Landmark + Case study |
| 4 | Leading excessive-delegation authorities (Delhi Laws Act) | Landmark |
| 5 | Case Study B — Choosing the Right Writ | Case study |
| 2 | Case Study C — The Natural-Justice Breach | Case study |
| 6 | Legitimate-expectation and proportionality authorities | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students analyse administrative decisions against the grounds of review, building the core skill. Implementation: decision → identify reviewable errors and grounds → reason → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies reviewable errors. |
| Ground application | 35% | Applies the right grounds. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Defensible. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students assess decisions for natural-justice compliance, mastering the fairness principles. Implementation: scenarios → assess bias and hearing → identify breaches → debrief on exceptions.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct breach analysis. |
| Principle command | 30% | Both pillars applied. |
| Exceptions | 20% | Handles exceptions. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students draft writ petitions and choose grounds/writs, building public-law drafting. Implementation: grievance → choose writ and grounds → draft → redline → revise.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Writ/ground choice | 35% | Correct writ and grounds. |
| Drafting | 30% | Sound petition. |
| Standing/forum | 20% | Correctly addressed. |
| Professionalism | 15% | Practice-standard. |
Teams debate the limits of administrative discretion and judicial deference, building the review-vs-deference judgment. Implementation: scenario → argue review vs. deference → debate → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Doctrine-grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages the deference tension. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the grounds of judicial review with leading authorities and present the framework.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct grounds and authorities. |
| Completeness | 30% | All grounds covered. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable map. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams draft a complete writ petition against an administrative action, building public-law drafting.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Ground selection | 35% | Right grounds and writ. |
| Drafting | 30% | Sound petition and grounds. |
| Standing/forum | 20% | Correct. |
| Accuracy | 15% | Constitutionally correct. |
Teams audit a real regulatory decision for reviewable error and report, building applied review skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Error-detection | 35% | Finds the real errors. |
| Analysis | 30% | Sound review analysis. |
| Practicality | 20% | Realistic challenge. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Administrative Law | I. P. Massey | Eastern Book Company | 2022 |
| Lectures on Administrative Law | C. K. Takwani | Eastern Book Company | 2021 |
| Administrative Law | M. P. Jain & S. N. Jain | LexisNexis | 2021 |
| Principles of Administrative Law | M. P. Singh / Wade & Forsyth | OUP | 2020 |
| Administrative Law (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Administrative Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Judicial Review of Administrative Action | SWAYAM | Review grounds |
| Principles of Natural Justice | provider | Natural justice |
| Regulatory Law and Governance | Coursera / provider | Regulatory context |
| Public Law Remedies | provider | Writs and remedies |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Public-law / regulatory-practice certificate (value-add) | provider | Reinforces CO6; Year 4 |
| Writ-drafting micro-credential | provider | Supports drafting; optional |
| Public-law clinic participation | KLU internal | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's administrative-law coverage; our writ-drafting and decision-audit work add practical depth. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong review-grounds treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's public-law tradition mirrored, with regulatory specialisms in our optionals. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our regulatory-audit and writ work match their practical emphasis. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high. Sector-specific regulatory law (competition, financial-market, etc.) is developed in the corporate-pathway optionals, so this core paper concentrates on the general principles of administrative law and judicial review.
Doctrinal public law with research and writ-drafting tech relevance; connects to AI-governance.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Administrative-law case and statute research. |
| A drafting tool | Drafting | Writ-petition and grounds drafting. |
Semester VIII · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 19) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Industrial Disputes Act 1947 / the Industrial Relations Code 2020; the Trade Unions Act 1926 / IR Code; principles of collective bargaining. The first of two labour papers. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Labour & Industrial Law I governs the collective relationship between employers and workers — trade unions, industrial disputes, collective bargaining, strikes and lockouts, and the machinery for resolving industrial conflict. It is the law of industrial relations, central to employment practice, and now reshaped by India's consolidation of labour statutes into the new Labour Codes, principally the Industrial Relations Code 2020.
The course is doctrinal and reform-aware. Students learn the foundational concepts (industry, workman, industrial dispute) and the machinery for dispute resolution, the law of trade unions and collective bargaining, and the regulation of strikes, lockouts, layoff and retrenchment — taught against both the established Industrial Disputes Act jurisprudence and the new Industrial Relations Code that consolidates it. The second labour paper takes up wages, social security and conditions of work.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the foundational concepts of industrial law and the scope of the IR framework. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the definitions (industry, workman, industrial dispute) to a factual scenario. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the machinery for the settlement of industrial disputes. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the law of trade unions and collective bargaining to an industrial-relations situation. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the regulation of strikes, lockouts, layoff and retrenchment. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an industrial-relations dispute and advise on the optimal resolution strategy. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High throughout. PO7 (societal concern) is High because labour law balances social justice and enterprise. PO8 (teamwork) features given collective bargaining's negotiation dimension. PO3/PSO1 rise with the employer-advisory angle suited to the BBA-LLB.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The building blocks — the definitions and scope that determine whether the law applies at all.
Putting the definitions to work — the gateway questions every labour matter turns on.
The institutions and processes for resolving industrial conflict.
The law of worker organisation and negotiated industrial relations.
The flashpoints — industrial action and workforce reductions, and their legal control.
The capstone — advising in an industrial-relations dispute, from either side.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Bangalore Water Supply v. A. Rajappa (1978, 'industry') | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — Is This an 'Industry' and a 'Workman'? | Case study |
| 3 | Leading adjudication/award authorities | Landmark |
| 4 | Leading trade-union and unfair-labour-practice authorities | Landmark |
| 5 | Excel Wear; Case Study B — The Retrenchment Challenge | Landmark + Case study |
| 6 | Case Study C — The Industrial-Dispute Advice | Integrated case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students resolve the industry/workman/dispute gateway across scenarios, mastering the threshold. Implementation: scenarios → apply the tests → conclude on applicability → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Test application | 35% | Correctly applies the definitions. |
| Reasoning | 30% | Sound. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Right applicability call. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Teams negotiate a collective dispute, building the negotiation skill central to labour practice. Implementation: charter of demands + management position → negotiation rounds → settlement or breakdown → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Strategy | 35% | Sound bargaining strategy. |
| Legal grounding | 30% | Positions legally informed. |
| Negotiation | 20% | Effective give-and-take. |
| Outcome | 15% | Workable settlement. |
Students assess the legality of strikes, lockouts, layoff and retrenchment, building the core advisory skill. Implementation: actions → assess legality and conditions → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct legality assessment. |
| Conditions | 30% | Applies conditions precedent. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Teams debate a Labour-Code reform (e.g., the raised threshold for prior permission to retrench), building reform argument. Implementation: proposition → sides prepare → debate → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Evidence- and law-grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages the social-justice/enterprise balance. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the dispute-settlement machinery and the routes a dispute can take, presenting the flow.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All routes covered. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct machinery. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable map. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams draft a settlement agreement or charter of demands for a dispute, building IR drafting.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All issues addressed. |
| Balance | 30% | Workable for both sides. |
| Drafting | 25% | Clear, enforceable. |
| Legality | 15% | Code-compliant. |
Teams run a mock conciliation of an industrial dispute, building the resolution skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 30% | Accurate labour law. |
| Negotiation | 35% | Effective conciliation. |
| Strategy | 20% | Sound. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Labour & Industrial Law | S. N. Misra | Central Law Publications | 2022 |
| Labour and Industrial Laws | P. L. Malik | Eastern Book Company | 2022 |
| Industrial Relations Code & Labour Codes (commentary) | various | LexisNexis / EBC | 2023 |
| Labour Law | O. P. Malhotra (rev.) | LexisNexis | 2021 |
| Industrial & Labour Law (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Labour Law / Industrial Relations Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Industrial Relations Code | provider | The new Code |
| Collective Bargaining and Negotiation | Coursera / provider | Bargaining skill |
| Trade Union Law | SWAYAM | Trade unions |
| Employment Relations | Coursera / provider | IR context |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Labour/employment-law practice certificate (value-add) | Lawsikho / provider | Reinforces CO6; Year 4 |
| HR-and-labour-compliance micro-credential | provider | Cross-skill for the BBA-LLB; optional |
| Negotiation/ADR certificate | provider | Supports bargaining; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's labour-law coverage; our Labour-Code-current treatment and bargaining simulation add depth. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment across IR and trade-union law. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; NLUD's labour-and-social-justice strength is mirrored. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our negotiation and employer-advisory angle suit the commercial cohort. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high. Wages, social security and conditions of work are taken up in Labour & Industrial Law II, so this paper concentrates on industrial relations and dispute resolution, taught against both the established Act jurisprudence and the new Industrial Relations Code.
Doctrinal labour law with negotiation and compliance-tech relevance.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Labour case-law and Labour-Code research. |
| A drafting / negotiation-support tool | Drafting | Settlement/charter drafting and bargaining preparation. |
Semester IX · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 20) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Code on Wages 2019; the Code on Social Security 2020; the Occupational Safety, Health & Working Conditions Code 2020 (consolidating the Factories Act, ESI, EPF, Payment of Wages, Minimum Wages, Gratuity, Maternity Benefit, etc.). The second labour paper. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Labour & Industrial Law II governs the individual employment relationship and the welfare of workers — wages, social security, and conditions of work. Where the first labour paper covered collective industrial relations, this paper covers what an employer owes each worker: a lawful wage, a safe workplace, and a social-security safety net. It is central to employment practice and to corporate HR-compliance advisory, and it is now reshaped by India's consolidation of welfare statutes into the Labour Codes.
The course is doctrinal and compliance-oriented. Students learn the law of wages (minimum, payment, equal remuneration), the social-security regime (provident fund, ESI, gratuity, maternity benefit), and the regulation of working conditions and safety — taught against both the established statutes and the new Code on Wages, Code on Social Security, and OSH Code that consolidate them. Throughout, the law is tied to real employer-compliance and worker-claim scenarios suited to the BBA-LLB student.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the framework of wage, social-security and working-conditions law under the Labour Codes. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the law of wages (minimum, payment, equal remuneration) to an employment scenario. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a social-security entitlement (PF, ESI, gratuity, maternity benefit) and the obligations it creates. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the law on working conditions, safety and welfare to a workplace. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse an employer's labour-welfare compliance position and identify the gaps. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a worker's welfare claim or an employer's compliance problem and advise. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High throughout. PO7 (societal concern) is High because welfare law protects vulnerable workers. PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) are strong via the employer-compliance angle suited to the BBA-LLB. PO6 features through fair-treatment obligations.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The map — how India's welfare statutes have been consolidated and what they protect.
What a worker must be paid, when, and equally — the core of wage law.
The safety net — the contributory and benefit schemes that protect workers and dependants.
The law of the workplace — hours, safety, health and welfare.
The advisory core — assessing whether an employer is compliant and where it is exposed.
The capstone — advising a worker on a claim, or an employer on compliance.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Workmen v. Reptakos Brett (minimum wage components); equal-pay authorities | Landmark |
| 3 | Case Study A — The Gratuity & PF Claim | Case study |
| 3 | Air India v. Nergesh Meerza / maternity-benefit authorities | Landmark |
| 4 | Case Study B — The Factory-Safety Failure | Case study |
| 5 | Leading compliance/officer-liability authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Case Study C — The Employer-Compliance Advice | Integrated case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students compute wage and social-security entitlements across scenarios, building the practical valuation skill. Implementation: scenarios → compute entitlement on the proper base → peer-check → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct computation method. |
| Accuracy | 30% | Figures and base correct. |
| Rule command | 20% | Right statutory rules. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear working. |
Students audit an employer's welfare-law compliance and report gaps, building the advisory skill. Implementation: employer profile → audit against obligations → flag gaps and exposure → report.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 35% | All obligations audited. |
| Gap detection | 30% | Finds the real gaps. |
| Exposure analysis | 20% | Quantifies risk. |
| Reporting | 15% | Clear, usable report. |
Students build and contest a worker's welfare claim before a mock authority, building claim advocacy. Implementation: claim → build/oppose → mock hearing → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Entitlement command | 35% | Accurate welfare law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Computation | 20% | Correct quantum. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
Teams debate a Labour-Code reform (e.g., the impact of consolidation on compliance burden or gig-worker protection), building reform argument. Implementation: proposition → sides prepare → debate → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Evidence- and law-grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages worker-protection vs. enterprise. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map an employer's welfare-law obligations across the Codes and present the compliance picture.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All obligations captured. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct under the Codes. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable map. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams build a labour-welfare compliance calendar (registers, returns, deadlines) for an employer, building legal-ops skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 35% | All filings/registers covered. |
| Accuracy | 30% | Correct deadlines. |
| Usability | 20% | Practical tool. |
| Documentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue a worker's welfare claim before a mock authority, building claim advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate welfare law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Computation | 20% | Correct quantum. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Labour & Industrial Law | S. N. Misra | Central Law Publications | 2022 |
| Labour and Industrial Laws | P. L. Malik | Eastern Book Company | 2022 |
| The Labour Codes (Wages / Social Security / OSH) — commentary | various | LexisNexis / Taxmann | 2023 |
| Social Security Law (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2022 |
| Employment & Labour Law (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Labour Law II / Social Security Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| The Labour Codes Explained | provider | The new Codes |
| Wages and Social Security | SWAYAM | Wages/social security |
| Occupational Health and Safety Law | provider | OSH |
| HR and Labour Compliance | Coursera / provider | Employer compliance |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Labour/employment-compliance certificate (value-add) | provider | Reinforces CO5–CO6; Year 5 |
| Payroll-and-statutory-compliance micro-credential | provider | Cross-skill for the BBA-LLB; optional |
| HR-law clinic participation | KLU internal | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's welfare-law coverage; our Labour-Code-current treatment and compliance-audit work add practical depth. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment across wages, social security and conditions of work. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; NLUD's labour-and-social-justice strength is mirrored. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our employer-compliance angle suits the commercial cohort. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high across the two labour papers combined. This paper concentrates on wages, social security and working conditions; collective industrial relations and dispute resolution are taken up in Labour & Industrial Law I, so the pair exceeds a single course. The treatment is current to the new Labour Codes.
Doctrinal welfare law with strong compliance-tech and legal-ops relevance.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Welfare case-law and Labour-Code research. |
| Spreadsheet / compliance-tracker tool | Computation / legal-ops | Entitlement computation and the compliance calendar. |
Semester VIII · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 17) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Income-tax Act 1961; the Constitution (taxation powers); the GST framework (CGST/SGST/IGST Acts) in overview. A cornerstone of commercial and tax practice. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Taxation Law governs how the state raises revenue and how persons and businesses are charged — a subject of constant practical importance and a natural strength for the BBA-LLB student. The course teaches the constitutional foundations of the power to tax, the structure and core concepts of income tax, and an overview of the goods-and-services tax that now dominates indirect taxation, along with the principles of tax administration and the line between legitimate planning and unlawful evasion.
The course is doctrinal with a strong applied orientation. Students learn the constitutional distribution of taxing powers, the charging and computation framework of income tax (heads of income, deductions, assessment), and the GST scheme (supply, input tax credit, the dual structure), ending with tax administration, appeals, and the planning/avoidance/evasion distinction. Throughout, the law is connected to how individuals and businesses are actually taxed and advised.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the constitutional foundations and distribution of the power to tax in India. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the income-tax framework (residence, heads of income) to determine taxability. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the computation of total income, deductions and tax liability. | L4 |
| CO4 | Explain the GST regime — supply, input tax credit and the dual structure. | L2 |
| CO5 | Analyse a tax-administration or appeals issue and the avoidance/evasion distinction. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a tax problem and advise on lawful, optimal tax treatment. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High and PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) High throughout — tax is core commercial law for the BBA-LLB. PO6 (ethics) rises with the avoidance/evasion line. PSO2 rises at CO6 (computation/advisory).
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The power to tax — its source, limits and distribution under the Constitution.
The gateway concepts of income tax — who is taxed, on what, and where.
Working out the tax — the heads of income, deductions, and the computation of liability.
The indirect-tax regime that transformed Indian taxation.
How tax is assessed and disputed, and the crucial line between planning and evasion.
The capstone — advising on a tax problem and lawful, optimal treatment.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Govind Saran Ganga Saran (components of a tax); constitutional taxation authorities | Landmark |
| 2 | Leading residence/scope-of-income authorities | Landmark |
| 3 | Case Study A — Computing the Tax Liability | Case study |
| 4 | Case Study B — The Input-Tax-Credit Dispute | Case study (GST) |
| 5 | McDowell & Co. v. CTO (1985); Vodafone International (2012); Azadi Bachao Andolan (2003) | Landmark |
| 6 | Case Study C — The Tax-Planning Advice | Integrated case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students compute tax liability across scenarios, building the core applied skill. Implementation: facts → classify, compute head-wise, apply deductions → peer-check → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct computation method. |
| Accuracy | 30% | Figures correct. |
| Rule command | 20% | Right provisions. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear working. |
Students apply the GST scheme to supply and ITC scenarios, building indirect-tax fluency. Implementation: transactions → determine supply, levy, ITC → debrief on the tricky items.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Scheme command | 35% | Correct GST treatment. |
| ITC analysis | 30% | Sound ITC reasoning. |
| Place/time of supply | 20% | Correct. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students classify arrangements as planning, avoidance or evasion, building the ethical-legal judgment. Implementation: arrangements → classify with reasons (McDowell/Vodafone lens, GAAR) → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Classification | 35% | Correct planning/avoidance/evasion call. |
| Reasoning | 30% | Sound, authority-grounded. |
| GAAR awareness | 20% | Flags GAAR risk. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students produce tax advice on a transaction, building the advisory skill. Implementation: transaction → compute consequences → advise lawful treatment → peer review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 35% | Correct tax analysis. |
| Advice | 30% | Lawful, optimal, practical. |
| Risk-flagging | 20% | Flags avoidance/compliance risk. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear advice. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the constitutional distribution of taxing powers (Union/State, direct/indirect, post-GST) and present it.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct distribution. |
| Completeness | 30% | All powers covered. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable map. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams build a transparent income-tax calculator (spreadsheet) and test it on scenarios, building applied tax skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Correct method | 35% | Computation correctly implemented. |
| Usability | 25% | Clear, usable tool. |
| Testing | 25% | Validated on scenarios. |
| Documentation | 15% | Assumptions documented. |
Teams debate where lawful planning ends and avoidance/evasion begins, building the ethical-legal argument.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 30% | Authority- and principle-grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages the real line. |
| Rebuttal | 25% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Income Tax Law & Practice | Dr. Vinod K. Singhania & Kapil Singhania | Taxmann | 2024 |
| Direct Taxes Law & Practice | Vinod K. Singhania & Monica Singhania | Taxmann | 2024 |
| GST: Law & Practice | various | Taxmann / Bharat | 2024 |
| The Law and Practice of Income Tax | Kanga, Palkhivala & Vyas | LexisNexis | 2020 |
| Principles of Taxation (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Taxation Law / Income Tax Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Goods and Services Tax (GST) | SWAYAM / provider | GST |
| Direct Taxation | Coursera / provider | Income tax |
| Tax Planning and Management | provider | Planning |
| International Taxation (intro) | provider | Cross-border (links to optionals) |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Taxation-practice certificate (value-add) | Lawsikho / Taxmann | Reinforces CO6; Year 4 |
| GST-practitioner / certification | provider / ICAI-linked | Supports CO4; optional |
| Tax-and-accounting cross-credential | ICAI / provider | Strong BBA-LLB synergy; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's taxation coverage; our computation and GST-application studios add applied depth suited to the commercial cohort. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong direct-and-indirect-tax treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; NLUD's tax depth is mirrored, with international/indirect specialisms in our optionals. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; JGLS's commercial-tax orientation matched, and our tax-calculator and advisory work mirror their applied emphasis. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a principles paper. Direct-tax depth, indirect-tax depth, international taxation and double taxation are developed in the corporate/international-pathway optionals, so this core paper concentrates on the constitutional foundations, the income-tax spine, a GST overview, and the planning/avoidance line.
Doctrinal commercial law with strong computation and tax-tech relevance.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra (+ tax databases) | Legal research database | Tax case-law and statute research. |
| Spreadsheet / tax-calculator tool | Computation | Income-tax and GST computation and the calculator activity. |
Semester IX · Compulsory Law Paper (BCI Paper 18) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Environment (Protection) Act 1986; Water Act 1974; Air Act 1981; the National Green Tribunal Act 2010; constitutional provisions and international environmental law. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Environmental Law governs the protection of the natural environment and the balancing of development with sustainability — one of the most dynamic and constitutionally significant areas of Indian public law. The course teaches the constitutional foundations of environmental protection, the major pollution-control statutes, the principles developed by the Supreme Court and the National Green Tribunal, and the international framework that shapes domestic law.
The course is doctrinal and jurisprudence-rich. Students learn the constitutional basis (the right to a healthy environment under Article 21, the directive principles and duties), the statutory regime (the umbrella Environment Protection Act and the Water and Air Acts), the judicially-developed principles (polluter pays, precautionary principle, sustainable development, public trust), and the specialised forum of the NGT — ending with international environmental law and the climate dimension. Throughout, the law is tied to the landmark public-interest litigation that built it.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the constitutional foundations and the framework of environmental law in India. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the pollution-control statutes (EPA, Water, Air) to an environmental problem. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the judicially-developed environmental principles in a dispute. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the NGT framework and environmental remedies to a grievance. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the international environmental and climate framework and its domestic effect. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an environmental dispute and advise on the optimal legal strategy. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
Rationale: PO7 (societal/environmental concern) is High across every CO — this is the dedicated environmental paper. PO1, PO5 and PO6 are High throughout (reasoning, reform, ethics of sustainability). PO9 rises with the PIL/NGT advocacy. PSO columns modest.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
Why and how the Constitution protects the environment — the base of Indian environmental law.
The statutory regime — the umbrella Act and the medium-specific pollution-control laws.
The principles the Supreme Court built into Indian law — the analytical core of the subject.
The specialised forum and the remedies that make environmental rights enforceable.
The global framework that shapes domestic environmental law and the climate imperative.
The capstone — building an environmental case or compliance strategy.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | M.C. Mehta v. Union of India (Oleum Gas Leak, 1987; Ganga; Taj Trapezium) | Landmark |
| 3 | Vellore Citizens' Welfare Forum v. Union of India (1996, precautionary/polluter-pays); Case Study A — The Polluting Factory | Landmark + Case study |
| 1 | Subhash Kumar v. State of Bihar (1991, right to clean environment) | Landmark |
| 4 | Case Study B — The NGT Application | Case study |
| 5 | Case Study C — The Climate-and-Development Dispute | Integrated case study |
| 2 | Leading EIA/clearance authorities | Landmark |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students apply the environmental principles to disputes, building the analytical core. Implementation: dispute → identify and apply the principles → reason to liability/remedy → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Principle command | 35% | Correct principles applied. |
| Application | 30% | Sound application to facts. |
| Remedy | 20% | Appropriate remedy. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students draft environmental PIL/NGT applications, building environmental-litigation drafting. Implementation: grievance → choose forum and grounds → draft → redline → revise.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Forum/ground choice | 35% | Correct forum and grounds. |
| Drafting | 30% | Sound application. |
| Principles | 20% | Marshals the principles. |
| Professionalism | 15% | Practice-standard. |
Teams debate an environment-vs-development proposition, building the sustainability-balance argument. Implementation: project scenario → sides prepare → debate → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Principle- and evidence-grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages the real balance. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
Students audit a project's environmental compliance/clearance, building the advisory skill. Implementation: project → audit against the regime → flag gaps → report.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 35% | All requirements audited. |
| Gap detection | 30% | Finds the real gaps. |
| Risk analysis | 20% | Assesses exposure. |
| Reporting | 15% | Clear report. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the environmental principles with their leading cases and present how they interact.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct principles and cases. |
| Completeness | 30% | All principles covered. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable map. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams draft a complete NGT application for an environmental grievance, building litigation drafting.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Jurisdiction/grounds | 35% | Correct forum and grounds. |
| Drafting | 30% | Sound application. |
| Principles/evidence | 20% | Well-marshalled. |
| Accuracy | 15% | Procedurally correct. |
Teams argue an environmental PIL before a mock bench, building public-interest advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate environmental law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Environmental Law in India | P. Leelakrishnan | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Environmental Law | S. C. Shastri | Eastern Book Company | 2021 |
| Environmental Law and Policy in India | Divan & Rosencranz | Oxford Univ. Press | 2022 |
| International Environmental Law (readings) | various | OUP / open | 2021 |
| Environmental Law (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Environmental Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Environmental Law and Policy | Coursera / provider | Policy context |
| International Environmental Law | provider | International framework |
| Climate Change and the Law | edX / provider | Climate dimension |
| Sustainable Development and Law | provider | Sustainability |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Environmental-law / ESG certificate (value-add) | provider | Reinforces CO5–CO6; Year 5 |
| Climate-law micro-credential | provider | Supports the climate module; optional |
| Environmental-clinic / PIL participation | KLU internal | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's environmental-law coverage; our NGT and climate-litigation threads reflect the live frontier. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment across constitutional, statutory and principle-based environmental law. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's environmental and PIL strength is mirrored. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our clearance-audit and PIL work add practical and ESG-relevant depth. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high. Deeper natural-resources, energy and climate-specialism is available in pathway optionals, so this core paper concentrates on the constitutional base, the pollution-control statutes, the judicial principles, the NGT, and the international/climate framework.
Doctrinal public law with PIL-drafting and ESG/sustainability-tech relevance.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Environmental case-law and statute research. |
| A drafting / compliance-audit tool | Drafting / audit | NGT/PIL drafting and clearance-compliance audits. |
Semester IX · Compulsory Law Paper · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act 2013; state tenancy and land-reform legislation; the Registration Act 1908; the RERA Act 2016 (overview). Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Land Laws govern rights in land beyond the general transfer rules — the acquisition of land by the state, the systems of tenure and tenancy, land reforms, and the registration and regulation of real estate. In a country where land is the most contested asset, this is a subject of immense practical and social importance, bridging private property, public power and social-justice reform.
The course is doctrinal and reform-aware. Students learn the law of compulsory acquisition under the 2013 Act (with its emphasis on fair compensation, consent and rehabilitation), the historical and continuing systems of land tenure and tenancy, the land-reform measures (ceilings, abolition of intermediaries, tenancy reform), and the modern regulation of real estate under RERA — ending with the resolution of land disputes. Throughout, the law is connected to the social-justice and development tensions that define Indian land policy.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the framework of land law: acquisition, tenure, reform and registration. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the 2013 Land Acquisition Act to an acquisition, including compensation and rehabilitation. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the systems of land tenure and tenancy and the rights they create. | L4 |
| CO4 | Analyse the land-reform measures and their legal operation. | L4 |
| CO5 | Apply the RERA and registration framework to a real-estate transaction or grievance. | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a land dispute and advise on rights, acquisition or compensation strategy. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High throughout. PO7 (societal concern) is High because land law is the frontline of development-vs-displacement and social justice. PO3/PSO1 (commercial/real-estate acumen) rise via RERA and acquisition-for-development. PO6 features through fair-compensation ethics.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The map — the strands of land law and the constitutional backdrop to property and acquisition.
The modern law of acquiring land for public purpose — fair, consultative and compensatory.
Who holds land and on what terms — the systems that structure rural and agrarian land rights.
The redistributive project — the measures that sought to restructure land ownership for social justice.
The modern regulation of the real-estate market and the law of registration.
The capstone — advising in a land dispute or transaction.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Leading 2013-Act acquisition and compensation authorities | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Acquisition & Compensation Claim | Case study |
| 3 | Leading tenancy/security-of-tenure authorities | Landmark |
| 4 | Leading land-ceiling / Ninth Schedule authorities (Waman Rao line) | Landmark |
| 5 | Case Study B — The RERA Complaint | Case study (RERA) |
| 6 | Case Study C — The Land-Dispute Advice | Integrated case study |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students analyse acquisitions for validity and compensation, building the core skill. Implementation: acquisition → assess validity and compute compensation → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Validity analysis | 35% | Correct on public purpose/consent/procedure. |
| Compensation | 30% | Correct computation. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students apply RERA to allottee/developer scenarios, building real-estate-regulation fluency. Implementation: scenario → identify obligations and remedies → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Framework command | 35% | Correct RERA treatment. |
| Remedy analysis | 30% | Right remedies. |
| Application | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students map tenure systems and reform measures and their continuing effect, building structural understanding. Implementation: assigned system/reform → map rights and effect → present.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct on tenure/reform. |
| Insight | 30% | Explains continuing effect. |
| Completeness | 20% | Key elements covered. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams debate an acquisition's fairness (development need vs. displacement), building the social-justice argument. Implementation: project → sides prepare → debate → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Law- and justice-grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages the real tension. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the strands of land law (acquisition, tenure, reform, registration, RERA) and present how they interact.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All strands covered. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct framework. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable map. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
Teams draft a complete RERA complaint for an allottee grievance, building real-estate-litigation drafting.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Obligations/breach | 35% | Correctly pleaded. |
| Remedies | 30% | Right relief sought. |
| Drafting | 20% | Clear, proper form. |
| Accuracy | 15% | RERA-compliant. |
Teams build a transparent compensation calculator under the 2013 Act and test it on scenarios, building applied skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Correct method | 35% | 2013-Act formula correctly implemented. |
| Usability | 25% | Clear tool. |
| Testing | 25% | Validated on scenarios. |
| Documentation | 15% | Assumptions documented. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Land Acquisition & Compensation (2013 Act commentary) | various | LexisNexis / EBC | 2023 |
| Land Laws | various (state-specific + central) | Central Law / EBC | 2022 |
| The Law of Land Acquisition and Compensation | G. C. V. Subba Rao (rev.) | Gogia Law Agency | 2021 |
| RERA: Law & Practice | various | Taxmann / Bharat | 2023 |
| Land Reforms in India (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Land Laws / Land Acquisition Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| RERA and Real Estate Law | provider | RERA |
| Land Reforms and Agrarian Law | SWAYAM | Reforms/tenure |
| Property and Land Rights | Coursera / provider | Context |
| Urban Land and Housing Policy | provider | Real-estate policy |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Real-estate / RERA-practice certificate (value-add) | Lawsikho / provider | Reinforces CO5–CO6; Year 5 |
| Land-acquisition / compensation micro-credential | provider | Supports CO2; optional |
| Real-estate-law clinic participation | KLU internal | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~88% | Matches NLSIU's land-law coverage; our 2013-Act and RERA treatment is current and practical. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~88% | Close alignment across acquisition, tenure and reform. |
| NLU Delhi | ~88% | Strong overlap; NLUD's land-and-social-justice strength is mirrored. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~88% | Aligned; our RERA and acquisition-calculator work add real-estate-practical depth. |
Reasoning for coverage: Land law is partly state-specific, so coverage of the central framework (2013 Act, RERA, registration) is high while state-tenancy variation is necessarily illustrative. Deeper agrarian and natural-resources law is available in pathway optionals; this paper concentrates on the central acquisition-tenure-reform-RERA spine.
Doctrinal property/public law with real-estate-tech and records-digitisation relevance.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Land-law case and statute research. |
| Spreadsheet / RERA-drafting tool | Computation / drafting | Compensation calculation and RERA-complaint drafting. |
Semester VIII · Compulsory Clinical Paper (BCI Paper 21) · 4 Credits · 2-0-4-0 · Practical/clinic-based. A hands-on drafting workshop: students draft real legal documents across civil, criminal and conveyancing categories. Assessed substantially on drafted work-product. Aligned to the BCI clinical scheme (≥15 drafting + ≥15 conveyancing exercises). Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal clinical programmes.
Clinical-I is a hands-on drafting clinic, not a lecture course. Its purpose is to make students fluent in producing the documents that fill a lawyer's day: pleadings, applications, petitions, and conveyancing instruments. Following the BCI clinical scheme, the bulk of the course is practical — students draft, are critiqued, and redraft, building a portfolio of professional-standard documents across civil, criminal and transactional categories.
Every module is exercise-driven: a short brief on the relevant law and drafting principles, then sustained drafting practice on realistic problems, with simulation exercises preferably involving practising lawyers and retired judges as the BCI scheme contemplates. By the end, a student can draft a plaint, a written statement, the principal interlocutory applications, the core criminal documents, constitutional writ petitions, and the major conveyancing deeds — to a standard a supervising advocate would accept.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Apply the general principles of legal drafting to produce clear, precise legal documents. | L3 |
| CO2 | Draft civil pleadings — plaint, written statement and interlocutory applications — to a professional standard. | L3 |
| CO3 | Draft the principal criminal documents — complaint, bail and miscellaneous applications. | L3 |
| CO4 | Draft constitutional writ petitions (Articles 226 and 32) on a given grievance. | L3 |
| CO5 | Draft the major conveyancing instruments (sale, mortgage, lease, gift, will, power of attorney, trust). | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate and redraft a legal document, critiquing it for risk, clarity and the client's interest. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO9 (communication) and PSO2 (drafting fluency) are High across every CO — this is the dedicated drafting clinic. PO1/PO2 High throughout. PSO1 rises with conveyancing (commercial instruments). PO6 features through the client-interest and candour dimension of drafting.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
A short foundation, then straight into drafting — the principles are learned by doing.
Drafting the core civil documents — the most frequent drafting task in litigation practice.
Drafting the documents of criminal practice, current to the new procedural code (BNSS).
Drafting public-law documents — the writ petition and PIL.
Drafting the transactional instruments — the BCI scheme's conveyancing requirement.
The capstone skill — critiquing and improving documents, the way a senior reviews a junior's work.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Drafting Exercise A — The Plaint & Written Statement | Drafting exercise |
| 3 | Drafting Exercise B — The Bail Application | Drafting exercise |
| 4 | Article 226 writ-petition models (illustrative) | Model document |
| 5 | Drafting Exercise C — The Sale Deed & Power of Attorney | Conveyancing exercise |
| 2 | Order VI–VII CPC pleading rules (illustrative) | Reference |
| 6 | Redraft/review models (illustrative) | Model document |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
The core clinical method: students draft, receive structured critique (peer and faculty/practitioner), and redraft — the way drafting is actually learned. Implementation: brief → draft → critique against a drafting rubric → redraft → compare versions.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| First-draft quality | 25% | Sound initial draft. |
| Response to critique | 30% | Redraft genuinely improves. |
| Precision & clarity | 25% | Clear, unambiguous, complete. |
| Client interest | 20% | Protects the client. |
Students dissect a flawed real-world document to find its risks and drafting failures, building the reviewer's eye. Implementation: flawed document → identify ambiguities, gaps, risks → propose fixes → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue detection | 35% | Finds the real flaws. |
| Risk analysis | 30% | Explains the consequence of each. |
| Fixes | 20% | Sound corrections. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Drafting practice guided by a practising lawyer/retired judge (as the BCI scheme contemplates), grounding the work in real practice. Implementation: practitioner sets a real brief → students draft → practitioner critiques → redraft.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Practice realism | 25% | Meets a practitioner's expectation. |
| Drafting quality | 35% | Professional-standard document. |
| Improvement | 25% | Acts on the critique. |
| Professionalism | 15% | Practice conduct. |
Students assemble a portfolio of their best drafted documents across categories over the course — a tangible, employable output. Implementation: drafts accumulated → curated and polished → portfolio review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Range | 25% | Covers civil, criminal, writ, conveyancing. |
| Quality | 35% | Each document is professional-standard. |
| Polish | 25% | Curated and error-free. |
| Reflection | 15% | Notes lessons learned. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams draft opposing pleadings on the same dispute and then critique each other's, building both drafting and the adversarial perspective.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Drafting quality | 35% | Both pleadings sound. |
| Rule compliance | 30% | Pleading rules observed. |
| Critique | 20% | Useful peer critique. |
| Redraft | 15% | Improves on critique. |
Teams produce a linked set of conveyancing documents for a single transaction (sale + PoA + will), building transactional drafting.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All instruments present and consistent. |
| Registrability | 30% | Documents would be accepted. |
| Risk allocation | 25% | Protects the client. |
| Drafting | 15% | Clear. |
Teams draft a writ petition on a real grievance and present/defend the grounds, building public-law drafting and oral defence.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Grounds | 35% | Sound, well-pleaded grounds. |
| Structure | 25% | Correct writ structure. |
| Defence | 25% | Defends the grounds. |
| Drafting | 15% | Clear. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Drafting, Pleading and Conveyancing | Shiv Gopal / G. C. Mogha (Mogha's Law of Pleadings) | Eastern Book Company | 2022 |
| Conveyancing, Drafting and Pleadings | C. R. Datta / commentary | LexisNexis | 2021 |
| The Art of Conveyancing and Pleading | various | Universal / LexisNexis | 2021 |
| Drafting of Deeds and Documents | various | Taxmann / Bharat | 2022 |
| Pleadings and Conveyancing (practice readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Legal Drafting and Pleading | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Contract and Document Drafting | Lawsikho / provider | Drafting skill |
| Conveyancing and Property Documentation | provider | Conveyancing |
| Writ Petition and PIL Drafting | provider | Constitutional drafting |
| Legal Writing for Litigation | Coursera / provider | Litigation writing |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Legal-drafting certification | Lawsikho / provider | Directly reinforces the whole course; Year 4 |
| Conveyancing-and-documentation micro-credential | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| Litigation-drafting clinic / chambers placement | KLU + Bar | Real drafting under supervision; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's clinical drafting requirement; our draft–critique–redraft and portfolio build mirror best clinical practice. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~92% | Close alignment; strong hands-on drafting clinic. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; practitioner-led labs match their clinical model. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~92% | Aligned; JGLS's drafting-skills focus matched, with our linked conveyancing set as a practical strength. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high and exceeds many lecture-led offerings precisely because the course is built as a hands-on clinic: the BCI scheme's drafting-and-conveyancing exercise requirements are met directly through the draft–critique–redraft cycle and the portfolio.
This clinic is built around sustained drafting practice. The ten exercises below run across the semester, escalating from foundational documents to complex conveyancing and a portfolio review, each produced, critiqued (peer and, where possible, practitioner/retired-judge) and redrafted — directly meeting the BCI clinical drafting-and-conveyancing requirements.
| # | Exercise | Skill built |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Notice & affidavit drafting | Foundational drafting |
| 2 | Plaint drafting on a civil dispute | Civil pleading |
| 3 | Written statement with set-off/counterclaim | Civil pleading |
| 4 | Interlocutory application (injunction/amendment) | Application drafting |
| 5 | Bail & anticipatory-bail applications (BNSS) | Criminal drafting |
| 6 | Criminal complaint & quashing petition | Criminal drafting |
| 7 | Writ petition (Article 226) & PIL | Constitutional drafting |
| 8 | Sale deed & lease deed (registrable) | Conveyancing |
| 9 | Gift deed, power of attorney & will | Conveyancing |
| 10 | Portfolio review & redraft of best work | Review & polish |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Precision & completeness | 30% | Document is precise, complete and unambiguous. |
| Structure & form | 25% | Correct structure; registrable/filable form. |
| Client interest & risk | 25% | Protects the client; allocates risk soundly. |
| Response to critique | 20% | Redraft genuinely improves on the first draft. |
A drafting clinic is the natural home for legal-drafting technology; tools are used hands-on throughout.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| A drafting / document-assembly tool (e.g., a CLM or template system) | Drafting | All drafting exercises and the portfolio. |
| A document-comparison / redline tool | Review | The draft–critique–redraft cycle and document teardown. |
Semester VIII · Compulsory Clinical Paper (BCI Paper 22) · 4 Credits · 2-0-4-0 · Practical/clinic-based. A hands-on ethics-and-accounts clinic taught with practising lawyers, built on the BCI Code of Ethics, the Contempt of Courts Act, Bar–Bench relations, accountancy for lawyers, and disciplinary-committee opinions. Assessed through case-study, viva and problem-solution. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Clinical-II is the hands-on professional-responsibility clinic that prepares students for the ethical realities of practice. Following the BCI clinical scheme, it is taught in association with practising lawyers and built around real materials — the Bar Council Code of Ethics, the Advocates Act, the Contempt of Courts Act, Bar–Bench relations, accountancy for lawyers, and a body of disciplinary-committee opinions and Supreme Court judgments. It is assessed through case-study, viva and periodic problem-solution rather than rote recall.
Every module pairs the governing rules with applied ethical problem-solving: students confront realistic dilemmas — conflicts of interest, confidentiality, fees and client money, candour to the court, contempt — and must reason to a defensible professional decision. The accounting component teaches the practical handling of client funds and lawyers' accounts. By the end, a student can recognise an ethical problem, locate the governing rule, and decide and justify the right professional course.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the standards of professional conduct under the Advocates Act and the BCI Code of Ethics. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the rules of professional conduct to a realistic ethical dilemma. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a conflict-of-interest, confidentiality or fee problem and determine the proper course. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the law of contempt and the norms of Bar–Bench relations to a situation. | L3 |
| CO5 | Apply the principles of accountancy for lawyers to the handling of client money and accounts. | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a professional-responsibility dilemma and justify a defensible ethical decision. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
Rationale: PO6 (ethics) is High across every CO — this is the dedicated professional-responsibility clinic. PO8 (teamwork) and PO9 (communication) are strong (Bar–Bench relations, client dealings). PO10 (lifelong/professional ethics) High throughout. PO3/PSO1 feature in the accounting component.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The governing framework — the rules and institutions of the legal profession.
The recurring dilemmas of practice, worked as problems.
Deepening the hardest dilemmas through applied problem-solving with practitioners.
The lawyer's relationship with the court and the law of contempt.
The practical handling of money — the often-neglected, exam-and-practice-relevant accounting component.
The capstone — reasoning to and justifying a defensible professional decision.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | BCI Code of Ethics & selected disciplinary-committee opinions (illustrative) | Reference / opinions |
| 2 | Ethics Problem A — The Conflict of Interest | Ethics problem |
| 3 | Ethics Problem B — The Confidential Disclosure | Ethics problem |
| 4 | Leading contempt authorities (fair-criticism line); Bar–Bench norms | Landmark / norms |
| 5 | Accounting Problem C — The Client-Money Account | Accounting problem |
| 6 | Disciplinary-decision models for ethical reasoning (illustrative) | Model |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
The core method: students work realistic dilemmas to a defensible decision, with practitioners. Implementation: dilemma → identify duties and rules → reason to a course → defend in discussion → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue recognition | 30% | Spots the real ethical issues. |
| Rule application | 30% | Applies the Code correctly. |
| Decision | 25% | Defensible course. |
| Justification | 15% | Owns the trade-offs. |
Students analyse real disciplinary-committee opinions to extract the standard applied, building ethical judgment from authority. Implementation: opinion → extract facts, rule, holding → apply to a variant → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Comprehension | 30% | Understands the opinion. |
| Standard extraction | 35% | Identifies the rule applied. |
| Application | 20% | Applies to a variant. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Hands-on practice with client-account book-keeping and the bill of costs, building the practical accounting skill. Implementation: transactions → record correctly → reconcile → flag irregularities → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct entries and separation. |
| Rule compliance | 30% | Client-money rules observed. |
| Reconciliation | 20% | Accounts balance. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear records. |
Students defend an ethical decision under questioning, building the judgment and articulation the BCI assessment scheme rewards. Implementation: decision → viva questioning → defend and refine → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Decision soundness | 35% | Defensible position. |
| Reasoning | 30% | Clear ethical reasoning. |
| Composure | 20% | Handles questioning. |
| Articulation | 15% | Communicates well. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams build a casebook of real professional-conduct situations with the governing rule and the right course, a reusable practice guide.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 30% | Range of dilemmas. |
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct rules and outcomes. |
| Usefulness | 20% | A real practice aid. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams run a mock disciplinary hearing of an alleged misconduct, building the ethics-in-action perspective.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Rule command | 35% | Accurate professional-conduct law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Procedure | 20% | Correct disciplinary process. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
Teams reconcile a set of client-account transactions and produce a clean account, building the accounting skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct reconciliation. |
| Separation | 30% | Client/office money kept separate. |
| Completeness | 20% | All transactions handled. |
| Documentation | 15% | Clear. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Professional Ethics, Accountancy for Lawyers and Bench-Bar Relations | Kailash Rai | Central Law Publications | 2022 |
| Legal Ethics: Professional Conduct and the Bar | K. V. Krishnamurthy Iyer (Advocacy) / readings | Universal / EBC | 2021 |
| The Contempt of Courts Act — law and practice | various | LexisNexis | 2021 |
| Professional Ethics and Professional Accounting System | S. P. Gupta / readings | Eastern Book Company | 2022 |
| Accountancy for Lawyers (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Professional Ethics for Lawyers | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Legal Ethics and Professional Responsibility | Coursera / provider | Comparative ethics |
| Contempt of Court and Bar-Bench Relations | provider | Contempt/Bar-Bench |
| Accountancy for Lawyers | provider | Lawyers' accounts |
| Legal Profession and Regulation | provider | Profession context |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Professional-ethics / All India Bar Examination prep (ethics component) | BCI / provider | Reinforces the whole course; pre-enrolment |
| Lawyers'-accounts micro-credential | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| Ethics clinic / chambers placement | KLU + Bar | Real professional-responsibility exposure; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's professional-ethics clinical requirement; our practitioner-led dilemma clinic and viva mirror the BCI assessment scheme. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong applied-ethics treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; our accounts lab and disciplinary-opinion analysis add practical depth. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our casebook and mock-hearing work match their clinical model. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high and built for the BCI clinical scheme: the course is taught with practising lawyers and assessed through case-study, viva and problem-solution exactly as the scheme contemplates, with the often-neglected accountancy-for-lawyers component fully built out.
This clinic is built around applied ethical problem-solving and the BCI-mandated case-study/viva/problem-solution method. The ten exercises below run across the semester, escalating from rule-grounding to complex dilemmas, an accounts lab, and a defended ethical decision — taught, where possible, with practising lawyers.
| # | Exercise | Skill built |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Mapping duties: court, client, opponent, colleagues | Rule grounding |
| 2 | Disciplinary-opinion analysis | Reasoning from authority |
| 3 | Conflict-of-interest problem & resolution | Applied ethics |
| 4 | Confidentiality vs. candour dilemma | Applied ethics |
| 5 | Fee, lien & client-money problem | Applied ethics + accounts |
| 6 | Contempt & fair-criticism scenario | Bar–Bench relations |
| 7 | Client-account book-keeping lab | Lawyers' accounts |
| 8 | Client-account reconciliation & bill of costs | Lawyers' accounts |
| 9 | Mock disciplinary hearing | Ethics in action |
| 10 | Ethical-decision viva & defence | Judgment & articulation |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue recognition | 30% | Spots the real ethical/accounting issues. |
| Rule application | 30% | Applies the Code/accounting rules correctly. |
| Decision & justification | 25% | Reaches a defensible course and owns the trade-offs. |
| Articulation (viva) | 15% | Defends the decision clearly under questioning. |
An ethics-and-accounts clinic uses practical tools for accounts and for the responsible use of legal technology.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Spreadsheet / book-keeping tool | Accounts | The lawyers'-accounts lab and reconciliation activity. |
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Disciplinary opinions, contempt and ethics authorities. |
Semester IX · Compulsory Clinical Paper (BCI Paper 23) · 4 Credits · 2-0-4-0 · Practical/clinic-based. A hands-on ADR clinic taught through simulation and case studies, with negotiation, conciliation, mediation and arbitration skills built by practice. Statutory basis: the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 (as amended); the Mediation Act 2023. Assessed substantially on practical exercises. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Clinical-III is a hands-on ADR clinic. Following the BCI scheme, it is conducted by senior practitioners through simulation and case studies, with a significant part of the assessment in practical exercises rather than written tests. Its purpose is to make students competent negotiators, mediators and arbitration advocates — skills now central to commercial practice as litigation gives way to faster, consensual and private dispute resolution.
Every module pairs the governing framework with sustained practice: students learn negotiation theory and then negotiate; learn mediation and then mediate; learn the Arbitration and Conciliation Act and the Mediation Act 2023 and then run a mock arbitration. The arbitration component covers law and practice including institutional and international arbitration. By the end, a student can negotiate a deal, mediate a dispute, and prepare and argue an arbitration — to a practical, employable standard.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Apply negotiation theory and technique to reach a principled negotiated outcome. | L3 |
| CO2 | Apply mediation and conciliation skills to facilitate a dispute settlement. | L3 |
| CO3 | Explain and apply the framework of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996. | L3 |
| CO4 | Analyse an arbitration — agreement, tribunal, award and challenge — including institutional/international. | L4 |
| CO5 | Apply arbitration advocacy to prepare and conduct a mock arbitration. | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a dispute and select and conduct the optimal ADR process. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
Rationale: PO8 (teamwork/negotiation) and PO9 (communication) are High across every CO — ADR is fundamentally about communication and managed conflict. PO2 (core practice) High throughout. PSO1 (commercial acumen) rises with commercial arbitration. PO6 features through ADR ethics and neutrality.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundational ADR skill, learned by negotiating.
Facilitated settlement — and the new statutory mediation framework.
The legal framework of arbitration — the dominant private dispute-resolution mechanism.
Arbitration in its modern commercial and cross-border forms.
Conducting an arbitration — the applied advocacy capstone of the ADR clinic.
The capstone judgment — matching the dispute to the right process and running it.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | BALCO; leading Section 34/arbitrability authorities (illustrative) | Landmark |
| 1 | Negotiation Exercise A — The Commercial Deal | Negotiation simulation |
| 2 | Mediation Exercise B — The Family/Commercial Dispute | Mediation simulation |
| 4 | New York Convention & institutional-rules models (illustrative) | Reference |
| 5 | Arbitration Exercise C — The Mock Arbitration | Arbitration simulation |
| 6 | Med-arb / clause-drafting models (illustrative) | Model |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Repeated negotiation simulations with structured debrief, the core method for building negotiation skill. Implementation: scenario → plan → negotiate → debrief on interests/value → re-run a variant.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Preparation | 25% | Sound plan: interests, BATNA, options. |
| Process | 30% | Effective negotiation technique. |
| Outcome | 25% | Value created; principled deal. |
| Reflection | 20% | Insightful debrief. |
Students rotate mediator/counsel roles in mediations, building empathy and skill from every angle. Implementation: dispute → rotate roles → mediate → debrief on the mediator's and counsel's craft.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Mediator skill | 30% | Manages the process well. |
| Advocacy | 30% | Effective party representation. |
| Settlement | 25% | Moves toward resolution. |
| Reflection | 15% | Learns from each role. |
Sustained mock-arbitration practice conducted by practitioners, building arbitration advocacy. Implementation: dispute → pleadings → hearing → award → practitioner critique.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Preparation | 25% | Sound pleadings and case theory. |
| Advocacy | 35% | Effective arbitration advocacy. |
| Procedure | 20% | Correct arbitral procedure. |
| Professionalism | 20% | Practice conduct. |
Students draft dispute-resolution clauses and select ADR processes for scenarios, building the advisory judgment. Implementation: scenario → select process → draft the clause → debrief on fit.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Process fit | 35% | Right ADR process selected. |
| Clause quality | 30% | Sound, enforceable clause. |
| Reasoning | 20% | Justified choice. |
| Drafting | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams compete in a negotiation tournament across scenarios, building negotiation skill competitively with debriefs.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Preparation | 25% | Well-prepared. |
| Negotiation | 35% | Skilful and principled. |
| Outcomes | 25% | Strong, value-creating deals. |
| Reflection | 15% | Learns across rounds. |
Teams build an ADR toolkit (process-selection guide + model clauses + a mediation/negotiation checklist), a reusable practice asset.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | Covers the ADR processes. |
| Practical usefulness | 30% | A real adviser could use it. |
| Accuracy | 25% | Legally correct. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams run a full team mock arbitration end-to-end, building the integrated arbitration skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Preparation | 25% | Sound pleadings. |
| Advocacy | 35% | Effective. |
| Procedure | 20% | Correct. |
| Conduct | 20% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Law and Practice of Arbitration and Conciliation | O. P. Malhotra & Indu Malhotra | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Alternative Dispute Resolution | S. B. Malik / Madabhushi Sridhar | Universal / EBC | 2021 |
| Getting to Yes | Roger Fisher & William Ury | Penguin | 2011 |
| Law relating to Arbitration and Conciliation | Avtar Singh | Eastern Book Company | 2022 |
| The Mediation Act 2023 (commentary) / ADR readings | various | LexisNexis / open | 2024 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Alternative Dispute Resolution | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Negotiation (Successful Negotiation) | Coursera — Michigan | Negotiation skill |
| Mediation and Conflict Resolution | provider | Mediation |
| International Commercial Arbitration | provider | International arbitration |
| Arbitration Law and Practice | SWAYAM / provider | Arbitration |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Mediation / negotiation certification | provider / institutional | Reinforces CO1–CO2; Year 5 |
| Arbitration certification (CIArb-style) | CIArb / institutional | Supports CO3–CO5; strong value-add |
| ADR clinic / institutional placement | KLU + arbitral institution | Real ADR exposure; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's ADR clinical requirement; our simulation-led negotiation/mediation/arbitration cycle mirrors best clinical practice. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~92% | Close alignment; strong arbitration component. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; our Mediation-Act-2023 currency is a timely strength. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~92% | Aligned; JGLS's strong ADR/arbitration focus matched, with our practitioner-led mock arbitration as a practical strength. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high and built for the BCI clinical scheme: conducted by senior practitioners through simulation and case studies with substantial practical assessment, and current to the Mediation Act 2023 and recent arbitration amendments. International-arbitration depth is available in the international-pathway optionals.
This clinic is built around sustained ADR practice. The ten exercises below run across the semester, escalating from negotiation to mediation to a full mock arbitration, conducted — as the BCI scheme contemplates — by senior practitioners through simulation and case study, with substantial practical assessment.
| # | Exercise | Skill built |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Negotiation plan & distributive negotiation | Negotiation foundations |
| 2 | Integrative (principled) negotiation simulation | Value-creating negotiation |
| 3 | Mediation as mediator | Mediation craft |
| 4 | Mediation as counsel; settlement agreement (Mediation Act 2023) | Mediation advocacy |
| 5 | Arbitration-agreement & clause drafting | Arbitration law |
| 6 | Statement of claim & defence in arbitration | Arbitration pleading |
| 7 | Procedural & interlocutory application in arbitration | Arbitration procedure |
| 8 | Mock arbitration hearing — advocacy & evidence | Arbitration advocacy |
| 9 | Award rendering & challenge/enforcement analysis | Award & enforcement |
| 10 | Process-selection & med-arb hybrid exercise | ADR judgment |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Preparation | 25% | Sound plan: interests, BATNA, case theory. |
| Process skill | 35% | Effective negotiation/mediation/arbitration technique. |
| Outcome | 25% | Value created; principled, workable result. |
| Reflection & ethics | 15% | Insightful debrief; neutral and ethical conduct. |
An ADR clinic uses practical tools for online dispute resolution, drafting and case management.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| A virtual-hearing / ODR platform (or simulation) | ADR conduct | Online mediation/arbitration simulations and hearings. |
| A drafting tool | Drafting | Arbitration clauses, pleadings and settlement agreements. |
Semester X · Compulsory Clinical Paper (BCI Paper 24) · 4 Credits · 0-0-6-0 · Practical/clinic-based capstone. The BCI four-component clinical paper: moot court, observance of trial (civil + criminal), interviewing/pre-trial/internship diary, and viva. The advocacy capstone of the degree, run alongside the full-semester internship. Assessed substantially on practical performance. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal.
Clinical-IV is the advocacy-and-experiential capstone of the LL.B., built directly on the BCI four-component scheme: moot court, observance of trials, interviewing/pre-trial preparation and the internship diary, and a viva. Placed in the final, practice-oriented semester alongside the full-semester internship, it converts everything the student has learned into courtroom and client-facing competence.
The course is almost entirely hands-on. Students argue multiple moots on assigned problems; observe real civil and criminal trials and maintain a structured court-observation record; conduct client interviews and pre-trial preparation at a lawyer's or legal-aid office and keep an internship diary; and defend the whole body of work in a viva. The four components are assessed as the BCI scheme prescribes (moot, trial observation, interviewing/internship diary, and viva). By the end, a student is courtroom-ready.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Construct and deliver an oral moot-court argument on an assigned problem. | L5 |
| CO2 | Draft moot memorials and a list of authorities for both sides of a problem. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a real trial through structured observation, recording the procedural steps. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply client-interviewing and pre-trial-preparation skills and maintain an internship diary. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the work of an advocate's/legal-aid office through the internship. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate and defend the body of practical work in a viva, integrating the degree's learning. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
Rationale: PO8 (teamwork/leadership) and PO9 (communication) are High across every CO — this is the advocacy-and-client capstone. PO1/PO2 High throughout (integrating substance and procedure). PO10 (professional readiness) High. PSO2 rises with memorial drafting.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
Preparing to moot — research, memorials and case theory.
Arguing the moot — the core oral-advocacy capstone.
Learning the courtroom by watching it — the BCI trial-observation component.
Client-facing and case-building skills — the BCI interviewing/pre-trial component.
The full-semester internship — analysing real legal work, recorded in the diary.
The capstone assessment — defending the whole body of practical work and integrating the degree.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Assigned moot problems (petitioner & respondent) (illustrative) | Moot problem |
| 2 | Moot Exercise A — The Graded Moot | Moot exercise |
| 3 | Trial-Observation Exercise B — Civil & Criminal Trials | Observation exercise |
| 4 | Interviewing Exercise C — The Client Interview & Pre-Trial | Skills exercise |
| 5 | Internship-diary models (prescribed form) (illustrative) | Model |
| 6 | Viva models & portfolio (illustrative) | Model |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
The core method: students moot repeatedly with feedback, the only way advocacy is truly built. Implementation: problem → memorials → moot before a bench → structured feedback → re-moot a stronger version.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Knowledge of law | 30% | Accurate, current authority marshalled. |
| Oral advocacy | 30% | Clear, persuasive, structured. |
| Bench handling | 25% | Responsive and composed. |
| Improvement | 15% | Visibly improves across rounds. |
Students observe real trials against a structured observation framework, building courtroom literacy. Implementation: trial attended → record steps and advocacy against a framework → connect to procedure → reflect.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | Captures the procedural steps. |
| Accuracy | 30% | Correctly identifies what occurred. |
| Connection | 25% | Links observation to procedure. |
| Reflection | 15% | Insightful. |
Students practise and observe client interviewing and pre-trial work, building client-facing skill. Implementation: interview observed/conducted → recorded → critique on technique and ethics → reflect.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Technique | 30% | Sound interviewing technique. |
| Fact-elicitation | 30% | Gets the relevant facts. |
| Ethics | 25% | Appropriate client handling. |
| Recording | 15% | Diary maintained well. |
Students prepare and defend the portfolio in a viva, the integrative capstone assessment. Implementation: assemble portfolio → mock viva → defend and refine → final viva.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Integration | 30% | Connects substance, procedure, skills. |
| Defence | 30% | Defends the work under questioning. |
| Judgment | 25% | Shows professional judgment. |
| Articulation | 15% | Communicates well. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Students compete in an intra-class moot competition, building advocacy competitively with structured feedback.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Memorials | 25% | Sound written submissions. |
| Oral advocacy | 35% | Persuasive. |
| Bench handling | 25% | Responsive. |
| Improvement | 15% | Learns across rounds. |
Students maintain a rich court-observation journal across multiple trials, building reflective courtroom literacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 30% | Civil and criminal trials observed. |
| Detail | 30% | Captures procedure accurately. |
| Reflection | 25% | Connects to learning. |
| Presentation | 15% | Well-organised. |
Students assemble the internship diary and portfolio of practical work for the viva, the capstone deliverable.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | All components present. |
| Quality of work | 30% | Professional-standard. |
| Reflection | 25% | Insightful analysis. |
| Presentation | 15% | Polished. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Moot Court, Pre-Trial Preparations and Participation in Trial Proceedings | Kailash Rai | Central Law Publications | 2022 |
| The Art of Advocacy / Advocacy | K. V. Krishnamurthy Iyer / readings | Universal / EBC | 2021 |
| Trial Advocacy: Principles and Practice | various | LexisNexis | 2021 |
| Moot Courts and Mooting (practice readings) | various | EBC / open | 2022 |
| Interviewing and Counselling (clinical readings) | various | open / EBC | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Moot Court and Advocacy Skills | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Trial Advocacy | provider | Trial skills |
| Legal Interviewing and Counselling | provider | Client skills |
| Introduction to Advocacy | Coursera / provider | Oral advocacy |
| Clinical Legal Education | SWAYAM / provider | Experiential learning |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| All India Bar Examination preparation | BCI / provider | Direct readiness for enrolment; final year |
| Trial-advocacy / mooting certification | provider / institutional | Reinforces CO1/CO3; strong value-add |
| Internship completion & chambers placement | KLU + Bar/judiciary | The experiential capstone; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's clinical-IV scheme exactly (moot, trial observation, interviewing/internship, viva); our repeated-graded-mooting method mirrors top moot programmes. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~92% | Close alignment; strong moot and internship culture. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; our integrated viva-and-portfolio defence matches their capstone approach. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~92% | Aligned; JGLS's advocacy and internship emphasis matched, with our structured court observation as a practical strength. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high and follows the BCI four-component clinical scheme precisely. The course is almost entirely practical — moot, trial observation, interviewing/internship diary and viva — and runs alongside the final-semester full internship, exactly as the experiential capstone is intended to.
This capstone is built entirely around practice, following the BCI four-component scheme (moot court, trial observation, interviewing/pre-trial/internship diary, and viva). The ten exercises below run across the final semester alongside the full-semester internship, with assessment substantially on practical performance.
| # | Exercise | Skill built |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Moot problem analysis & issue framing | Moot preparation |
| 2 | Memorial drafting — petitioner | Written advocacy |
| 3 | Memorial drafting — respondent | Written advocacy |
| 4 | Graded moot — preliminary round | Oral advocacy |
| 5 | Graded moot — final round | Oral advocacy under pressure |
| 6 | Civil-trial observation & record | Courtroom literacy |
| 7 | Criminal-trial observation & record | Courtroom literacy |
| 8 | Client interview & pre-trial preparation | Client skills |
| 9 | Internship diary & office analysis | Experiential learning |
| 10 | Portfolio viva & integrative defence | Capstone assessment |
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Moot court | 30% | Memorials and oral advocacy: accurate law, persuasive, composed before the bench. |
| Trial observation | 20% | Thorough, accurate, reflective court-observation record. |
| Interviewing & internship diary | 30% | Sound client skills; diary maintained to the prescribed form. |
| Viva | 20% | Defends the portfolio, integrating substance, procedure and skills. |
The advocacy capstone uses tools for virtual hearings, research and case preparation, mirroring modern practice.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| A virtual-hearing / e-court platform (or simulation) | Advocacy / courtroom | Virtual moots and observation of e-proceedings. |
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research database | Memorial research and authority-gathering. |
BBA Foundation Paper · 4 Credits · 3-1-0-0 · Theory + applied problems. The economic-reasoning foundation of the management stream, tuned for the BBA-LLB student who will apply it to competition law, regulation and commercial strategy. Benchmarked against leading BBA/BBA-LLB programmes (NMIMS, Christ, Symbiosis) and standard managerial-economics curricula.
Managerial Economics applies economic theory and analytical tools to managerial decision-making — how firms decide what to produce, how to price, and how to compete under scarcity and uncertainty. For the BBA-LLB student it is doubly valuable: it is the analytical spine of the management degree, and it underpins the legal subjects where economics is decisive — competition law, regulation, taxation policy and the economic analysis of law.
The course is applied, not abstract. Students learn demand and supply analysis, production and cost theory, the behaviour of firms across market structures, and the macroeconomic environment within which businesses operate — always through managerial problems and real markets. Throughout, the economics is connected to the legal and regulatory questions the integrated programme will later examine, so the student sees economics as a lawyer's tool as well as a manager's.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the economic way of thinking and apply it to a managerial decision. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply demand, supply and elasticity analysis to pricing and demand forecasting. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse production and cost relationships to inform operating decisions. | L4 |
| CO4 | Analyse firm behaviour and outcomes across different market structures. | L4 |
| CO5 | Explain the macroeconomic environment and its effect on business decisions. | L2 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a managerial problem using economic analysis and recommend a decision. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO5 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) are High across every CO — this is a core management foundation. PO1 (reasoning) High throughout (economic analysis is rigorous reasoning). The competition-law/regulation links lift PO1/PO3 at CO4 and CO6.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundational mindset — scarcity, choice, margins and incentives.
The core analytical engine — how prices and quantities are determined and respond.
The firm's technology and costs — the basis of operating and pricing decisions.
How firms behave and markets perform — the bridge to competition law.
The economy-wide context within which every business operates.
The capstone — using economics to make and defend a managerial decision.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Case A — The Pricing Decision (Elasticity) | Management case |
| 3 | Case B — The Make-or-Buy / Shutdown Decision | Management case |
| 4 | Illustrative market-power / competition example | Applied example |
| 4 | Case C — Competing in an Oligopoly | Management case |
| 5 | Illustrative macro-shock business case | Applied example |
| 6 | Integrated decision example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work managerial problems using economic tools, building applied reasoning. Implementation: problem → choose the tool (elasticity/cost/structure) → analyse → recommend → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Tool selection | 30% | Right economic tool chosen. |
| Analysis | 35% | Correct application. |
| Recommendation | 20% | Defensible decision. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students classify real industries by market structure and predict firm behaviour, building structural insight. Implementation: industries → classify → predict pricing/behaviour → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Classification | 35% | Correct structure identified. |
| Prediction | 30% | Sound behaviour prediction. |
| Evidence | 20% | Grounded in real data. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students run a pricing simulation under different demand/competition conditions, building pricing judgment. Implementation: scenario → set price → observe outcome → iterate → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Strategy | 35% | Economically sound pricing. |
| Adaptation | 30% | Responds to outcomes. |
| Profitability | 20% | Achieves good results. |
| Reflection | 15% | Learns from iteration. |
Students brief the economics behind a legal/regulatory issue (e.g., a competition case), building the integrated perspective. Implementation: issue → identify the economics → brief it for a lawyer → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Economic accuracy | 35% | Correct economics. |
| Legal relevance | 30% | Connects to the legal issue. |
| Clarity | 20% | Accessible to a lawyer. |
| Insight | 15% | Adds value. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams gather real price/quantity data for a product and estimate and present its elasticity, building applied demand analysis.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Data | 30% | Sound data gathered. |
| Analysis | 35% | Correct elasticity work. |
| Insight | 20% | Useful pricing insight. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams analyse an Indian industry's market structure and competitive behaviour and report, building structural analysis.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Classification | 30% | Correct structure. |
| Behaviour analysis | 35% | Sound. |
| Evidence | 20% | Well-researched. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams brief a current macroeconomic development and its business impact, building macro literacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct macro understanding. |
| Business link | 30% | Connects to business impact. |
| Currency | 20% | Current and relevant. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Managerial Economics | Dominick Salvatore | Oxford Univ. Press | 2019 |
| Managerial Economics | Craig Petersen, Cris Lewis & Sudhir Jain | Pearson | 2018 |
| Managerial Economics: Analysis, Problems, Cases | P. L. Mehta | Sultan Chand | 2020 |
| Economics | Paul Samuelson & William Nordhaus | McGraw-Hill | 2010 |
| Managerial Economics (readings) | various | open / OUP | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Managerial Economics | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Microeconomics Principles | Coursera — UC Irvine | Micro foundations |
| Economics of Money and Banking | Coursera / provider | Macro/money |
| Game Theory | Coursera — Stanford | Oligopoly/strategy |
| Economics for Managers | provider | Applied managerial economics |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Business-economics / financial-modelling micro-credential | provider | Reinforces CO2–CO3; Year 1–2 |
| Data-analysis for business (basic) | provider | Supports demand/forecasting; optional |
| Competition-economics primer | provider | Strong BBA-LLB synergy; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NMIMS BBA | ~90% | Matches the managerial-economics core; our competition-law/regulation links suit the integrated degree. |
| Christ University BBA | ~90% | Close alignment on micro, cost and market structures. |
| Symbiosis BBA | ~88% | Strong overlap; our econ-meets-law thread is a distinctive BBA-LLB strength. |
| Standard managerial-economics curricula | ~90% | Aligned with the established Salvatore/Petersen syllabus, with macro context and legal application added. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a foundation paper. Advanced econometrics is deferred to the data courses; this paper builds the economic reasoning every manager and — distinctively — every commercial lawyer needs, with deliberate bridges to competition law, regulation and the economic analysis of law.
Applied economics uses spreadsheets and data tools for analysis and forecasting.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Spreadsheet (Excel / Sheets) | Analysis | Elasticity, cost, break-even and forecasting work. |
| A data/charting tool | Visualisation | Industry-structure and macro-watch reporting. |
BBA Foundation Paper (F3) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Theory + practical accounting. The accounting foundation of the management stream, doubly valuable for the BBA-LLB student through its links to company law, taxation, insolvency and forensic/financial evidence. Benchmarked against leading BBA programmes and the accounting standards framework (Ind AS).
Financial Accounting & Reporting teaches the language of business — how transactions are recorded, summarised into financial statements, and reported to stakeholders under the governing standards. For the BBA-LLB student it is foundational twice over: it is the accounting base of the management degree, and it underpins company law (accounts and audit), taxation (the tax base), insolvency (financial distress) and litigation (financial and forensic evidence).
The course is hands-on. Students learn the accounting cycle from transaction to trial balance to financial statements, the framework of accounting standards (Ind AS) and the principles behind them, and how to read and analyse a set of financial statements. The practical component has students actually prepare and interpret accounts. Throughout, the accounting is connected to the legal contexts — the statutory accounts a company must keep, the financial story behind a dispute — that make it indispensable for a commercial lawyer.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the accounting framework, concepts, conventions and the double-entry system. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the accounting cycle to record transactions through to the trial balance. | L3 |
| CO3 | Prepare financial statements (balance sheet, P&L, cash flow) under the Ind AS framework. | L3 |
| CO4 | Analyse and interpret a set of financial statements using ratio and trend analysis. | L4 |
| CO5 | Analyse the link between financial reporting and the legal context (company law, tax, evidence). | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate the financial position of an entity and communicate the findings. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) High across every CO; PSO2 (technical fluency) rises with practical preparation and accounting software. The company-law/tax/evidence links lift PO2/PO6 at CO5. A core, highly applied foundation.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundations — why accounting exists, its concepts, and the double-entry logic.
From transaction to trial balance — the mechanics, learned by doing.
Building the statements stakeholders actually read.
Reading the story the numbers tell — the analyst's and the lawyer's skill.
Where accounting meets law — the distinctive BBA-LLB value.
The capstone — evaluating and communicating an entity's financial position.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Exercise A — From Transactions to Trial Balance | Accounting exercise |
| 3 | Exercise B — Preparing the Financial Statements | Accounting exercise |
| 4 | Case C — Reading the Annual Report (Ratio Analysis) | Analysis case |
| 5 | Illustrative financial-evidence example | Applied example |
| 4 | Illustrative red-flag / restatement example | Applied example |
| 6 | Integrated financial-assessment example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Hands-on practice sets through the accounting cycle, the only way accounting is learned. Implementation: transaction set → journalise/post/adjust/prepare → self-check against the answer → debrief on errors.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 40% | Entries and statements correct. |
| Method | 30% | Correct accounting treatment. |
| Completeness | 20% | All steps done. |
| Neatness | 10% | Clear working. |
Students dissect a real annual report for its financial story and red flags, building analytical depth. Implementation: report → ratios, trends, cash flow → red flags → present a verdict.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 35% | Sound ratio/trend/cash analysis. |
| Red-flag detection | 30% | Finds real concerns. |
| Verdict | 20% | Defensible. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear for non-accountants. |
Students trace how a set of accounts feeds a legal context (tax base, audit, distress), building the integrated perspective. Implementation: accounts → identify the legal touchpoints → brief them → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accounting accuracy | 35% | Correct accounting. |
| Legal link | 30% | Connects to law correctly. |
| Insight | 20% | Adds value. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students build a simple, transparent financial model/statement template, building practical tech fluency. Implementation: data → build the model → test → document assumptions.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Correctness | 35% | Model is correct. |
| Usability | 25% | Clear, usable. |
| Testing | 25% | Validated. |
| Documentation | 15% | Assumptions stated. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams race through a transaction set to a trial balance, building speed and accuracy in the cycle.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 40% | Correct entries and balance. |
| Speed | 25% | Efficient. |
| Method | 20% | Correct treatment. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
Teams analyse a listed company's accounts and present a financial-health verdict, building the analyst skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 35% | Sound. |
| Red flags | 25% | Identified. |
| Verdict | 25% | Defensible. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams examine a manipulated set of accounts to spot the manipulation, building the forensic/evidence link.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Detection | 40% | Finds the manipulation. |
| Analysis | 30% | Explains how. |
| Legal link | 15% | Connects to fraud/evidence. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Financial Accounting | S. N. Maheshwari, Suneel & Sharad Maheshwari | Vikas | 2021 |
| Financial Accounting for Management | Ambrish Gupta | Pearson | 2018 |
| Financial Accounting | R. Narayanaswamy | PHI Learning | 2022 |
| Accounting Standards (Ind AS) — study material | ICAI | ICAI | 2024 |
| Financial Statement Analysis | various | McGraw-Hill / open | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Financial Accounting | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Introduction to Financial Accounting | Coursera — Wharton | Foundations |
| Financial Statement Analysis | Coursera / provider | Analysis |
| Accounting Standards / Ind AS | provider | Ind AS |
| Forensic Accounting (intro) | provider | Forensic/evidence link |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Financial-accounting / Tally / accounting-software certification | provider / Tally | Reinforces CO2–CO3; Year 1–2 |
| Financial-modelling micro-credential | provider | Supports CO4/CO6; optional |
| Forensic-accounting primer | provider | Strong BBA-LLB synergy; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NMIMS BBA | ~92% | Matches the financial-accounting core; our company-law/tax/evidence links suit the integrated degree. |
| Christ University BBA | ~90% | Close alignment on the cycle, statements and analysis. |
| Symbiosis BBA | ~90% | Strong overlap; our forensic/evidence thread is a distinctive BBA-LLB strength. |
| Ind AS / ICAI-aligned curricula | ~88% | Aligned with the standards framework at a foundation level; advanced standards are for specialist study. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a foundation paper. Advanced and consolidated accounting and the full suite of Ind AS are for specialist accounting study; this paper builds the accounting literacy every manager needs and the financial-statement fluency that makes a commercial lawyer effective in company-law, tax, insolvency and financial-evidence matters.
Accounting is a hands-on, tool-based subject; software and spreadsheets are used throughout.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Accounting software (e.g., Tally) + spreadsheet | Accounting / analysis | The accounting-cycle and statement-preparation practice. |
| Spreadsheet (Excel / Sheets) | Modelling / analysis | Ratio analysis and the financial-modelling build. |
BBA Foundation Paper (F7) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Theory + applied/behavioural exercises. The people-and-organisations foundation of the management stream, directly relevant to the BBA-LLB student through teamwork, leadership, negotiation and the management of legal teams and firms (PO8). Benchmarked against leading BBA programmes and standard OB curricula (Robbins).
Organisational Behaviour & People Analytics studies how individuals and groups behave within organisations, and how that behaviour can be understood and managed to make organisations effective. It is the human core of management — covering motivation, perception, personality, group dynamics, leadership, communication, conflict and organisational culture and change. For the BBA-LLB student it builds directly on PO8 (case management and teamwork) and prepares them to lead legal teams, manage law firms and work within multidisciplinary environments.
The course is applied and experiential. Students learn the major OB theories and then apply them through self-assessment, behavioural exercises, group simulations and cases — because OB is learned as much by reflecting on one's own and others' behaviour as by studying theory. Throughout, the material is connected to the legal-professional context: leading a chambers, managing a case team, negotiating, and navigating the culture of legal organisations.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain individual-level OB concepts (personality, perception, attitudes, motivation). | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply motivation and individual-behaviour theories to a workplace situation. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse group and team dynamics and recommend ways to improve team effectiveness. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply leadership, communication and conflict-management concepts to a scenario. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse organisational culture, structure and change in an organisation. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an organisational-behaviour problem and recommend an evidence-based intervention. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 |
| CO3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO4 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO5 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
Rationale: PO8 (teamwork/leadership) and PO9 (communication) are High across every CO — OB is the foundation for leading legal teams and firms. PO3 (business management) High throughout. PO10 (lifelong learning, self-awareness) features through the reflective/self-assessment work.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The starting point — understanding the individual within the organisation.
Why people do what they do at work — and how to influence it.
How groups form, function and can be made effective — central to case-team management.
Leading and connecting people, and managing the friction between them.
The organisation as a whole — its culture, design and capacity to change.
The capstone — diagnosing an OB problem and designing an intervention.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Case A — The Demotivated Team | Management case |
| 3 | Case B — The Dysfunctional Project Team | Management case |
| 4 | Illustrative leadership/conflict scenario | Applied example |
| 5 | Case C — Leading Cultural Change | Management case |
| 1 | Self-assessment instruments (illustrative) | Reflective tool |
| 6 | Integrated OB-intervention example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students complete validated self-assessments (personality, EI, conflict style) and reflect, building the self-awareness OB requires. Implementation: instruments → score → reflect on implications → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Engagement | 25% | Honest, thorough completion. |
| Insight | 35% | Genuine self-insight. |
| Application | 25% | Links to own behaviour. |
| Reflection | 15% | Thoughtful. |
Students run group/leadership simulations and debrief on the behaviour observed, building applied OB. Implementation: simulation → behave/observe → structured debrief → extract lessons.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Participation | 25% | Full engagement. |
| Behaviour insight | 35% | Sees the dynamics. |
| Application | 25% | Connects to theory. |
| Reflection | 15% | Insightful. |
Students diagnose OB cases and recommend interventions, building the core skill. Implementation: case → diagnose with theory → recommend intervention → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Diagnosis | 35% | Correct, theory-grounded. |
| Intervention | 30% | Realistic and effective. |
| Theory use | 20% | Right theories applied. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Students work in a real team across the course, periodically diagnosing and improving their own team using OB tools. Implementation: team task → periodic OB self-diagnosis → intervention → reflect on team growth.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Team performance | 30% | Team functions well. |
| Self-diagnosis | 30% | Honest OB analysis of own team. |
| Improvement | 25% | Acts to improve. |
| Reflection | 15% | Insightful. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Each student builds a leadership/behavioural self-profile from assessments and reflects on development, building self-awareness.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | Full profile. |
| Insight | 35% | Genuine self-insight. |
| Development plan | 20% | Realistic. |
| Reflection | 15% | Thoughtful. |
Teams observe and analyse a group's dynamics (their own or a simulation) and present the OB at work.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Observation | 30% | Captures the dynamics. |
| Analysis | 35% | Sound OB analysis. |
| Insight | 20% | Useful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams pitch a change-management plan for an organisation (e.g., a law firm adopting legal tech), building applied change skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Diagnosis | 30% | Sound culture/resistance read. |
| Plan | 35% | Realistic change plan. |
| Persuasion | 20% | Compelling pitch. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Organizational Behavior | Stephen P. Robbins & Timothy A. Judge | Pearson | 2022 |
| Organisational Behaviour & People Analytics | Fred Luthans | McGraw-Hill | 2017 |
| Organisational Behaviour & People Analytics | K. Aswathappa | Himalaya | 2021 |
| Understanding Organizational Behaviour | Udai Pareek & Sushama Khanna | Oxford Univ. Press | 2016 |
| Organizational Behaviour (readings) | various | open / Pearson | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Organisational Behaviour & People Analytics | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Leading People and Teams | Coursera — Michigan | Leadership/teams |
| Inspiring and Motivating Individuals | Coursera — Michigan | Motivation |
| Organizational Behavior (IIM/SWAYAM) | SWAYAM | Comprehensive OB |
| Managing Conflict and Negotiation | provider | Conflict/negotiation |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Leadership / people-management micro-credential | provider | Reinforces CO4; Year 1–2 |
| Emotional-intelligence / team-effectiveness certificate | provider | Supports CO1/CO3; optional |
| Change-management foundation | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NMIMS BBA | ~90% | Matches the OB core; our legal-organisation applications suit the integrated degree. |
| Christ University BBA | ~90% | Close alignment on individual, group and organisational OB. |
| Symbiosis BBA | ~90% | Strong overlap; our case-team and law-firm-leadership thread is a distinctive BBA-LLB strength. |
| Standard OB (Robbins) curricula | ~92% | Aligned with the established OB syllabus, with experiential and legal-professional application added. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a foundation paper. The course is deliberately experiential — self-assessment, simulation and a team-effectiveness project — because OB is best learned by reflective practice, and it is connected throughout to leading legal teams and organisations (PO8).
OB uses assessment instruments and collaboration tools, with a connection to people-analytics.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Online OB/EI assessment instruments | Assessment | Self-profiles and the reflective work. |
| A collaboration / team tool | Teamwork | The team-effectiveness project and simulations. |
BBA Foundation Paper (F6) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Theory + cases. The orientation paper of the management stream: the principles and functions of management and the environment in which business operates. Highly synergistic with the BBA-LLB student's study of corporate, competition, economic and regulatory law. Benchmarked against leading BBA programmes and standard management-principles curricula (Koontz, Robbins).
This foundation paper does two things: it introduces the principles and functions of management — the perspectives that frame the whole management degree — and it maps the business environment (economic, political-legal, social, technological, global) within which firms operate. For the BBA-LLB student it is the natural orientation course, and its environmental dimension connects directly to the economic, regulatory, competition and corporate law they will study.
The course is principles-and-cases based. Students learn the evolution of management thought and the core functions (planning, organising, staffing, directing, controlling), then the components of the business environment and the tools to analyse it (PESTEL, SWOT, Porter). Throughout, the environment is read through a legal-and-regulatory lens — because for the integrated student, the political-legal environment is not background but a subject they will master.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the nature, evolution and principles of management. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the functions of management (planning, organising, staffing, directing, controlling) to a situation. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the components of the business environment affecting a firm. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply environment-analysis tools (PESTEL, SWOT, Five Forces) to a business. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the political-legal and regulatory environment and its impact on a business decision. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a business situation in its environment and recommend a managerial response. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) High across every CO — this is the management-orientation paper. PO7 (societal/environmental concern) and PO5 rise at CO5 (the regulatory environment). The political-legal-environment focus is a distinctive BBA-LLB strength.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
What management is and how the discipline developed.
The core managerial process — the functions every manager performs.
The forces outside the firm that shape what it can do.
The toolkit for reading the environment systematically.
The dimension that matters most to the integrated student — business and the state.
The capstone — reading a business in its environment and recommending a response.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Case A — Applying the Management Functions | Management case |
| 4 | Case B — PESTEL/Five-Forces Analysis of an Industry | Analysis case |
| 5 | Case C — Navigating a Regulatory Change | Management case |
| 3 | Illustrative environment-scan example | Applied example |
| 1 | Evolution-of-thought timeline (illustrative) | Reference |
| 6 | Integrated environment-response example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students apply the functions to organisational problems, building managerial reasoning. Implementation: scenario → identify the failing functions → recommend → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Diagnosis | 30% | Correct functional diagnosis. |
| Recommendation | 35% | Sound managerial fix. |
| Theory use | 20% | Right principles. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students scan a firm's environment with the tools, building the core analysis skill. Implementation: firm → PESTEL/SWOT/Five Forces → key findings → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Tool application | 35% | Correct, thorough analysis. |
| Insight | 30% | Identifies what matters. |
| Evidence | 20% | Well-grounded. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students brief the business impact of a regulation, building the management-law integration. Implementation: regulation → impact analysis → managerial response → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Regulatory grasp | 35% | Understands the regulation. |
| Impact analysis | 30% | Sound business impact. |
| Response | 20% | Practical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students analyse a real business's environment and recommend a strategic response across the course. Implementation: firm chosen → environment analysis → strategic recommendation → defend.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 30% | Rigorous environment analysis. |
| Strategy | 30% | Sound, justified response. |
| Integration | 25% | Connects environment to strategy and law. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams interview or shadow a practising manager and map the functions and roles in action, grounding theory in practice.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Insight | 35% | Real managerial insight. |
| Functions mapped | 30% | Connects to theory. |
| Reflection | 20% | Thoughtful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams produce a PESTEL + Five-Forces report on an industry and present the strategic implications.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 35% | Sound. |
| Completeness | 25% | Both tools applied well. |
| Implications | 25% | Strategic and useful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams brief a current regulatory development and its business impact, building the management-law watch skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct on the regulation. |
| Impact | 30% | Sound business impact. |
| Currency | 20% | Current. |
| Presentation | 15% | Confident. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Essentials of Management | Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich | McGraw-Hill | 2020 |
| Management | Stephen P. Robbins & Mary Coulter | Pearson | 2021 |
| Business Environment: Text and Cases | Francis Cherunilam | Himalaya | 2021 |
| Principles of Management | P. C. Tripathi & P. N. Reddy | McGraw-Hill | 2019 |
| Business Environment (readings) | various | open / Pearson | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Principles of Management | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Foundations of Management | Coursera / provider | Functions of management |
| Business Environment | SWAYAM | Environment |
| Strategic Analysis Tools (PESTEL/Porter) | provider | Analysis tools |
| Business and Government | provider | Regulatory environment |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Management-foundations micro-credential | provider | Reinforces CO1–CO2; Year 1 |
| Business-analysis (PESTEL/SWOT/Porter) certificate | provider | Supports CO4; optional |
| Business-and-regulation primer | provider | Strong BBA-LLB synergy; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NMIMS BBA | ~90% | Matches the management-principles-and-environment core; our regulatory-environment depth suits the integrated degree. |
| Christ University BBA | ~90% | Close alignment on functions, environment and analysis tools. |
| Symbiosis BBA | ~88% | Strong overlap; our political-legal-environment thread is a distinctive BBA-LLB strength. |
| Standard management-principles curricula | ~92% | Aligned with the established Koontz/Robbins syllabus, with regulatory and legal application added. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for an orientation paper. It frames the whole management stream and deliberately develops the political-legal and regulatory environment in depth, which is where the management degree and the law degree most naturally meet for the BBA-LLB student.
Environment analysis uses research, data and visualisation tools.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Research + data tools | Analysis | Environment scanning and industry reports. |
| A visualisation / presentation tool | Communication | Presenting PESTEL/Five-Forces analyses. |
BBA Elective/Core Paper (E1) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Theory + applied financial modelling. The corporate-finance foundation of the management stream, doubly valuable for the BBA-LLB student through its links to company law, M&A, securities, insolvency and valuation in litigation. Benchmarked against leading BBA programmes and standard corporate-finance curricula (Brealey-Myers, Damodaran).
Corporate Finance is about how firms raise capital, choose investments, and create value for their providers of capital. It teaches the three central decisions of financial management — investment, financing and dividend — and the analytical tools (time value of money, valuation, cost of capital, risk-return) that underpin them. For the BBA-LLB student it is foundational twice over: it is the financial core of the management degree, and it underpins company law, M&A, securities regulation, insolvency, and the valuation questions that arise constantly in commercial litigation.
The course is applied and quantitative. Students learn the time value of money and discounting, capital budgeting (NPV, IRR), the cost of capital and capital structure, working-capital management, and the basics of valuation — building and using simple financial models throughout. The material is connected to the legal contexts where finance is decisive: the company's capital decisions, the price in an M&A deal, the value of a claim, the waterfall in an insolvency.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the goals of financial management and apply the time value of money. | L3 |
| CO2 | Apply capital-budgeting techniques (NPV, IRR, payback) to an investment decision. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the cost of capital and the capital-structure decision for a firm. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply working-capital and dividend-policy concepts to a firm's situation. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the valuation of a firm or project and the financing of a transaction. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a corporate-finance decision and recommend a value-maximising course. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) High across every CO; PSO2 (technical/modelling fluency) High through the financial-modelling work. The company-law/M&A/insolvency links make this a high-value paper for the BBA-LLB student.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundations — the goal of finance and its single most important tool.
The investment decision — choosing which projects create value.
The financing decision — what capital costs and how to mix it.
The day-to-day and the payout — managing liquidity and returns to shareholders.
Putting a number on value — and the finance behind deals.
The capstone — making and defending a value-maximising financial decision.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Case A — The Capital-Budgeting Decision (NPV vs. IRR) | Finance case |
| 3 | Case B — The Capital-Structure Choice | Finance case |
| 5 | Case C — Valuing the Target (DCF) | Valuation case |
| 4 | Illustrative working-capital example | Applied example |
| 1 | Time-value-of-money practice set (illustrative) | Practice |
| 6 | Integrated financial-decision example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work corporate-finance problems to a decision, building applied financial reasoning. Implementation: problem → choose the tool (NPV/WACC/valuation) → compute → recommend → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Tool selection | 30% | Right technique chosen. |
| Computation | 35% | Correct figures. |
| Decision | 20% | Value-maximising. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students build transparent financial models (capital budgeting, valuation), building practical modelling fluency. Implementation: data → build model → test → document → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Correctness | 35% | Model is correct. |
| Usability | 25% | Clear, well-structured. |
| Testing | 25% | Validated/sensitised. |
| Documentation | 15% | Assumptions stated. |
Students value firms/projects with DCF and multiples, building the valuation skill. Implementation: target → DCF + multiples → value range → debrief on drivers.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct valuation method. |
| Assumptions | 30% | Reasonable, justified. |
| Range | 20% | Sensible value range. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Students brief the finance behind a legal issue (M&A price, insolvency waterfall, claim valuation), building the integrated perspective. Implementation: issue → identify the finance → brief for a lawyer → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Financial accuracy | 35% | Correct finance. |
| Legal relevance | 30% | Connects to the legal issue. |
| Clarity | 20% | Accessible to a lawyer. |
| Insight | 15% | Adds value. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams build and test a capital-budgeting model on a real(istic) project and recommend a decision.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Correctness | 35% | Model correct. |
| Analysis | 30% | Sound appraisal. |
| Recommendation | 20% | Defensible. |
| Documentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams value a listed company and present a value range and view, building the valuation and analysis skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Sound valuation. |
| Assumptions | 25% | Justified. |
| View | 25% | Defensible. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams debate the right capital structure for a firm, building the financing-decision judgment and the leverage-risk tension.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Finance-grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages leverage vs. risk. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Principles of Corporate Finance | Brealey, Myers & Allen | McGraw-Hill | 2020 |
| Financial Management | Prasanna Chandra | McGraw-Hill | 2019 |
| Financial Management: Theory and Practice | Prasanna Chandra / M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain | McGraw-Hill | 2021 |
| Damodaran on Valuation | Aswath Damodaran | Wiley | 2016 |
| Corporate Finance (readings) | various | open / McGraw-Hill | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Corporate Finance / Financial Management | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Introduction to Corporate Finance | Coursera — Wharton | Foundations |
| Valuation and Financial Modelling | Coursera / provider | Valuation/modelling |
| Capital Budgeting and Investment Decisions | provider | Capital budgeting |
| Mergers and Acquisitions (finance) | provider | M&A finance |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Financial-modelling & valuation certification | provider / Wall-Street-Prep-style | Reinforces CO2/CO5; Year 2–3 |
| Corporate-finance micro-credential | provider | Supports CO1–CO3; optional |
| CFA Level I foundations (intro) | provider | Strong finance synergy; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NMIMS BBA | ~92% | Matches the corporate-finance core; our company-law/M&A/insolvency links suit the integrated degree. |
| Christ University BBA | ~90% | Close alignment on budgeting, cost of capital and valuation. |
| Symbiosis BBA | ~90% | Strong overlap; our valuation-in-disputes thread is a distinctive BBA-LLB strength. |
| Standard corporate-finance curricula | ~90% | Aligned with the Brealey-Myers/Damodaran syllabus at a foundation level, with legal application added. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a foundation paper. Advanced derivatives, financial engineering and deep M&A structuring are for specialist study and the corporate-pathway optionals; this paper builds the corporate-finance fluency every manager needs and that makes a commercial lawyer effective in deals, securities, insolvency and valuation disputes.
Corporate finance is a modelling discipline; spreadsheets and financial tools are used throughout.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Spreadsheet (Excel / Sheets) | Financial modelling | All capital-budgeting, WACC and valuation work. |
| A data/valuation tool | Analysis | Company data and the valuation report. |
BBA Elective/Core Paper (E3) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Theory + applied marketing projects. The marketing foundation of the management stream, with relevant links for the BBA-LLB student to advertising/consumer law, IP/branding, competition and digital/data regulation. Benchmarked against leading BBA programmes and standard marketing curricula (Kotler).
Marketing Management is about understanding customers and creating, communicating and delivering value to them profitably. It covers the analysis of markets and consumers, the segmentation-targeting-positioning logic, the marketing mix (product, price, place, promotion), and the modern digital and brand dimensions. For the BBA-LLB student it builds commercial acumen and connects to several legal fields — advertising and consumer-protection law, trademark/branding and IP, competition law, and the data-and-digital regulation that now governs marketing.
The course is applied and project-based. Students learn the core frameworks and then use them: analysing a market, segmenting and positioning, designing a marketing mix, and building a marketing plan or campaign. Throughout, the marketing is read with an awareness of its legal limits — what advertising law permits, how brands are protected and infringed, and how data-protection rules shape digital marketing — giving the integrated student a distinctive edge.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the marketing concept and the marketing-management process. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply market and consumer analysis and the STP framework to a market. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse and design the marketing mix (product, price, place, promotion) for an offering. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply digital-marketing and branding concepts to a marketing situation. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the legal limits on marketing (advertising, consumer, IP, data) in a campaign. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a marketing problem and recommend a marketing strategy/plan. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) High across every CO. CO5 lifts PO5/PO6/PO7 and PSO2 through the advertising/consumer/IP/data-law links — a distinctive integration. PO9 (communication) features in campaign and plan work.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
What marketing is and how it is managed.
Understanding the market and choosing where to compete.
The controllable levers — designing the offering and how it reaches the customer.
Marketing in the modern, data-driven, brand-led environment.
The legal limits on marketing — the distinctive BBA-LLB integration.
The capstone — building a marketing strategy or plan.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Case A — Segment, Target & Position a New Offering | Marketing case |
| 3 | Case B — Designing the Marketing Mix | Marketing case |
| 5 | Case C — The Advertising-Law Compliance Review | Integrated (marketing + law) case |
| 4 | Illustrative digital-campaign example | Applied example |
| 1 | Marketing-process map (illustrative) | Reference |
| 6 | Integrated marketing-plan example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work marketing cases to a strategy, building applied marketing reasoning. Implementation: case → analyse → STP + mix → recommend → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 30% | Sound market/consumer analysis. |
| Strategy | 35% | Coherent STP + mix. |
| Recommendation | 20% | Defensible. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students build brand/campaign concepts and test them, building creative-and-strategic marketing skill. Implementation: brief → concept → critique → refine.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Insight | 30% | Customer-grounded. |
| Creativity | 30% | Distinctive concept. |
| Strategic fit | 25% | Fits positioning. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Students plan a digital campaign with metrics, building modern marketing fluency. Implementation: objective → channel plan → metrics → debrief on measurability.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Channel fit | 35% | Right channels for the goal. |
| Measurability | 30% | Sound metrics. |
| Compliance | 20% | Data/advertising-law aware. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students audit a campaign for legal compliance, building the integrated skill. Implementation: campaign → identify advertising/consumer/IP/data issues → advise → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue detection | 35% | Finds the real legal issues. |
| Analysis | 30% | Sound. |
| Advice | 20% | Makes it compliant. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams build a full marketing plan (STP + mix + metrics) for an offering and present it, the core applied marketing deliverable.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Strategy | 35% | Coherent and sound. |
| Completeness | 25% | All elements present. |
| Realism | 25% | Executable. |
| Presentation | 15% | Persuasive. |
Teams tear down a real brand's positioning and marketing mix and present what works and why.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 35% | Insightful. |
| Framework use | 30% | Correct STP/mix analysis. |
| Insight | 20% | Useful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams review a set of advertisements for legal compliance and advise fixes, building the marketing-law integration.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Issue detection | 35% | Finds the issues. |
| Legal accuracy | 30% | Correct law. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical fixes. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Marketing Management | Philip Kotler & Kevin Lane Keller | Pearson | 2021 |
| Marketing Management: A South Asian Perspective | Kotler, Keller, Koshy & Jha | Pearson | 2018 |
| Marketing Management | Rajan Saxena | McGraw-Hill | 2019 |
| Principles of Marketing | Kotler & Armstrong | Pearson | 2020 |
| Digital Marketing (readings) | various | open / Pearson | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Marketing Management | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Introduction to Marketing | Coursera — Wharton | Foundations/STP |
| Digital Marketing | Coursera / provider | Digital marketing |
| Brand Management | provider | Branding |
| Marketing Analytics | provider | Metrics/analytics |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Digital-marketing certification (Google/Meta-style) | provider | Reinforces CO4; Year 2–3 |
| Marketing-analytics micro-credential | provider | Supports CO4/CO6; optional |
| Brand-management certificate | provider | Supports CO4; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NMIMS BBA | ~90% | Matches the marketing-management core; our advertising/consumer/IP/data-law integration suits the degree. |
| Christ University BBA | ~90% | Close alignment on STP, the mix and digital marketing. |
| Symbiosis BBA | ~90% | Strong overlap; our marketing-law thread is a distinctive BBA-LLB strength. |
| Standard marketing (Kotler) curricula | ~92% | Aligned with the established syllabus, with digital depth and legal application added. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a foundation paper. Deep marketing analytics and specialised digital channels are for elective study; this paper builds the marketing fluency every manager needs and integrates it — distinctively — with advertising, consumer, IP, competition and data-protection law.
Modern marketing is digital and data-driven; analytics and digital tools are used hands-on.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| A digital-marketing / analytics tool | Digital marketing | The digital-marketing lab and campaign metrics. |
| A design / presentation tool | Creative / communication | Brand and campaign concepts and the marketing plan. |
BBA Elective/Core Paper (E5) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Theory + applied/quantitative exercises. The operations foundation of the management stream, with relevant links for the BBA-LLB student to manufacturing/product-liability law, quality/safety regulation, and the legal operations (legal-ops) mindset. Benchmarked against leading BBA programmes and standard operations-management curricula (Heizer-Render, Chase).
Operations & Production Management is about designing and managing the processes that produce a firm's goods and services — turning inputs into outputs efficiently, with the right quality, at the right time and cost. It covers process and capacity design, quality management, inventory and supply, scheduling and lean/process improvement. For the BBA-LLB student it builds systems-and-process thinking and connects to product-liability and consumer law, quality and safety regulation, and — increasingly relevant — the legal-operations discipline that applies operations thinking to legal work itself.
The course is applied and partly quantitative. Students learn process analysis, capacity and layout, quality management (including statistical and total-quality approaches), inventory models, and lean/Six-Sigma improvement — using exercises and a process-improvement project. The operations mindset (defining a process, measuring it, removing waste, improving it) is then connected to legal operations, equipping the integrated student to run efficient legal processes and matters.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the role of operations management and the input-transformation-output model. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply process-design, capacity and layout concepts to an operation. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse quality using statistical and total-quality-management tools. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply inventory and scheduling models to an operations problem. | L3 |
| CO5 | Apply lean/process-improvement methods to improve a process (incl. a legal process). | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an operations problem and recommend a process/operations improvement. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) High across every CO; PSO2 (technical/process fluency) High through the quantitative and improvement work. CO5/CO6 connect to legal operations (PO8/PO9). The product-liability/quality-regulation links add legal relevance.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundations — what operations does and how value is produced.
Designing the operation — how work flows and how much it can do.
Getting it right — managing and improving quality.
Managing what flows through the operation.
Continuous improvement — and the bridge to legal operations.
The capstone — diagnosing and improving a real process.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Case A — The Bottleneck (Process & Capacity) | Operations case |
| 3 | Case B — The Quality Problem (SPC/TQM) | Operations case |
| 5 | Case C — The Legal-Ops Process Improvement | Integrated (ops + legal) case |
| 4 | Illustrative EOQ/inventory example | Applied example |
| 1 | Productivity-measurement example (illustrative) | Reference |
| 6 | Integrated improvement-project example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students map and analyse processes to find improvements, building the core ops skill. Implementation: process → map → find bottleneck/waste → recommend → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Mapping | 30% | Accurate process map. |
| Diagnosis | 35% | Finds the real constraint. |
| Recommendation | 20% | Sound improvement. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students apply control charts, capability and root-cause tools, building quality fluency. Implementation: data → apply the tools → diagnose → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Tool application | 35% | Correct quality tools. |
| Diagnosis | 30% | Sound. |
| Improvement | 20% | Actionable. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students solve EOQ/reorder/scheduling problems, building the quantitative ops skill. Implementation: problem → model → solve → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct model. |
| Accuracy | 30% | Correct answer. |
| Interpretation | 20% | Explains the result. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear working. |
Students improve a real process (operational or legal) across the course, building the integrated capstone skill. Implementation: process → measure → improve → demonstrate impact → present.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Diagnosis | 30% | Sound current-state analysis. |
| Improvement | 30% | Effective, justified. |
| Impact | 25% | Demonstrable gain. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map and analyse a real operation (a campus service, a small business) and identify improvements.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Mapping | 35% | Accurate. |
| Analysis | 30% | Finds improvements. |
| Realism | 20% | Practical. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams run a small quality-improvement using the tools and report the gain, building applied quality skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Tool use | 35% | Correct. |
| Improvement | 30% | Real gain. |
| Rigour | 20% | Data-grounded. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams redesign a legal process using ops/lean thinking and pitch the improvement, building the BBA-LLB integration.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Diagnosis | 30% | Sound. |
| Redesign | 35% | Effective, lean. |
| Legal-ops insight | 20% | Genuine integration. |
| Presentation | 15% | Persuasive. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Operations Management | Jay Heizer, Barry Render & Chuck Munson | Pearson | 2020 |
| Operations Management | William J. Stevenson | McGraw-Hill | 2021 |
| Production and Operations Management | Chase, Jacobs & Aquilano | McGraw-Hill | 2019 |
| Production and Operations Management | K. Aswathappa & K. Shridhara Bhat | Himalaya | 2020 |
| Lean / Process Improvement (readings) | various | open / Pearson | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Operations Management | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Introduction to Operations Management | Coursera — Wharton | Foundations |
| Six Sigma / Process Improvement | Coursera / provider | Lean/Six Sigma |
| Supply Chain Operations | provider | Inventory/supply |
| Legal Operations | provider | Legal-ops link |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Lean Six Sigma (Yellow/Green Belt) | provider | Reinforces CO5/CO6; Year 2–3 |
| Operations-analytics micro-credential | provider | Supports CO3/CO4; optional |
| Legal-operations primer | provider | Strong BBA-LLB synergy; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NMIMS BBA | ~90% | Matches the operations-management core; our legal-ops application is a distinctive integration. |
| Christ University BBA | ~88% | Close alignment on process, quality and inventory. |
| Symbiosis BBA | ~88% | Strong overlap; our legal-ops thread suits the integrated degree. |
| Standard operations-management curricula | ~90% | Aligned with the Heizer-Render/Chase syllabus, with legal-operations application added. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a foundation paper. Deep manufacturing/quantitative operations and full Six-Sigma certification are for specialist study; this paper builds the operations-and-process fluency every manager needs and — distinctively — applies it to legal operations, an increasingly important skill for the modern lawyer.
Operations is a quantitative, tool-based discipline; spreadsheets and process tools are used throughout.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Spreadsheet (Excel / Sheets) | Quantitative analysis | Capacity, inventory and quality computations. |
| A process-mapping / workflow tool | Process design | Process maps, value-stream maps and the legal-ops redesign. |
BBA Elective/Core Paper (E8) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Theory + applied HR exercises. The human-resource-management foundation of the management stream, with strong links for the BBA-LLB student to labour and employment law, anti-discrimination/equality, and POSH/workplace regulation. Benchmarked against leading BBA programmes and standard HRM curricula (Dessler).
HRM & Talent Strategy is about acquiring, developing, motivating and retaining the people who make an organisation work — and doing so strategically, fairly and lawfully. It covers the HR functions (planning, recruitment, selection, training, performance, compensation) and the strategic talent agenda, all within a legal framework that the BBA-LLB student is uniquely placed to master: labour and employment law, anti-discrimination and equality, and workplace-safety and POSH regulation.
The course is applied and integrative. Students learn the HR functions and the modern talent-strategy view, and practise the core HR activities — designing a selection process, a performance system, a compensation structure — through exercises. The distinctive BBA-LLB integration runs throughout: every HR decision is also a legal one, and the student learns to manage people both effectively and compliantly, connecting directly to the Labour & Industrial Law papers.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the role of HRM and its link to organisational strategy. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply HR planning, recruitment and selection methods to a staffing need. | L3 |
| CO3 | Design training, development and performance-management approaches for an organisation. | L3 |
| CO4 | Analyse compensation, rewards and employee-relations decisions. | L4 |
| CO5 | Analyse the legal framework of HR (labour, employment, equality, POSH) in HR decisions. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an HR/talent problem and recommend a strategy that is effective and compliant. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management), PO8 (teamwork/people) and PSO1 High across every CO. CO5 lifts PO5/PO6/PO7 through the labour/employment/equality/POSH-law integration — a distinctive BBA-LLB strength. PO9 (communication) features in HR practice.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundations — what HRM does and how it connects to strategy.
Getting the right people in — fairly and lawfully.
Growing and managing people.
Rewarding people and managing the relationship.
The legal framework of people management — the distinctive BBA-LLB integration.
The capstone — designing an effective, compliant talent strategy.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Case A — Designing a Fair Selection Process | HR case |
| 3 | Case B — The Performance & Under-Performance Problem | HR case |
| 5 | Case C — The HR-Compliance Review (Labour/Equality/POSH) | Integrated (HR + law) case |
| 4 | Illustrative compensation-design example | Applied example |
| 1 | HR-strategy map (illustrative) | Reference |
| 6 | Integrated talent-strategy example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work HR cases to a recommendation, building applied HR reasoning. Implementation: case → diagnose → design HR response → check legal compliance → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Diagnosis | 30% | Sound HR diagnosis. |
| Design | 30% | Effective HR response. |
| Compliance | 25% | Legally sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students design HR processes (selection, appraisal, compensation), building practical HR skill. Implementation: brief → design → critique for effectiveness and fairness → refine.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Effectiveness | 30% | Achieves the HR goal. |
| Validity/fairness | 30% | Valid and lawful. |
| Practicality | 25% | Implementable. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Students audit HR practices for legal compliance, building the integrated skill. Implementation: practices → audit against labour/equality/POSH/data law → flag gaps → advise.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 35% | All areas audited. |
| Issue detection | 30% | Finds the real gaps. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical fixes. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students build a talent strategy for an organisation across the course, building the integrated capstone. Implementation: org → talent diagnosis → strategy + compliance → present/defend.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Diagnosis | 30% | Sound. |
| Strategy | 30% | Effective, justified. |
| Integration | 25% | HR + law integrated. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams design a recruitment-and-selection process for a role and present it, building applied HR skill with a fairness check.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Design | 35% | Sound, valid process. |
| Fairness | 25% | Bias-aware. |
| Realism | 25% | Implementable. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams design a compensation structure for an organisation and check it for equal-pay compliance.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Design | 35% | Coherent structure. |
| Equity | 30% | Equal-pay compliant. |
| Rationale | 20% | Justified. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams review an organisation's harassment/equality practices and advise compliance fixes, building the HR-law integration.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Issue detection | 35% | Finds the gaps. |
| Legal accuracy | 30% | Correct POSH/equality law. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Human Resource Management | Gary Dessler & Biju Varkkey | Pearson | 2020 |
| Human Resource Management | K. Aswathappa | McGraw-Hill | 2021 |
| Personnel and Human Resource Management | P. Subba Rao | Himalaya | 2020 |
| Strategic Human Resource Management | Jeffrey Mello / readings | Cengage | 2018 |
| HRM and Employment Law (readings) | various | open / Pearson | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Human Resource Management | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Human Resource Management (HRM) | Coursera — Minnesota | Foundations |
| Recruiting, Hiring and Onboarding | Coursera / provider | Recruitment/selection |
| Managing Employee Performance | provider | Performance management |
| Employment Law for HR | provider | HR-law link |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| HR-management certification (SHRM/HR-analytics-style) | provider | Reinforces CO2–CO4; Year 2–3 |
| HR-analytics micro-credential | provider | Supports CO6; optional |
| POSH / workplace-compliance certificate | provider | Strong BBA-LLB synergy; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NMIMS BBA | ~90% | Matches the HRM core; our labour/equality/POSH-law integration suits the integrated degree. |
| Christ University BBA | ~90% | Close alignment on the HR functions and talent strategy. |
| Symbiosis BBA | ~90% | Strong overlap; our HR-law thread is a distinctive BBA-LLB strength. |
| Standard HRM (Dessler) curricula | ~92% | Aligned with the established syllabus, with employment-law and compliance integration added. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a foundation paper. Deep HR analytics and specialist OD are for elective study; this paper builds the HRM fluency every manager needs and integrates it — distinctively — with labour, employment, equality, POSH and data-protection law, directly reinforcing the Labour & Industrial Law papers.
Modern HR is data-informed; HR systems and analytics tools are used in the applied work.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Spreadsheet / HR-analytics tool | Analysis | Selection validity, compensation and HR-metrics work. |
| An HRIS / forms tool (or simulation) | HR process | Designing and running HR processes. |
BBA Elective/Core Paper (E6) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Theory + applied/quantitative exercises. The supply-chain foundation of the management stream, with relevant links for the BBA-LLB student to the law of carriage, contracts/INCOTERMS, international trade, and supply-chain compliance/ESG. Benchmarked against leading BBA programmes and standard SCM curricula (Chopra-Meindl).
Logistics & Supply Chain Management is about designing and managing the flow of goods, information and money from suppliers to customers — sourcing, production planning, inventory, warehousing, transportation and distribution — so the right product reaches the right place at the right time and cost. It builds on Operations Management and extends it across organisational boundaries. For the BBA-LLB student it connects to the law of carriage and transportation, sale-of-goods and INCOTERMS, international trade law, and the growing field of supply-chain compliance and ESG/due-diligence obligations.
The course is applied and partly quantitative. Students learn supply-chain design and strategy, the drivers (facilities, inventory, transportation, information, sourcing), logistics and distribution, and the modern themes of global, resilient and sustainable supply chains — through exercises and a supply-chain design/analysis project. The legal dimension is woven through: every cross-border shipment is a web of contracts, carriage rules and trade-compliance obligations the integrated student is equipped to understand.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the concept of the supply chain and the elements of supply-chain strategy. | L2 |
| CO2 | Analyse the supply-chain drivers and their trade-offs for a firm. | L4 |
| CO3 | Apply logistics, warehousing and distribution concepts to a supply-chain problem. | L3 |
| CO4 | Analyse a global supply chain for risk, resilience and sustainability. | L4 |
| CO5 | Analyse the legal dimensions of a supply chain (carriage, trade, compliance). | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a supply-chain problem and recommend a design/improvement. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) High across every CO; PSO2 through the quantitative/analytical work. CO4/CO5 lift PO7 (sustainability/ESG) and the trade/carriage-law links. A globally-oriented, integrative paper.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundations — what a supply chain is and how it is made strategic.
The levers that shape supply-chain performance and their trade-offs.
Moving and storing goods — the operational heart of logistics.
The modern supply-chain agenda — global, risk-aware and sustainable.
The legal architecture of moving goods — the distinctive BBA-LLB integration.
The capstone — designing or improving a supply chain.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Case A — The Inventory–Transportation Trade-off | SCM case |
| 4 | Case B — Building a Resilient Supply Chain | SCM case |
| 5 | Case C — The Cross-Border Shipment (Carriage/INCOTERMS) | Integrated (SCM + law) case |
| 3 | Illustrative distribution-network example | Applied example |
| 1 | Bullwhip-effect illustration (illustrative) | Reference |
| 6 | Integrated supply-chain-design example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work supply-chain problems to a recommendation, building applied SCM reasoning. Implementation: problem → analyse drivers → quantify trade-offs → recommend → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 30% | Sound driver analysis. |
| Quantification | 30% | Correct trade-off work. |
| Recommendation | 25% | Defensible design. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students design supply-chain/distribution networks, building the design skill. Implementation: requirements → design network → evaluate cost/service → refine.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Design | 35% | Sound network. |
| Cost/service | 30% | Balanced. |
| Justification | 20% | Reasoned. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Students assess a supply chain for resilience and ESG/compliance, building the modern integrated skill. Implementation: chain → risk + ESG assessment → recommendations → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Risk analysis | 30% | Identifies fragilities. |
| ESG/compliance | 30% | Sound assessment. |
| Recommendations | 25% | Actionable. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students brief the legal architecture of a supply chain (carriage, INCOTERMS, compliance), building the integrated perspective. Implementation: chain → identify the legal touchpoints → brief → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| SCM accuracy | 30% | Correct SCM. |
| Legal link | 35% | Connects to law correctly. |
| Insight | 20% | Adds value. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map a real product's end-to-end supply chain and analyse its drivers and risks.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Mapping | 35% | Accurate, complete. |
| Analysis | 30% | Sound driver/risk analysis. |
| Insight | 20% | Useful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams redesign a fragile supply chain for resilience and sustainability and pitch the redesign.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Diagnosis | 30% | Sound risk read. |
| Redesign | 35% | Resilient and efficient. |
| Sustainability | 20% | ESG-aware. |
| Presentation | 15% | Persuasive. |
Teams review a cross-border supply chain for carriage/INCOTERMS/compliance issues and advise, building the integration.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Issue detection | 35% | Finds the issues. |
| Legal accuracy | 30% | Correct carriage/trade law. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning and Operation | Sunil Chopra & Peter Meindl | Pearson | 2019 |
| Logistics and Supply Chain Management | Martin Christopher | Pearson | 2016 |
| Supply Chain Management | Janat Shah | Pearson | 2016 |
| Logistics Management | D. K. Agrawal / readings | Macmillan | 2018 |
| Supply Chain & Trade Law (readings) | various | open / Pearson | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Supply Chain Management | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Supply Chain Management (MITx-style) | edX / provider | Comprehensive SCM |
| Logistics and Transportation | Coursera / provider | Logistics |
| Supply Chain Resilience | provider | Risk/resilience |
| Sustainable Supply Chains | provider | ESG/sustainability |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Supply-chain / logistics certification (CSCP/CILT-style) | provider | Reinforces CO2–CO4; Year 2–3 |
| Supply-chain-analytics micro-credential | provider | Supports CO2/CO6; optional |
| Trade-compliance / INCOTERMS primer | provider | Strong BBA-LLB synergy; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NMIMS BBA | ~90% | Matches the SCM core; our carriage/trade-law integration suits the integrated degree. |
| Christ University BBA | ~88% | Close alignment on drivers, logistics and global SCM. |
| Symbiosis BBA | ~88% | Strong overlap; our trade-compliance thread is a distinctive BBA-LLB strength. |
| Standard SCM (Chopra-Meindl) curricula | ~90% | Aligned with the established syllabus, with resilience, ESG and trade-law application added. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a foundation paper. Advanced supply-chain analytics and optimisation are for specialist study; this paper builds the SCM fluency every manager needs and integrates it — distinctively — with carriage, sale-of-goods/INCOTERMS, trade and supply-chain-compliance law.
Modern supply chains are data- and visibility-driven; analytics and mapping tools are used hands-on.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Spreadsheet / SCM-analytics tool | Analysis / modelling | Inventory, network and trade-off computations. |
| A mapping / visualisation tool | Mapping | Supply-chain maps and network design. |
BBA Capstone Paper (E11) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Theory + integrative strategy project/simulation. The integrative capstone of the management stream, drawing every BBA function together; for the BBA-LLB student it connects to corporate strategy, competition law, governance and the legal dimension of strategic decisions. Benchmarked against leading BBA programmes and standard strategy curricula (Porter, Thompson-Strickland, Grant).
Strategic Management is the capstone of the management degree — where economics, finance, marketing, operations, HR and the business environment come together in the central question every organisation faces: how to create and sustain competitive advantage. It covers strategic analysis (external and internal), strategy formulation at the business and corporate levels, and strategy implementation and control, taught through the case method and an integrative strategy project or simulation.
The course is integrative and applied. Students learn the strategy frameworks (Five Forces, value chain, resource-based view, generic and corporate strategies, the strategy process) and then use them on real companies, synthesising everything they have studied. For the BBA-LLB student the legal dimension is explicit: competitive strategy operates within competition law, corporate strategy within company and securities law, and every major strategic move (a merger, a new market, a restructuring) has a legal architecture — making the integrated student a uniquely complete strategic thinker.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the nature and process of strategic management. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply external and internal analysis tools (Five Forces, value chain, RBV) to a firm. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse and formulate business-level (competitive) strategy for a firm. | L4 |
| CO4 | Analyse and formulate corporate-level strategy (diversification, integration, M&A). | L4 |
| CO5 | Apply strategy-implementation and control concepts to a strategic initiative. | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a firm's strategic situation and recommend an integrated strategy. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) High across every CO — this is the integrative capstone. CO3/CO4 lift PO1/PO5/PO6 via the competition-law and corporate-strategy links. PO8/PO9 are High at CO5/CO6 (implementation and recommendation). A genuinely synthesising paper.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundations — what strategy is and how the strategic process works.
Reading the environment and the firm — the diagnostic base of strategy.
How a business competes and wins — within the limits of competition law.
Where to compete — the scope and shape of the firm.
Turning strategy into results — the part where most strategies fail.
The capstone — diagnosing a firm and recommending an integrated strategy.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Case A — The Full Strategic Analysis (Five Forces + RBV) | Strategy case |
| 3 | Case B — The Competitive-Strategy Decision | Strategy case |
| 4 | Case C — The Diversification/M&A Decision | Integrated (strategy + law) case |
| 5 | Illustrative implementation/Balanced-Scorecard example | Applied example |
| 1 | Strategy-process map (illustrative) | Reference |
| 6 | Integrated strategy-recommendation example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work strategy cases to an integrated recommendation, the core method of the capstone. Implementation: case → analyse (external+internal) → formulate → recommend → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 30% | Rigorous, framework-grounded. |
| Formulation | 30% | Sound strategy. |
| Integration | 25% | Synthesises the functions. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Students apply the strategy frameworks (Five Forces, value chain, Ansoff, BCG) to real firms, building fluency. Implementation: firm → apply the framework → draw implications → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Framework use | 35% | Correct application. |
| Insight | 30% | Identifies what matters. |
| Evidence | 20% | Well-grounded. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students run a strategy simulation (or business game) making integrated strategic decisions over rounds, building applied strategic judgment. Implementation: simulation → decide → observe outcomes → adapt → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Strategy | 35% | Sound, coherent strategy. |
| Adaptation | 30% | Responds to the market. |
| Results | 20% | Achieves good outcomes. |
| Reflection | 15% | Learns across rounds. |
Students produce a full strategic analysis and recommendation for a real company across the course, synthesising the whole BBA. Implementation: company → full analysis → strategy → legal dimension → present/defend to a panel.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 25% | Rigorous and complete. |
| Strategy | 30% | Sound, integrated recommendation. |
| Legal integration | 20% | Addresses the legal dimension. |
| Defence | 25% | Defends before a panel. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams conduct a full strategic audit of a real company and present the diagnosis, the integrative analytical deliverable.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 35% | Rigorous. |
| Synthesis | 30% | Integrates external/internal. |
| Insight | 20% | Identifies the real issues. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams compete in a strategy simulation, building applied strategic decision-making over multiple rounds.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Strategy | 35% | Coherent. |
| Adaptation | 30% | Responsive. |
| Results | 20% | Strong. |
| Reflection | 15% | Insightful. |
Teams pitch an integrated strategic recommendation (with its legal architecture) and defend it, the BBA-LLB capstone integration.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Strategy | 30% | Sound and integrated. |
| Legal integration | 25% | Genuine. |
| Persuasion | 30% | Compelling pitch. |
| Defence | 15% | Handles challenge. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Crafting and Executing Strategy | Thompson, Strickland, Gamble & Jain | McGraw-Hill | 2020 |
| Contemporary Strategy Analysis | Robert M. Grant | Wiley | 2021 |
| Competitive Strategy / Competitive Advantage | Michael E. Porter | Free Press | 2004 |
| Strategic Management | Azhar Kazmi & Adela Kazmi | McGraw-Hill | 2020 |
| Exploring Strategy | Johnson, Whittington, Scholes et al. | Pearson | 2019 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Strategic Management | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Strategic Management (Copenhagen/Coursera) | Coursera | Comprehensive strategy |
| Competitive Strategy | Coursera — LMU Munich | Competitive dynamics |
| Corporate Strategy | provider | Corporate-level strategy |
| Strategy Execution | provider | Implementation/control |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Business-strategy / case-analysis certification | provider | Reinforces CO2–CO4; Year 3 |
| Strategy-consulting / case-interview prep | provider | Supports CO6; optional |
| Business-simulation participation credential | provider / KLU | Supports the simulation; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NMIMS BBA | ~92% | Matches the strategy capstone; our strategy+law integration suits the degree and adds a distinctive dimension. |
| Christ University BBA | ~90% | Close alignment on analysis, formulation and implementation. |
| Symbiosis BBA | ~90% | Strong overlap; our integrated strategy+law capstone is a distinctive BBA-LLB strength. |
| Standard strategy (Porter/Grant/Thompson) curricula | ~92% | Aligned with the established syllabus, with the legal dimension of strategy added. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a capstone. The course deliberately integrates every management function and — distinctively for the BBA-LLB — the legal architecture within which strategy operates (competition law, corporate law, governance), producing a strategist who understands both the business and the law of the decisions they recommend.
Strategy uses analysis, simulation and presentation tools; data informs the diagnosis.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| A strategy-simulation / business-game tool | Simulation | The strategy simulation activity and ALM. |
| Research + presentation tools | Analysis / communication | The strategic audit and the capstone pitch. |
Foundation Language Paper (Sem I) · 2 Credits · 2-0-2-0 · Theory + applied language practice. The BCI-mandated compulsory English/language paper, built specifically as legal-language fluency for the integrated programme. Per Schedule II of the Rules of Legal Education, English is the medium of instruction and a compulsory paper. Benchmarked against the legal-English and communication foundations of leading law schools.
This foundation paper builds the language fluency on which the entire degree depends. Because English is the medium of instruction and a compulsory paper under the BCI scheme, the course goes beyond general English to develop legal language specifically: the precise, structured, persuasive English in which law is read, written and argued. It is the gateway skill — a student who cannot read a judgment closely or write a clear argument cannot practise law well.
The course is applied and practice-driven. Students consolidate grammar, vocabulary and comprehension, then move into legal reading (statutes, judgments, contracts), legal writing (the structured legal answer, the memo, the case brief) and legal-and-professional communication (oral argument basics, client communication). Throughout, the language is taught through real legal texts, so the student builds general fluency and legal-language competence together, ready for the substantive courses that follow.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Apply correct grammar, vocabulary and clear expression in general English. | L3 |
| CO2 | Use the specialised vocabulary and register of legal English appropriately. | L3 |
| CO3 | Read and comprehend legal texts (statutes, judgments, contracts) closely and accurately. | L4 |
| CO4 | Write structured, clear legal prose — answers, briefs and memos. | L3 |
| CO5 | Communicate effectively in legal and professional contexts, written and oral. | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate and improve a piece of legal writing for clarity, structure and correctness. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO4 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 |
| CO5 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
Rationale: PO9 (communication) and PO10 (lifelong learning/professional expression) are High across every CO — this is the foundational communication paper. PO1 rises at CO3 (close reading is reasoning). PSO2 features through legal-writing fluency. A gateway paper for the whole degree.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
Consolidating the general-English foundation on which legal language is built.
The specialised language of law — its terms, Latin maxims and register.
Close, accurate reading of the texts a lawyer lives in.
Writing clear, structured legal prose — the core professional skill.
Communicating in the spoken and professional registers of practice.
The capstone skill — reading one's own and others' writing critically and improving it.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | Exercise A — Briefing a Judgment | Reading exercise |
| 4 | Exercise B — The Structured Legal Answer | Writing exercise |
| 6 | Exercise C — Editing a Weak Legal Memo | Editing exercise |
| 2 | Legal-vocabulary & maxims set (illustrative) | Reference |
| 1 | Grammar/clarity practice set (illustrative) | Practice |
| 5 | Professional-communication models (illustrative) | Model |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students read legal texts, brief them, and discuss, building close-reading fluency. Implementation: text → brief → discuss the reading → refine.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Comprehension | 35% | Reads accurately. |
| Extraction | 30% | Gets facts/issues/ratio. |
| Brief quality | 20% | Clear, structured. |
| Participation | 15% | Engaged. |
Students write, receive critique and rewrite, the core method for building writing. Implementation: prompt → write → peer/faculty critique → rewrite → compare.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| First draft | 25% | Sound initial writing. |
| Response to critique | 30% | Rewrite improves. |
| Clarity & structure | 25% | Clear and well-ordered. |
| Correctness | 20% | Grammar/expression correct. |
Students build and use legal vocabulary and maxims in context, building register fluency. Implementation: terms → use in writing/speaking → debrief on register.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Uses terms correctly. |
| Register | 30% | Appropriate formality. |
| Range | 20% | Growing vocabulary. |
| Application | 15% | Used in context. |
Students practise written and oral legal communication across the course, building professional fluency. Implementation: scenarios → communicate (memo/email/oral) → feedback → improve.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Clarity | 30% | Clear communication. |
| Audience fit | 30% | Right register for the audience. |
| Structure | 25% | Well-organised. |
| Improvement | 15% | Improves over time. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams read and brief a judgment together and discuss the reading, building close-reading and discussion skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Comprehension | 35% | Accurate reading. |
| Brief | 30% | Sound. |
| Discussion | 20% | Insightful. |
| Participation | 15% | Engaged. |
Each student builds a small portfolio of legal writing (a brief, an answer, a memo) over the course, a tangible output.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Range | 30% | Covers the formats. |
| Quality | 35% | Clear, correct, structured. |
| Improvement | 20% | Shows growth. |
| Polish | 15% | Curated. |
Students practise client/professional communication scenarios (email, briefing), building professional register.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Clarity | 35% | Clear. |
| Register | 30% | Professional and apt. |
| Effectiveness | 20% | Achieves the goal. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Legal Language and Legal Writing | B. M. Gandhi / readings | Eastern Book Company | 2021 |
| Legal English | Rupert Haigh | Routledge | 2018 |
| The Elements of Legal Style | Bryan A. Garner | Oxford Univ. Press | 2002 |
| English for Law Students / Communicative English | various | Oxford Univ. Press | 2020 |
| Plain English for Lawyers | Richard C. Wydick | Carolina Academic Press | 2019 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| English for Law / Legal English | SWAYAM / provider | Direct coverage |
| Academic and Legal Writing | Coursera / provider | Legal writing |
| English Composition and Grammar | Coursera / provider | General English |
| Communication Skills for Professionals | SWAYAM / provider | Professional communication |
| Introduction to Legal Reading | provider | Reading legal texts |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Legal-English / legal-writing micro-credential | provider | Reinforces CO2/CO4; Year 1 |
| Business/professional-English certification | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| Communication-skills certificate | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru (legal-methods/English foundation) | ~88% | Matches the legal-English foundation; our read–brief–write cycle mirrors the legal-methods approach. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~88% | Close alignment on legal language and writing. |
| NLU Delhi | ~88% | Strong overlap; legal-writing emphasis matched. |
| Leading legal-English curricula | ~88% | Aligned with established legal-English/writing foundations, tuned to the BCI English-medium requirement. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a foundation language paper. It satisfies the BCI requirement that English be a compulsory paper and the medium of instruction, while going beyond general English to build the legal-reading and legal-writing fluency the rest of the degree depends on.
Language learning uses writing, reading and reference tools.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| A writing / editing tool (used critically) | Writing | The legal-writing and editing exercises. |
| A reading / reference tool | Reading | Close reading of statutes and judgments. |
Co-Curricular / Skill-Activity Component · one activity slot each semester (8 slots across the programme) · credit-bearing as per the KLU scheme. The structured co-curricular spine that builds the practical, professional and value-added competencies the BCI scheme and the PEOs expect, alongside the academic courses. Documented here as a single integrated stream.
The Activity Stream is the co-curricular spine of the programme — a structured activity slot in every semester through which students build the practical, professional and value-added competencies that classroom courses cannot fully deliver. It is not a single subject but a progressive, eight-semester programme of skill-building, professional engagement and value-added learning, mapped deliberately to the Programme Educational Objectives and the lifelong-learning and ethics outcomes (PO10, PO6).
Each semester's slot draws from a menu appropriate to the student's stage: foundational skills and orientation early, professional engagement and competitions in the middle years, and placement-and-practice readiness later. The stream is the home for moot-court and client-counselling competitions, legal-aid and pro-bono service, seminars and conferences, value-added and certification courses, internships beyond the clinical requirement, and the research, publication and leadership activities that round out a professional. Documented here as one integrated handbook, it shows how the eight slots cohere into a single developmental arc.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the structure and purpose of the co-curricular activity stream across the programme. | L2 |
| CO2 | Participate effectively in skill, competition and service activities each semester. | L3 |
| CO3 | Apply value-added and certification learning to complement the academic courses. | L3 |
| CO4 | Engage in research, publication and professional-community activities. | L3 |
| CO5 | Demonstrate leadership, teamwork and service through co-curricular engagement. | L3 |
| CO6 | Evaluate and document one's own co-curricular development against the PEOs. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO5 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
Rationale: PO8 (teamwork/leadership), PO9 (communication), PO10 (lifelong learning) and PO6 (ethics) are High across the stream — these are exactly the competencies co-curricular activity builds. PO7 (societal concern) is High through the legal-aid/service component. The stream operationalises the PEOs.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
Early-stage activities that orient students and build foundational skills.
Competitive and professional activities that build advocacy and standing.
The service dimension — applying law for the public good (links to the Legal Aid Clinic).
Skill and certification learning that complements the degree and supports pathways.
The scholarly and community-engagement activities that mark a serious professional.
The integrative record — engagement, internships beyond the clinical requirement, and the development portfolio.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Activity Exemplar A — The Moot-Court Journey | Activity exemplar |
| 3 | Activity Exemplar B — The Legal-Aid Project | Activity exemplar |
| 6 | Activity Exemplar C — The Development Portfolio | Capstone exemplar |
| 4 | Value-added/certification menu (illustrative) | Reference |
| 5 | Publication/seminar pathway (illustrative) | Reference |
| 1 | Semester-by-semester activity map (illustrative) | Reference |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Each semester, students plan and commit to their activity-slot engagement, building intentional development. Implementation: menu → choose activities → plan → execute → reflect.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Intentionality | 30% | Purposeful choices. |
| Engagement | 35% | Genuine participation. |
| Range | 20% | Balanced across strands. |
| Reflection | 15% | Thoughtful. |
Students enter and learn from competitions, building advocacy and standing. Implementation: competition → prepare → compete → debrief → improve.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Preparation | 30% | Well-prepared. |
| Performance | 35% | Competitive. |
| Learning | 20% | Learns from it. |
| Record | 15% | Documented. |
Students contribute to legal-aid/service activities, building societal concern. Implementation: project → contribute → reflect on impact → document.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Contribution | 35% | Real contribution. |
| Impact | 25% | Genuine value delivered. |
| Ethics | 25% | Ethical, respectful service. |
| Reflection | 15% | Insightful. |
Students maintain a development record across the programme, building reflective, intentional growth. Implementation: ongoing record → periodic review → map to PEOs → final portfolio.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive record. |
| Mapping | 30% | Maps to outcomes. |
| Reflection | 25% | Insightful growth narrative. |
| Presentation | 15% | Polished portfolio. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Students build and reflect on a semester activity plan, ensuring intentional, balanced co-curricular engagement.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Intentionality | 35% | Purposeful. |
| Balance | 30% | Across strands. |
| Realism | 20% | Achievable. |
| Reflection | 15% | Thoughtful. |
Students showcase their year's co-curricular achievements, building reflective presentation and recognising contribution.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Range | 30% | Breadth of engagement. |
| Quality | 35% | Substantive achievements. |
| Reflection | 20% | Insightful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Engaging. |
Students assemble and present their full development portfolio for placement readiness, the capstone of the stream.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Outcome mapping | 30% | Mapped to PEOs. |
| Narrative | 25% | Coherent growth story. |
| Polish | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| KLU Student Handbook & Co-Curricular Policy | KLU (College of Law) | KLU | 2025 |
| Bar Council of India Rules of Legal Education, 2008 (Schedules) | BCI | BCI | 2008 |
| Clinical Legal Education (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2021 |
| Professional Development for Law Students (readings) | various | open | 2022 |
| Mooting, Legal Aid & Internship guides | various | EBC / open | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Clinical Legal Education | SWAYAM / provider | Experiential learning |
| Career Skills for Law Students | provider | Career readiness |
| Research and Publication Skills | provider | Research/publication |
| Leadership and Teamwork | Coursera / provider | Leadership |
| Community Engagement and Service Learning | provider | Service/legal aid |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Pathway-aligned certifications (per the four pathways) | various | Reinforces CO3; all years |
| Moot/ADR/client-counselling competition credentials | external | Supports CO2/CO5; ongoing |
| Legal-aid / pro-bono service recognition | KLU + authorities | Supports CO5; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru (co-curricular ecosystem) | ~90% | Matches the rich co-curricular ecosystem of leading law schools; our structured per-semester stream makes it intentional. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong moot/service/publication culture mirrored. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; our mapped development record adds intentionality. |
| Leading law-school co-curricular models | ~90% | Aligned with the best co-curricular practice, structured as a credit-bearing per-semester stream mapped to the PEOs. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high. Rather than leaving co-curricular activity informal, the programme structures it as an intentional, credit-bearing, eight-semester stream mapped to the PEOs — turning the activities that distinguish strong graduates (moots, service, certifications, publications, leadership) into a deliberate developmental arc.
The activity stream uses portfolio, collaboration and event tools.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| An e-portfolio / development-record tool | Portfolio | Maintaining and presenting the development record. |
| Collaboration / event tools | Engagement | Organising and participating in activities. |
Corporate-Pathway Optional 1 · Sem V · BCI Group 2 (Business Law) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the SEBI Act 1992; the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956; SEBI regulations (ICDR, LODR, PIT, SAST, etc.); the Companies Act 2013. Builds on Company Law (Sem V). Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD corporate specialisations.
Securities Regulation & Capital Markets is the law governing how companies raise capital from the public and how the securities markets are regulated to protect investors and ensure market integrity. It is a cornerstone of the corporate-pathway concentration, building directly on Company Law and feeding M&A, banking and the wider transactional practice. The course centres on SEBI — the market regulator — and the dense body of regulation through which it governs issuers, intermediaries and investors.
The course is doctrinal and regulation-intensive. Students learn the architecture of securities regulation (the SEBI Act, the SCRA, and SEBI's rule-making power), the law of public issues and listing (ICDR and LODR), the regulation of market conduct (insider trading under the PIT Regulations and fraud under PFUTP), takeovers (the SAST Code), and SEBI's enforcement powers — connected throughout to live market practice. It is among the most employable corporate optionals, especially paired with the technology stream.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the architecture of securities regulation and SEBI's role, powers and rule-making. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the law of public issues and listing (ICDR, LODR) to a capital-raising. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse an insider-trading or market-abuse problem under the PIT/PFUTP regulations. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the takeover code (SAST) to a substantial acquisition. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse SEBI's enforcement and adjudication of a securities-law violation. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a capital-markets transaction or dispute and advise on compliance and strategy. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management), PO5 (research/reform), PO6 (ethics) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) High throughout — securities law is dense, ethics-laden commercial regulation. PSO2 rises with the transactional/compliance drafting. A high-value corporate optional.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The regulatory framework and the regulator at its centre.
How companies access the public markets and what they must disclose.
The conduct rules that protect market integrity — the most litigated area.
The regulation of control transactions in listed companies.
How SEBI enforces the rules and the remedies and penalties available.
The capstone — advising on a capital-markets transaction or compliance problem.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | SEBI v. Sahara; insider-trading enforcement authorities | Landmark |
| 3 | Case Study A — The Insider-Trading Problem | Case study |
| 2 | Case Study B — The IPO Disclosure Review | Case study |
| 4 | Case Study C — The Takeover Open-Offer Analysis | Case study (SAST) |
| 5 | Leading SAT/enforcement authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Capital-markets advisory example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students apply SEBI regulations to market scenarios, building regulatory fluency. Implementation: scenario → identify the regulation → apply → advise → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Regulation identification | 30% | Right regulation. |
| Application | 35% | Correct. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students review offer/disclosure documents for compliance, building the transactional skill. Implementation: document → review against ICDR/LODR → flag gaps → advise.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Coverage | 35% | All requirements checked. |
| Gap detection | 30% | Finds the real gaps. |
| Materiality | 20% | Sound judgment. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students analyse SEBI/SAT enforcement decisions, building the conduct-and-remedy understanding. Implementation: decision → extract the standard → apply to a variant → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Comprehension | 30% | Understands the action. |
| Standard | 35% | Extracts the rule. |
| Application | 20% | To a variant. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students advise on transactions/compliance, building the advisory skill. Implementation: matter → regulatory map → advise → peer review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 35% | Correct regulatory analysis. |
| Advice | 30% | Sound, practical. |
| Risk-flagging | 20% | Flags exposure. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the regulatory requirements for an IPO and present the compliance roadmap.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 35% | All requirements. |
| Accuracy | 30% | Correct. |
| Usability | 20% | Practical. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams draft an insider-trading compliance code (trading window, UPSI handling) for a company, building compliance drafting.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 35% | Covers PIT requirements. |
| Practicality | 30% | Workable. |
| Drafting | 20% | Clear. |
| Accuracy | 15% | PIT-compliant. |
Teams argue a SEBI enforcement matter before a mock SAT, building securities advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate securities law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| SEBI Act / Securities Laws (commentary) | various | Taxmann / LexisNexis | 2024 |
| Securities Regulation in India | Sandeep Parekh | Bloomsbury | 2021 |
| Capital Markets and Securities Laws | various | Bharat / Taxmann | 2023 |
| Company Law & Securities Regulation (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2022 |
| Insider Trading Law (readings) | various | open / Bloomsbury | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Securities Markets and Regulation | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Financial Markets | Coursera — Yale | Markets context |
| Securities Law | provider | Securities regulation |
| Corporate Governance | provider | LODR/governance |
| Capital Markets and Investment | provider | Capital markets |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| NISM / securities-market certification | NISM | Reinforces CO1–CO2; Year 3 |
| Securities-law / capital-markets micro-credential | provider | Supports the optional; optional |
| Corporate-law-firm capital-markets internship | KLU + firms | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's securities-regulation electives; our SEBI-regulation-current and transactional emphasis suits the corporate pathway. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong capital-markets treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; NLUD's corporate-law depth mirrored. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~92% | Aligned; JGLS's corporate/securities focus matched, with our compliance-drafting work as a practical strength. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a specialised optional. It builds on Company Law and concentrates on the SEBI-regulated capital markets — the single most employable corporate-law specialism — with current regulations and a transactional, compliance-and-advisory orientation.
Securities practice is data- and disclosure-intensive; research, compliance and analytics tools are central.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra (+ SEBI/exchange databases) | Legal research / filings | Securities case-law, regulations and filings. |
| A drafting / compliance tool | Drafting | Compliance codes and disclosure documents. |
Corporate-Pathway Optional 2 · Sem VI · BCI Group 2 (Business Law) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Banking Regulation Act 1949; the RBI Act 1934; the SARFAESI Act 2002; the RDB Act 1993; the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016. Builds on Company Law and Contracts. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD corporate specialisations.
This optional covers the law of banking, the enforcement of security, and corporate insolvency — the lifecycle of credit from lending to default to resolution. It is a high-demand corporate specialism, central to banking, finance, distressed-debt and insolvency practice, and it builds on Company Law and Contracts. The course connects the regulation of banks, the powerful self-help enforcement regime under SARFAESI, and the transformative Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code that reshaped how India deals with corporate failure.
The course is doctrinal and intensely practical. Students learn the regulation of banking (the RBI and the Banking Regulation Act), the banker-customer relationship and lending, the enforcement of security interests under SARFAESI and through the Debt Recovery Tribunals, and the corporate-insolvency-resolution process under the IBC — the moratorium, the resolution professional, the committee of creditors, the resolution plan and liquidation. It is taught through the real distressed-debt scenarios that dominate current commercial litigation.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the regulation of banking and the banker-customer relationship. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the law of security interests and their enforcement, including under SARFAESI. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse debt recovery through the DRT/RDB framework. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the corporate-insolvency-resolution process under the IBC to a default. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the IBC resolution/liquidation outcome and the priority of claims. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a distressed-debt situation and advise the creditor or the debtor. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management) and PSO1 (commercial acumen) High throughout. PO9 rises with DRT/IBC advocacy. PSO2 with transaction/enforcement drafting. A high-demand distressed-debt and finance optional building on Company Law.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The framework governing banks and the banker-customer relationship.
Securing credit and the powerful self-help enforcement regime.
The specialised debt-recovery machinery.
The transformative insolvency regime — the heart of current distressed practice.
The outcomes — a resolved business or an orderly winding-up, and who gets paid.
The capstone — advising a creditor or debtor in distress.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 4 | Swiss Ribbons v. Union of India (IBC constitutionality); Essar Steel (CoC primacy) | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The SARFAESI Enforcement | Case study |
| 4 | Case Study B — The IBC Initiation & Moratorium | Case study |
| 5 | Case Study C — The Resolution-Plan & Waterfall Analysis | Case study |
| 3 | Leading DRT/SARFAESI-interface authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Distressed-debt advisory example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students choose and apply the right recovery route (SARFAESI/DRT/IBC) for scenarios, building strategic fluency. Implementation: default → choose route → apply → advise → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Route choice | 30% | Right route for the facts. |
| Application | 35% | Correct. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students work the IBC process from default to resolution/liquidation, building procedural command. Implementation: scenario → walk the process → debrief on the decision points.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Process accuracy | 35% | Correct IBC steps. |
| Decision points | 30% | Identifies them. |
| Outcome | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students apply the Section 53 waterfall to claim sets, building the priority skill. Implementation: claims → apply the waterfall → compute recovery → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct waterfall. |
| Accuracy | 30% | Correct recovery. |
| Reasoning | 20% | Sound on priority. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students advise creditor/debtor in distress, building the advisory skill. Implementation: situation → option analysis → advise → peer review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 35% | Correct. |
| Strategy | 30% | Sound route strategy. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams build a decision tree for choosing among SARFAESI/DRT/IBC and present it, building strategic fluency.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct routes/triggers. |
| Completeness | 30% | All routes. |
| Usability | 20% | Practical tool. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams draft a Section 7/9 IBC application for a default, building insolvency-litigation drafting.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Requirements | 35% | All elements pleaded. |
| Drafting | 30% | Sound. |
| Accuracy | 20% | IBC-compliant. |
| Completeness | 15% | Complete. |
Teams simulate a committee-of-creditors deciding between resolution plans, building the IBC-practice perspective.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| IBC command | 35% | Accurate. |
| Decision-making | 30% | Sound CoC reasoning. |
| Negotiation | 20% | Effective. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Banking Law and Practice | M. L. Tannan / R. K. Gupta | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (commentary) | various | Taxmann / LexisNexis | 2024 |
| SARFAESI & Debt Recovery Laws (commentary) | various | Bharat / Taxmann | 2023 |
| Banking Law | S. N. Gupta / readings | Universal | 2021 |
| Insolvency Law (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2023 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Banking and Insolvency Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code | provider | IBC |
| Banking Law and Regulation | provider | Banking |
| Credit and Debt Recovery | Lawsikho / provider | Recovery practice |
| Corporate Restructuring and Distress | provider | Distressed debt |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Insolvency-professional foundation / IBC certification | IBBI-linked / provider | Reinforces CO4–CO5; Year 3 |
| Banking-law / credit micro-credential | provider | Supports CO1–CO2; optional |
| Distressed-debt / restructuring clinic | KLU + firms | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's banking/insolvency electives; our IBC-and-SARFAESI practical emphasis suits the corporate pathway. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong insolvency treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap on banking and the IBC. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our distressed-debt advisory and CoC simulation mirror their practical emphasis. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a specialised optional. It builds on Company Law and Contracts and concentrates on the credit lifecycle — regulation, enforcement and the transformative IBC — one of the most active areas of current commercial practice, taught with a route-strategy and advisory orientation.
Banking and insolvency practice uses research, drafting and data tools.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra (+ IBBI/NCLT databases) | Legal research / filings | Banking/insolvency case-law and orders. |
| A drafting tool | Drafting | IBC applications and enforcement documents. |
Corporate-Pathway Optional 3 · Sem VI · BCI Group 2 (Business Law) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal + economic. Statutory basis: the Competition Act 2002 (as amended, incl. the 2023 amendments); CCI regulations; comparative EU/US antitrust. Builds on Company Law and Managerial Economics. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD corporate specialisations.
Competition Law governs market power and conduct — prohibiting anti-competitive agreements and the abuse of dominance, and regulating mergers that may harm competition. It is a sophisticated, economics-infused specialism, central to corporate advisory and a natural strength for the BBA-LLB student who has studied managerial economics. The course builds on Company Law and is anchored by the Competition Act 2002 and the Competition Commission of India (CCI), with comparative reference to the mature EU and US antitrust systems.
The course is doctrinal and analytical. Students learn the prohibition on anti-competitive agreements (horizontal cartels and vertical restraints), the abuse of dominant position, and merger control (combinations), together with the economic reasoning (market definition, market power, effects analysis) that competition law runs on. They study the CCI's enforcement, the appellate framework, and the recent reforms, applying the law to real market conduct and transactions — the analytical heart of modern corporate regulation.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the objectives and architecture of competition law and the CCI's role. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the prohibition on anti-competitive agreements to horizontal and vertical conduct. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse an abuse-of-dominance problem, including market definition and dominance. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the merger-control (combinations) framework to a transaction. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the CCI's enforcement, penalties and the appellate process. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate market conduct or a transaction for competition-law risk and advise. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning), PO3 (business management), PO5 (research/reform) and PSO1 High throughout — competition law is rigorous, economics-infused commercial regulation. The managerial-economics foundation is a distinctive BBA-LLB strength here. PSO2 rises with merger-filing/compliance work.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
Why competition law exists and the framework that delivers it.
The prohibition on agreements that harm competition — cartels and restraints.
The control of unilateral conduct by powerful firms.
The regulation of transactions that may harm competition.
How competition law is enforced and contested.
The capstone — advising on competition-law risk and compliance.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | CCI cases on dominance (incl. digital-market matters); leading abuse authorities | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Cartel Investigation | Case study |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Abuse-of-Dominance Analysis | Case study |
| 4 | Case Study C — The Merger Notification | Case study (combinations) |
| 5 | Leading NCLAT/CCI enforcement authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Competition-advisory example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students analyse conduct/transactions for competition-law risk, building the core skill. Implementation: scenario → market definition → apply the relevant prohibition/framework → advise → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Market analysis | 30% | Sound market definition/power. |
| Application | 35% | Correct framework. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students apply economic effects analysis (AAEC, dominance, predation) using their economics foundation, building the analytical edge. Implementation: conduct → economic analysis → conclusion → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Economic reasoning | 35% | Sound, rigorous. |
| Application | 30% | To the legal test. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Defensible. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students assess notifiability and prepare the core of a merger analysis, building transactional skill. Implementation: deal → threshold + AAEC → filing plan → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Notifiability | 35% | Correct threshold analysis. |
| AAEC | 30% | Sound assessment. |
| Filing plan | 20% | Practical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students design a competition-compliance programme, building the advisory/preventive skill. Implementation: firm → risk map → compliance design → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Risk map | 30% | Identifies real risks. |
| Design | 35% | Effective programme. |
| Practicality | 20% | Workable. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams define the relevant market for a real product/platform and present the analysis, building the foundational skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct market-definition method. |
| Reasoning | 30% | Sound. |
| Evidence | 20% | Grounded. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams brief a real CCI/NCLAT decision and present the standard applied, building enforcement understanding.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Comprehension | 30% | Understands the case. |
| Standard | 35% | Extracts the rule. |
| Insight | 20% | Useful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue a competition matter before a mock CCI/NCLAT, building competition advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate competition law/economics. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Competition Law in India | Abir Roy & Jayant Kumar | Eastern Book Company | 2022 |
| Competition Law | T. Ramappa | Oxford Univ. Press | 2021 |
| Modern Competition Law (commentary on the Act) | various | LexisNexis / Taxmann | 2024 |
| EU Competition Law: Text, Cases and Materials | Jones & Sufrin | Oxford Univ. Press | 2019 |
| Competition Law (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2023 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Competition Law / Antitrust | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Competition Law and Economics | provider | Law-and-economics |
| EU Competition Law | provider | Comparative |
| Antitrust and Digital Markets | provider | Digital frontier |
| Economics of Competition Policy | Coursera / provider | Economic foundations |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Competition-law / antitrust certification | provider | Reinforces CO2–CO4; Year 3 |
| Competition-economics micro-credential | provider | Leverages the economics foundation; optional |
| Competition-practice clinic / firm internship | KLU + firms | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's competition-law electives; our managerial-economics foundation gives the BBA-LLB student a distinctive analytical edge. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong antitrust treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's competition-law strength mirrored, with the economics integration added. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~92% | Aligned; JGLS's competition focus matched, with our digital-markets and effects-analysis emphasis as strengths. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a specialised optional. Built on Company Law and — distinctively — Managerial Economics, it concentrates on the Competition Act 2002 (current to the 2023 reforms) and the CCI, with the economic effects-analysis that competition law demands, and a timely focus on digital-market abuse.
Competition practice is economics- and data-intensive; analysis, research and (increasingly) data tools are central.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra (+ CCI database) | Legal research | Competition case-law and CCI decisions. |
| A data / economic-analysis tool | Analysis | Market definition and effects analysis. |
Corporate-Pathway Optional 4 · Sem VII · BCI Group 2 (Business Law) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal + transactional. Statutory basis: the Companies Act 2013 (compromises/arrangements/amalgamations); SEBI SAST & LODR; the Competition Act (combinations); FEMA (for cross-border); contract and tax law. Capstone of the corporate pathway, integrating securities, competition and banking. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and Jindal corporate specialisations.
M&A and Private Equity is the transactional capstone of the corporate pathway — the law and practice of buying, selling, combining and investing in companies. It integrates everything the corporate-track student has learned: company law, securities regulation, competition/merger control, and banking/finance all converge in a deal. The course teaches the anatomy of a transaction from strategy and structuring through due diligence, documentation, regulatory approvals and closing, plus the distinctive features of private-equity and venture investment.
The course is doctrinal and intensely practical. Students learn deal structures (share vs. asset deals, mergers/amalgamations under the Companies Act, schemes of arrangement), the due-diligence process, the key transaction documents (share-purchase and shareholders' agreements and their core clauses), the regulatory approvals (SEBI, CCI, FEMA), and PE/VC investment terms (the term sheet, liquidation preference, anti-dilution, governance). It is taught through deal simulations and document work — the closest the curriculum comes to corporate-transactional practice.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain M&A strategy, deal structures and the transaction process. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply due-diligence methodology to identify and allocate transaction risk. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse and draft the key clauses of M&A transaction documents. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the regulatory-approval framework (SEBI, CCI, FEMA) to a transaction. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse private-equity/venture investment terms and structures. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate and structure an M&A or PE transaction and advise the client. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management) and PSO1/PSO2 (commercial acumen, transactional/drafting fluency) High throughout — this is the transactional capstone. PO6 (ethics) features in due diligence and disclosure. PO8 rises with the deal-team simulation. Integrates securities, competition and banking.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The anatomy of a deal — why and how companies combine.
Knowing what you are buying — and allocating the risk.
The documents that make the deal — and the clauses that matter.
The approvals a deal must clear.
The distinctive law of investing in (rather than buying) companies.
The capstone — structuring a transaction and advising the client.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | Leading SPA/SHA clause and warranty authorities (illustrative) | Reference |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Due-Diligence Red Flags | Transactional case |
| 3 | Case Study B — Drafting & Negotiating the Key Clauses | Drafting case |
| 5 | Case Study C — The PE Term-Sheet Negotiation | Transactional case |
| 4 | Illustrative cross-border-approval example | Applied example |
| 6 | Integrated deal-structuring example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students structure transactions to a recommendation, building transactional reasoning. Implementation: deal → choose structure → map approvals/risks → recommend → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Structure choice | 30% | Optimal structure. |
| Integration | 35% | Integrates regulatory/tax/commercial. |
| Recommendation | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students draft and redline transaction documents, building the core M&A skill. Implementation: brief → draft clause → redline → negotiate → finalise.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Drafting | 35% | Clear, effective clauses. |
| Risk allocation | 30% | Protects the client. |
| Negotiation | 20% | Balanced outcome. |
| Professionalism | 15% | Practice-standard. |
Students run a due-diligence exercise on a (simulated) target and report, building the diligence skill. Implementation: data room → diligence → red-flag report → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Thoroughness | 30% | Covers the diligence areas. |
| Detection | 35% | Finds the real issues. |
| Risk analysis | 20% | Sound. |
| Reporting | 15% | Clear report. |
Students run a full deal end-to-end in teams (buyer/seller/investor), building integrated transactional capability. Implementation: deal → structure → diligence → docs → negotiate → close → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Process | 25% | Sound deal process. |
| Documents | 30% | Quality documents. |
| Negotiation | 25% | Effective. |
| Outcome | 20% | Workable closing. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams structure a transaction (share/asset/merger) and present the rationale and approvals map.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Structure | 35% | Optimal. |
| Approvals | 30% | Correctly mapped. |
| Rationale | 20% | Sound. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams draft a complete M&A or PE term sheet, building transactional drafting.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 35% | All key terms. |
| Balance | 30% | Workable for both sides. |
| Drafting | 20% | Clear. |
| Accuracy | 15% | Legally sound. |
Teams negotiate a deal across the table (buyer vs. seller / founder vs. investor), building the negotiation skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Preparation | 25% | Well-prepared. |
| Negotiation | 35% | Effective. |
| Legal grounding | 20% | Sound. |
| Outcome | 20% | Balanced deal. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Mergers, Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring | various | Taxmann / LexisNexis | 2023 |
| Takeovers, Mergers and Amalgamations (commentary) | various | Bharat / LexisNexis | 2023 |
| Private Equity and Venture Capital (readings) | various | open / Bloomsbury | 2022 |
| Corporate Acquisitions and Mergers (practice) | various | Wolters Kluwer / open | 2022 |
| M&A: Law and Practice (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2023 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Mergers and Acquisitions | SWAYAM / provider | Direct coverage |
| M&A: Concepts and Theories | Coursera / provider | M&A foundations |
| Private Equity and Venture Capital | Coursera — Bocconi | PE/VC |
| Deal Structuring and Negotiation | provider | Deal practice |
| Corporate Restructuring | provider | Restructuring |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| M&A / transactional-law certification | Lawsikho / provider | Reinforces CO3/CO6; Year 4 |
| Private-equity / VC law micro-credential | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| Corporate-M&A firm internship | KLU + firms | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's M&A/PE electives; our deal-simulation and document work mirror transactional practice. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong transactional treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap on M&A and PE. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~92% | Aligned; JGLS's transactional-law focus matched, with our deal simulation as a distinctive practical strength. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a capstone optional. It integrates the corporate-pathway specialisms (securities, competition, banking) into transactional practice and is taught through deal simulation and document work — the closest the curriculum comes to corporate-transactional reality.
M&A practice is document- and data-room-intensive; transactional and AI-assisted tools are central.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| A drafting / document-assembly (CLM) tool | Drafting | Transaction documents and the drafting studio. |
| A due-diligence / data-room tool (or simulation) | Diligence | The due-diligence simulation and deal management. |
Corporate-Pathway Optional 5 · Sem VII · BCI Group 7 (Intellectual Property) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal + transactional. Statutory basis: the Patents Act 1970; the Copyright Act 1957; the Trade Marks Act 1999; the Designs Act 2000; trade-secret/confidentiality law; technology-transfer and licensing practice. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD IP specialisations.
This optional covers intellectual property and its commercialisation — the creation, protection and transfer of the intangible assets that increasingly drive corporate value. With a corporate/transactional orientation, it pairs the substantive IP regimes (patents, copyright, trademarks, designs, trade secrets) with the law and practice of technology transfer and licensing — how IP is valued, licensed, assigned and exploited in commercial transactions. It is highly synergistic with the technology stream and a strong fit for the BBA-LLB student.
The course is doctrinal and transactional. Students learn each IP regime — what is protected, how rights are obtained, and how they are enforced — and then the commercialisation layer: licensing structures, technology-transfer agreements, IP in M&A and financing, and the management of an IP portfolio. The treatment is current to the technology context (software, data, AI-related IP), connecting to the AI/tech courses and to the emerging-technology optional in the higher-education pathway.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the framework of intellectual property and the rationale for protection. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the patent regime (patentability, process, rights) to an invention. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse protection and infringement under copyright, trademark, design and trade-secret law. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply IP-enforcement principles to an infringement dispute. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse and structure a technology-transfer or licensing arrangement. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an IP/commercialisation problem and advise on protection and exploitation. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO3 (business management), PO5 (research/reform) and PSO1/PSO2 High throughout — IP is high-value commercial-and-technical law. The technology-context treatment makes PSO2 especially strong. Synergises with the tech stream and the emerging-tech optional.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The IP landscape and the rationale for protecting the intangible.
Protecting inventions — the most technical and valuable IP right.
The other IP regimes — creative works, brands, designs and confidential know-how.
Protecting and asserting IP rights.
The commercialisation layer — turning IP into value.
The capstone — advising on protecting and exploiting IP.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Novartis v. Union of India (patentability/Section 3(d)); leading patent authorities | Landmark |
| 3 | Case Study A — The Trademark Infringement/Passing-Off Dispute | Case study |
| 2 | Case Study B — The Patentability Assessment | Case study |
| 5 | Case Study C — Structuring the Technology-Transfer Licence | Transactional case |
| 4 | Leading copyright/software-infringement authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | IP-commercialisation advisory example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students analyse IP problems across the regimes, building IP reasoning. Implementation: scenario → identify the regime → apply protection/infringement test → advise → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Regime identification | 30% | Right IP regime. |
| Application | 35% | Correct test. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students draft IP licence/technology-transfer clauses, building the commercialisation skill. Implementation: brief → draft clauses → redline → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Drafting | 35% | Clear, effective. |
| Scope/risk | 30% | Right scope and protection. |
| Commercial fit | 20% | Workable. |
| Professionalism | 15% | Practice-standard. |
Students assess infringement across the regimes, building the enforcement skill. Implementation: scenario → apply infringement test → remedies → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Test application | 35% | Correct infringement analysis. |
| Remedies | 30% | Right remedies. |
| Strategy | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students build an IP-protection-and-commercialisation strategy for an innovation, building the advisory skill. Implementation: innovation → protection mix → commercialisation plan → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Protection mix | 35% | Optimal. |
| Commercialisation | 30% | Sound plan. |
| Integration | 20% | Protection + exploitation. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams audit the IP of a real product/startup and present a protection strategy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Identification | 35% | Identifies the IP. |
| Strategy | 30% | Sound protection plan. |
| Insight | 20% | Useful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams draft a technology-transfer/licence agreement, building IP-transactional drafting.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 35% | All key clauses. |
| Scope/protection | 30% | Sound. |
| Drafting | 20% | Clear. |
| Commercial fit | 15% | Workable. |
Teams argue an IP-infringement dispute before a mock bench, building IP advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate IP law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Intellectual Property Law | P. Narayanan | Eastern Law House | 2017 |
| Law Relating to Intellectual Property Rights | V. K. Ahuja | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Intellectual Property Rights (commentary) | various | Universal / LexisNexis | 2023 |
| Technology Transfer and Licensing (readings) | various | open / Bloomsbury | 2022 |
| IP Law (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2023 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Intellectual Property Rights | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Patent Law | provider | Patents |
| Copyright and Trademark Law | provider | Copyright/TM |
| Technology Licensing | Coursera / provider | Licensing |
| IP in the Digital Age | provider | Digital/tech IP |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| IPR / patent-agent foundation | provider / IPO-linked | Reinforces CO2; Year 4 |
| IP-licensing / technology-transfer micro-credential | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| IP-practice clinic / firm internship | KLU + firms | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's IP electives; our technology-transfer and tech-context emphasis suits the corporate/tech blend. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~92% | Close alignment; NALSAR's strong IP tradition mirrored. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap on the IP regimes and commercialisation. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our licensing-drafting and IP-audit work add transactional depth. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a specialised optional. With a corporate/transactional orientation, it pairs the substantive IP regimes with technology-transfer and licensing practice, current to the software/data/AI context and synergistic with the technology stream — a strong fit for the BBA-LLB student.
IP is deeply intertwined with technology; research, drafting and tech-context tools are central.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra (+ IP-office databases) | Legal research | IP case-law and registry searches. |
| A drafting tool | Drafting | Licence and technology-transfer agreements. |
Corporate-Pathway Optional 6 · Sem VIII · BCI Group 3 (International Trade) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal. Basis: the WTO agreements (GATT, GATS, TRIPS); India's trade-remedy framework; international investment law (BITs, investor-state arbitration); FEMA and FDI policy. Builds on Public International Law (Sem VI). Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD international specialisations.
International Trade & Investment Law governs the legal framework of cross-border commerce — the multilateral trade system under the WTO, the trade-remedy mechanisms that protect domestic industry, and the law protecting and regulating foreign investment. It is the international capstone of the corporate pathway, building on Public International Law and connecting to M&A (cross-border), competition and the wider global-business context. For the commercially-minded BBA-LLB student it opens the world of trade and investment practice.
The course is doctrinal and dispute-aware. Students learn the WTO framework (the GATT principles of non-discrimination, the covered agreements, and the dispute-settlement system), the trade remedies (anti-dumping, countervailing and safeguard measures) that dominate trade practice, and international investment law (bilateral investment treaties, investor protections, and investor-state arbitration), together with India's FDI and FEMA framework. It is taught through real trade disputes and investment-treaty cases.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the framework of the WTO and the multilateral trading system. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the core WTO principles and covered agreements to a trade measure. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a trade remedy (anti-dumping/countervailing/safeguard) and its application. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply international investment law (BIT protections) to an investment dispute. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse WTO and investor-state dispute settlement. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a trade or investment problem and advise the client or government. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning), PO3 (business management), PO5 (research/reform) and PO7 (societal/global concern) High throughout. PSO1 (commercial/cross-border acumen) High. Builds on PIL and connects to cross-border M&A and the international pathway. PO9 rises with dispute-settlement advocacy.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The architecture of world trade law.
The substantive disciplines that govern trade measures.
The measures that dominate day-to-day trade practice.
The law protecting and regulating cross-border investment.
How trade and investment disputes are resolved.
The capstone — advising on trade and investment matters.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Leading WTO Appellate-Body reports (MFN/national treatment/Article XX) | Landmark |
| 3 | Case Study A — The Anti-Dumping Investigation | Case study |
| 4 | Case Study B — The Investment-Treaty Claim | Case study (ISDS) |
| 2 | Case Study C — The WTO-Consistency Analysis | Case study |
| 5 | Leading ISDS/ICSID authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Trade/investment-advisory example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students analyse trade measures for WTO-consistency, building the core skill. Implementation: measure → identify disciplines → apply → exceptions → advise → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Discipline identification | 30% | Right WTO disciplines. |
| Application | 35% | Correct. |
| Exceptions | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students work anti-dumping/CVD/safeguard problems, building trade-practice fluency. Implementation: scenario → apply the remedy framework → advise → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Framework | 35% | Correct remedy analysis. |
| Application | 30% | Sound. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students analyse investment-treaty claims, building investment-law skill. Implementation: claim → identify protections → apply → assess → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Protection analysis | 35% | Correct. |
| Balance | 30% | Investor vs. state space. |
| Assessment | 20% | Defensible. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students advise on trade/investment matters, building the advisory skill. Implementation: matter → analysis → advise → peer review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 35% | Correct. |
| Advice | 30% | Sound, practical. |
| Strategy | 20% | Sound. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams brief a real WTO dispute and present the principles applied, building trade-law understanding.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Comprehension | 30% | Understands the dispute. |
| Principles | 35% | Correctly identified. |
| Insight | 20% | Useful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams run a simulated anti-dumping analysis (dumping + injury) and present the finding, building trade-remedy skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct framework. |
| Analysis | 30% | Sound. |
| Finding | 20% | Defensible. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue a WTO or ISDS matter before a mock panel/tribunal, building international advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate trade/investment law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| The Law and Policy of the World Trade Organization | Van den Bossche & Zdouc | Cambridge Univ. Press | 2022 |
| International Trade Law | Indira Carr & Peter Stone | Routledge | 2017 |
| International Investment Law (readings) | Dolzer & Schreuer / readings | Oxford Univ. Press | 2022 |
| WTO and International Trade Law (Indian perspective) | various | EBC / LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Trade & Investment Law (readings) | various | open / CUP | 2023 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| International Trade Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| International Trade and the WTO | provider | WTO |
| International Investment Law and Arbitration | provider | Investment law/ISDS |
| Trade Remedies and Policy | provider | Trade remedies |
| Global Business and Trade | Coursera / provider | Trade context |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| International-trade-law / WTO micro-credential | provider | Reinforces CO1–CO3; Year 4 |
| Investment-arbitration primer (CIArb/ICSID-style) | provider | Supports CO4–CO5; optional |
| Trade/investment moot participation | external | Supports CO5/CO6; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's international-trade electives; our investment-law and ISDS treatment rounds the corporate-international blend. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment on WTO and trade remedies. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's international-trade strength mirrored. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~92% | Aligned; JGLS's international focus matched, with our trade-remedy and ISDS practical emphasis as strengths. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a specialised optional. Building on Public International Law, it concentrates on the WTO system, the trade remedies that dominate practice, and international investment law/ISDS — the international capstone of the corporate pathway, connecting to cross-border M&A and the global-business context.
Trade and investment practice is research- and data-intensive; international databases and analysis tools are central.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra (+ WTO/ICSID databases) | Legal research | Trade and investment case-law and treaties. |
| A data-analysis tool | Analysis | Trade-remedy and injury analysis. |
Advocacy-Pathway Optional 1 · Sem V · BCI Group 1 (Constitutional) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal. Basis: the right to health under Article 21; the Clinical Establishments Act; the NMC Act 2019; the Mental Healthcare Act 2017; the Drugs and Cosmetics Act; consumer/medical-negligence law; bioethics. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD health-law offerings.
Health Law governs the legal framework of healthcare — the right to health, the regulation of medical professionals and establishments, medical negligence and patient rights, and the contested bioethical questions at the edges of life and medicine. A fast-growing advisory-and-disputes area, it opens healthcare-sector practice and is anchored in the constitutional right to health under Article 21, making it a natural fit in the advocacy pathway's rights-oriented blend.
The course is doctrinal and issue-rich. Students learn the constitutional and human-rights foundations of the right to health, the regulation of the medical profession and healthcare establishments, the law of medical negligence and consumer protection for patients, the regulation of drugs, clinical trials and public health, and the bioethical and emerging questions (consent, end-of-life, reproductive rights, mental health). It is taught through real medical-negligence cases and contemporary health-policy controversies.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the constitutional and human-rights foundations of the right to health. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the regulatory framework for medical professionals and establishments to a situation. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a medical-negligence claim and the patient's remedies. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the law on drugs, clinical trials and public health to a problem. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse a bioethical or emerging health-law question. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a health-law dispute or problem and advise the patient, professional or institution. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
Rationale: PO6 (ethics) and PO7 (societal/health concern) are High across every CO — health law is rights-and-ethics-laden. PO1/PO2 High throughout. PO9 rises with the negligence-litigation and advisory work. A rights-oriented advocacy optional.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The constitutional and human-rights base of healthcare law.
Who may practise and how healthcare institutions are regulated.
The litigation heart of health law — when care goes wrong.
The regulation of medicines, research and population health.
The contested frontier — law at the edges of life and medicine.
The capstone — advising in a health-law dispute or problem.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | Indian Medical Association v. V.P. Shantha (negligence/consumer); Jacob Mathew (criminal negligence) | Landmark |
| 3 | Case Study A — The Medical-Negligence Claim | Case study |
| 5 | Common Cause v. Union of India (passive euthanasia/living will); Case Study B — The End-of-Life Decision | Landmark + Case study |
| 2 | Leading professional-regulation authorities | Landmark |
| 4 | Case Study C — The Clinical-Trial Compliance Problem | Case study |
| 6 | Health-advisory example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work health-law problems to advice, building applied reasoning. Implementation: problem → identify the framework → apply → advise → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies the health-law issues. |
| Application | 35% | Correct. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students assess medical-negligence scenarios, building the litigation skill. Implementation: scenario → standard/breach/causation → forum/remedy → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Standard of care | 35% | Correctly applied. |
| Causation | 30% | Sound. |
| Forum/remedy | 20% | Right. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students deliberate contested bioethical questions, building principled reasoning. Implementation: question → identify principles/law → reason to a position → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Principle command | 35% | Sound bioethics and law. |
| Reasoning | 30% | Principled. |
| Balance | 20% | Engages competing values. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students advise patients/professionals/institutions, building the advisory skill. Implementation: matter → analysis → advise → peer review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 35% | Correct. |
| Advice | 30% | Sound, practical. |
| Sensitivity | 20% | Appropriate. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams build a patient-rights charter grounded in the law and present it, building rights-and-regulation understanding.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Legally grounded. |
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Usability | 20% | Practical. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue a medical-negligence matter before a mock forum, building health-litigation advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate health law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
Teams debate a contested bioethical question (e.g., surrogacy regulation, euthanasia), building principled argument.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Law- and ethics-grounded. |
| Depth | 30% | Engages the real tensions. |
| Rebuttal | 20% | Effective. |
| Teamwork | 15% | Coordinated. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Health Care Law (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2022 |
| Medical Negligence and Compensation | various | LexisNexis | 2021 |
| Law and Medicine | various | Universal | 2020 |
| Bioethics and Law (readings) | various | OUP / open | 2022 |
| Mental Health Law in India (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Health Law and Policy | SWAYAM / provider | Direct coverage |
| Medical Negligence and Patient Rights | provider | Negligence |
| Bioethics | Coursera / provider | Bioethics |
| Public Health Law | provider | Public health |
| Mental Health and Law | provider | Mental-health law |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Health-law / medico-legal certification | provider | Reinforces CO3; Year 3 |
| Bioethics micro-credential | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| Health-sector legal clinic / hospital legal-cell exposure | KLU + partners | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~88% | Matches NLSIU's health-law offerings; our negligence and bioethics depth suits the advocacy pathway. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~88% | Close alignment; strong medico-legal treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~88% | Strong overlap; rights-to-health emphasis matched. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~88% | Aligned; our health-advisory and moot work add practical depth. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a specialised optional. Grounded in the Article-21 right to health, it spans professional regulation, medical negligence, drug/trial regulation and bioethics — a fast-growing advisory-and-disputes field that opens healthcare-sector practice within the rights-oriented advocacy blend.
Health law engages health-data, telemedicine and digital-health regulation.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research | Health-law case-law and statute research. |
| A research / drafting tool | Drafting | Negligence pleadings and advisory notes. |
Advocacy-Pathway Optional 2 · Sem VI · BCI Group 2 (Business Law) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Information Technology Act 2000 (as amended); the IT Rules (incl. the 2021 Intermediary Guidelines); the DPDP Act 2023; the BNS provisions on cyber offences; electronic-evidence law (BSA). A fast-growing disputes area. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD cyber-law offerings.
IT Offences & Cyber Security Law governs the legal response to a digitised world — cybercrime, data and cyber-security obligations, intermediary liability, and the investigation and prosecution of offences committed through or against computers and networks. It is one of the fastest-growing disputes-and-advisory areas, and a natural fit for the advocacy pathway and the technology-stream-rich BBA-LLB student. The course is anchored in the IT Act and connects to the new criminal codes, the DPDP data-protection regime, and electronic-evidence law.
The course is doctrinal and current. Students learn the framework of the IT Act, the cyber offences (hacking, identity theft, cyber fraud, obscenity, cyber-stalking) under the IT Act and the BNS, intermediary liability and the 2021 IT Rules, the cyber-security and data-breach obligations, and the investigation/prosecution of cybercrime including the handling of electronic evidence. It is taught through real cyber-incident scenarios and the rapidly-evolving regulatory landscape.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the framework of cyber law and the IT Act 2000. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the law on cyber offences (IT Act and BNS) to an incident. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse intermediary liability under the IT Act and the 2021 IT Rules. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply cyber-security and data-breach obligations to an organisation. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the investigation, electronic evidence and prosecution of a cyber-incident. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a cyber-law problem and advise the victim, accused or organisation. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High and PSO2 (legal-tech fluency) High across every CO — cyber law sits at the law-technology interface. PO6/PO7 feature through the harm and rights dimensions. Strong synergy with the technology stream (TECH-302 DPDP especially) — a distinctive BBA-LLB strength.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The legal architecture of the digital world.
The catalogue of computer-related crime.
The liability of platforms — the most contested cyber-law battleground.
The obligations to secure systems and respond to breaches.
Bringing cybercrime to justice — investigation and the electronic-evidence challenge.
The capstone — advising in a cyber-incident or compliance problem.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | Shreya Singhal v. Union of India (66A/intermediary); leading intermediary-liability authorities | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Cyber-Fraud Incident | Case study |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Intermediary-Takedown Dispute | Case study |
| 4 | Case Study C — The Data-Breach Response | Case study |
| 5 | Leading electronic-evidence authorities (Anvar/Arjun Panditrao) | Landmark |
| 6 | Cyber-advisory example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work cyber-incidents to advice, building applied cyber-law reasoning. Implementation: incident → classify/identify obligations → apply → advise → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies the cyber-law issues. |
| Application | 35% | Correct (IT Act/BNS/DPDP). |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students analyse platform-liability scenarios, building the frontier skill. Implementation: scenario → safe-harbour + IT Rules → free-speech balance → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Safe-harbour | 35% | Correctly analysed. |
| IT Rules | 30% | Applied. |
| Balance | 20% | Free-speech-aware. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students handle the admissibility and chain of custody of digital evidence, building the prosecution skill (links to Evidence). Implementation: digital items → admissibility/chain → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Admissibility | 35% | Correct (BSA). |
| Chain of custody | 30% | Sound. |
| Risk-spotting | 20% | Flags gaps. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students advise victims/accused/organisations, building the advisory skill. Implementation: matter → analysis → advise → peer review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Analysis | 35% | Correct. |
| Advice | 30% | Sound, practical. |
| Currency | 20% | Up-to-date. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams build a cyber-incident-response plan for an organisation and present it, building applied compliance skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Completeness | 30% | Covers the obligations. |
| Practicality | 30% | Workable. |
| Accuracy | 25% | Legally sound. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams audit a platform's IT-Rules compliance and advise, building the platform-liability skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Issue detection | 35% | Finds the gaps. |
| Accuracy | 30% | Correct IT-Rules law. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue a cyber-offence matter (with electronic evidence) before a mock court, building cyber-litigation advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate cyber/evidence law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Cyber Law & Information Technology | various | Universal / LexisNexis | 2023 |
| Information Technology Law and Practice | Vakul Sharma | Universal | 2021 |
| Cyber Crimes and Digital Evidence (readings) | various | LexisNexis / open | 2023 |
| Data Protection and Cyber Security (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2024 |
| The IT Act and Rules (commentary) | various | Taxmann / open | 2024 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Cyber Law / IT Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Cybersecurity Law and Policy | provider | Cyber-security law |
| Internet Governance and Intermediary Liability | provider | Intermediary liability |
| Digital Forensics (intro) | provider | Investigation/evidence |
| Data Protection and Privacy | provider | DPDP link |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Cyber-law / cyber-security-law certification | provider | Reinforces CO2–CO4; Year 3 |
| Digital-forensics / e-evidence micro-credential | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| Cyber-law clinic / cyber-cell exposure | KLU + partners | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's cyber-law offerings; our technology-stream synergy gives the BBA-LLB student a distinctive edge. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; NALSAR's strong tech-law tradition mirrored. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap on IT-Act and intermediary liability. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our cyber-incident and electronic-evidence emphasis add practical depth. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high and especially current given the IT-Rules-2021 and DPDP-2023 developments. A fast-growing disputes area, it is taught with strong synergy to the technology stream (TECH-302 DPDP, the data and AI courses) and to electronic-evidence law — a distinctive strength for the BBA-LLB student.
Cyber law is the law of technology itself; the tech stream is its natural companion.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research | Cyber-law case-law, IT Act/Rules and DPDP research. |
| An e-evidence / incident-response tool (or simulation) | Investigation / response | Electronic-evidence handling and incident-response planning. |
Advocacy-Pathway Optional 3 · Sem VI · BCI Group 1 (Constitutional) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal + theoretical. Basis: constitutional equality (Articles 14, 15, 21); feminist legal theory; laws on violence against women, the workplace (POSH), family, and the evolving jurisprudence on gender and sexuality. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD gender-and-law offerings.
Gender Justice & Feminist Jurisprudence examines how law constructs, entrenches and can dismantle gender inequality — pairing feminist legal theory with the constitutional and statutory law on gender. A rights-centred optional in the advocacy pathway, it equips students to argue and advise on the equality, violence, workplace, family and identity questions that define a great deal of contemporary public-interest and constitutional litigation.
The course is doctrinal and theoretical. Students learn the strands of feminist legal theory and the constitutional equality framework, then the law addressing violence against women (sexual offences, domestic violence, harassment), gender at the workplace (POSH and equal pay), gender in the family (the personal-law debates), and the rapidly-evolving jurisprudence on gender identity and sexuality (Navtej Johar, NALSA). It is taught through the landmark gender-justice cases that have reshaped Indian constitutional law.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain feminist legal theory and the constitutional equality framework on gender. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the constitutional equality provisions to a gender-discrimination problem. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the law addressing violence against women and its application. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the workplace-gender framework (POSH, equal pay) to a situation. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the jurisprudence on gender identity, sexuality and personal-law reform. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a gender-justice problem and construct a rights-based argument or advice. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
Rationale: PO5 (research/reform), PO6 (ethics), PO7 (societal concern) High across every CO — this is rights-and-justice-centred law. PO1 High throughout (constitutional reasoning). PO9 rises with the advocacy work. A distinctive advocacy-pathway optional reinforcing Constitutional Law and Family Law.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The theoretical and constitutional foundations of gender justice.
Putting the equality guarantees to work on gender.
The law's response to gender-based violence.
Equality and safety in employment — links to the HRM/labour stream.
The transformative frontier of gender jurisprudence.
The capstone — building a gender-justice argument or advice.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 5 | Navtej Singh Johar v. Union of India (377); NALSA v. Union of India (transgender rights) | Landmark |
| 2 | Joseph Shine v. Union of India (adultery); Anuj Garg (anti-stereotyping) | Landmark |
| 3 | Case Study A — The Sexual-Offence Consent Question | Case study |
| 4 | Vishaka v. State of Rajasthan; Case Study B — The POSH Complaint | Landmark + Case study |
| 5 | Case Study C — The Identity-Recognition Claim | Case study |
| 6 | Gender-advocacy example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work gender-justice problems to a rights-based argument, building constitutional-advocacy reasoning. Implementation: problem → identify the rights → apply the framework → argue → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies the rights. |
| Application | 35% | Correct framework. |
| Argument | 20% | Rights-based, sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students apply feminist legal theory to a doctrine/case, building theoretical depth. Implementation: doctrine → apply a theoretical lens → critique → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Theory command | 35% | Sound theory. |
| Application | 30% | Insightful. |
| Critique | 20% | Substantive. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students analyse the transformative gender-justice judgments, building doctrinal-jurisprudential insight. Implementation: case → extract the principle/reasoning → assess its impact → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Comprehension | 30% | Understands the case. |
| Principle | 35% | Extracts it. |
| Impact | 20% | Assesses significance. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students build gender-justice arguments/advice, building the advocacy skill. Implementation: matter → rights argument / advice → peer review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Rights-grounded, sound. |
| Sensitivity | 25% | Survivor/identity-sensitive. |
| Strategy | 25% | Sound. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the arc of transformative gender-justice judgments and present how the jurisprudence evolved.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct on the cases. |
| Arc | 30% | Shows the evolution. |
| Insight | 20% | Useful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams build a POSH-compliant policy and complaint process for an organisation, building applied workplace-gender skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Compliance | 35% | POSH-compliant. |
| Process | 30% | Sound, survivor-sensitive. |
| Practicality | 20% | Workable. |
| Drafting | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue a gender-justice constitutional matter before a mock bench, building rights advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate constitutional/gender law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive, rights-based. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Feminist Jurisprudence (readings) | various | OUP / open | 2022 |
| Gender and the Law (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2022 |
| Women and the Law in India | various | LexisNexis | 2021 |
| The Constitution and Gender Justice (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2023 |
| Sexual Violence and the Law (readings) | various | open | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Gender Justice and the Law | SWAYAM / provider | Direct coverage |
| Feminism and Law | provider | Feminist jurisprudence |
| Gender and Constitutional Law | provider | Constitutional gender law |
| Sexual Harassment at the Workplace (POSH) | provider | POSH |
| Gender, Sexuality and Human Rights | Coursera / provider | Identity/sexuality |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Gender-justice / POSH-practitioner certification | provider | Reinforces CO4; Year 3 |
| Human-rights / gender micro-credential | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| Gender-justice legal-aid clinic participation | KLU + NGOs | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's gender-and-law offerings; our theory-and-doctrine blend and advocacy focus suit the pathway. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; NALSAR's strong gender-studies tradition mirrored. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's gender-and-law strength mirrored. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our POSH and PIL-advocacy work add practical depth. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a specialised optional. Pairing feminist legal theory with the constitutional and statutory law on gender, it reinforces Constitutional Law and Family Law and equips students for the rights-based public-interest and constitutional litigation that defines the advocacy pathway.
Gender-justice practice uses research tools and engages technology-facilitated gender harms.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research | Gender-justice case-law and statute research. |
| A drafting / research tool | Drafting | Rights-based arguments, PILs and POSH policies. |
Advocacy-Pathway Optional 4 · Sem VII · BCI Group 4 (Crime) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Prevention of Corruption Act 1988; the Prevention of Money Laundering Act 2002 (PMLA); the Black Money Act; the BNS fraud/cheating provisions; SEBI/securities-fraud; the Fugitive Economic Offenders Act. Builds on Crimes I & II. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD criminal/economic-crime offerings.
White-Collar & Financial Crime covers the law of economic and corporate criminality — corruption, money laundering, fraud, securities and tax crime, and the powerful enforcement regimes that pursue them. It is a high-stakes, fast-growing area of practice (the rise of the ED, PMLA prosecutions and economic-offence litigation), and a natural fit for the advocacy pathway, building on the criminal-law and procedure papers and connecting to the corporate subjects.
The course is doctrinal and enforcement-focused. Students learn the concept and theory of white-collar crime, the anti-corruption framework (PC Act), the anti-money-laundering regime (PMLA — its offences, attachment, and the much-litigated procedure), economic and corporate frauds (cheating, securities fraud, bank fraud), and the investigation and prosecution machinery (ED, CBI, SFIO) — together with the constitutional and bail questions that dominate this litigation. It is taught through real economic-offence cases.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the concept and theory of white-collar and economic crime. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the anti-corruption framework (PC Act) to a corruption scenario. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a money-laundering matter under the PMLA, including attachment and procedure. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the law on economic and corporate frauds to a scenario. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the investigation and prosecution of economic offences and the defence. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an economic-offence matter and advise the accused, victim or enforcement. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High and PO6 (ethics) High across every CO — economic crime is the intersection of criminal law and integrity. PSO1 (commercial/financial acumen) is strong, leveraging the BBA-LLB student's financial literacy. PO9 rises with the bail-and-defence advocacy.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The nature of crime committed by the powerful, in the course of business.
The law against corruption in public office and business.
The most litigated economic-crime regime — anti-money-laundering law.
Fraud across the economy — corporate, securities, banking and tax.
How economic crime is investigated and contested — and defended.
The capstone — handling an economic-offence matter.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | Vijay Madanlal Choudhary v. Union of India (PMLA); leading PMLA-bail authorities | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Corruption Prosecution | Case study |
| 3 | Case Study B — The PMLA Attachment & Bail | Case study |
| 4 | Case Study C — The Corporate-Fraud Investigation | Case study |
| 5 | Leading economic-offence bail authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Economic-crime advisory example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work economic-offence matters to advice, building applied reasoning. Implementation: matter → identify the offences/regime → apply → advise → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue spotting | 30% | Identifies offences/regime. |
| Application | 35% | Correct. |
| Advice | 20% | Practical. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students work the PMLA process (attachment, arrest, bail), building procedural command of the key regime. Implementation: scenario → walk the process → debrief on the decision points.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Process accuracy | 35% | Correct PMLA procedure. |
| Bail analysis | 30% | Sound. |
| Strategy | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students build and argue bail in economic offences, building the core advocacy skill. Implementation: scenario → bail grounds → mock argument → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Grounds | 35% | Sound under the regime. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Strategy | 20% | Sound. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
Students design anti-fraud/anti-corruption compliance, building the preventive-advisory skill. Implementation: firm → risk map → compliance design → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Risk map | 30% | Identifies real risks. |
| Design | 35% | Effective programme. |
| Practicality | 20% | Workable. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the economic-offence regimes and enforcement agencies and present how they interact.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct regimes/agencies. |
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Clarity | 20% | Usable. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams draft a PMLA bail application against the twin conditions, building economic-crime drafting.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Grounds | 35% | Sound against the twin conditions. |
| Drafting | 30% | Sound. |
| Strategy | 20% | Realistic. |
| Accuracy | 15% | PMLA-compliant. |
Teams argue an economic-offence matter before a mock court, building economic-crime advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate economic-crime law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| The Prevention of Money Laundering Act (commentary) | various | LexisNexis / Taxmann | 2024 |
| Economic Offences / White Collar Crimes (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2023 |
| Prevention of Corruption Act (commentary) | various | Universal / LexisNexis | 2023 |
| Corporate Crime and Fraud (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2023 |
| Financial Crime Law (readings) | various | open | 2023 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Economic Offences / White-Collar Crime | SWAYAM / provider | Direct coverage |
| Anti-Money Laundering (AML) | provider | PMLA/AML |
| Anti-Corruption Law | provider | Corruption |
| Financial Crime and Compliance | provider | Compliance |
| Corporate Criminal Liability | provider | Corporate crime |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| AML / financial-crime-compliance certification (CAMS-style) | provider | Reinforces CO3; Year 4 |
| White-collar-crime / forensic micro-credential | provider | Supports CO4; optional |
| Economic-offence litigation clinic / firm internship | KLU + firms | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's economic-crime offerings; our PMLA-current and financial-literacy emphasis suit the BBA-LLB advocate. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~88% | Close alignment; strong criminal-law tradition. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; economic-offence litigation emphasis matched. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our bail-and-defence and compliance work add practical depth. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high and especially current given the PMLA litigation wave. Building on Crimes I & II and leveraging the BBA-LLB student's financial literacy, it concentrates on corruption, money-laundering and corporate/economic fraud and their enforcement — one of the most active areas of current criminal practice.
Economic-crime practice is increasingly data- and forensic-driven.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research | Economic-crime case-law and statute research. |
| A forensic / data tool | Forensics / analysis | Financial-forensics and the corporate-fraud analysis. |
Advocacy-Pathway Optional 5 · Sem VII · BCI Group 1 (Constitutional) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal + practical. Basis: the principles and rules of statutory interpretation; the General Clauses Act; legislative drafting; the canons of construction and the leading interpretive jurisprudence. A core advocacy-and-judiciary skill. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD interpretation offerings.
Interpretation of Statutes & Drafting is the meta-skill of legal practice — how the meaning of legislation is determined, and how legislation is drafted to mean what it should. Every argument about what a statute requires is an argument about interpretation, making this among the most useful optionals for the courtroom advocate (and the judge). The course pairs the principles and rules of construction with the practical craft of legislative and legal drafting.
The course is doctrinal and practical. Students learn the rules of interpretation (literal, golden, mischief, purposive), the internal and external aids to construction, the presumptions and the canons, the interpretation of penal, taxing and constitutional statutes, and the General Clauses Act — and then the drafting side: how statutes and legal documents are drafted, and how good drafting forestalls interpretive disputes. It is taught through real interpretive battles from the case law and through drafting exercises.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the rules and approaches to statutory interpretation. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the rules of interpretation and the aids to construction to a statutory provision. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a statutory-interpretation dispute using the presumptions and canons. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the special rules for interpreting penal, taxing and constitutional statutes. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse and draft a statutory or legal provision to convey the intended meaning. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an interpretive dispute and construct a reasoned interpretive argument. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning) High across every CO — interpretation is reasoning at its most precise. PO5 (research/reform) and PO9 (communication/argument) High. PSO2 rises with the drafting craft. A meta-skill optional reinforcing every other subject and core to advocacy and the judiciary.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundational rules for finding the meaning of legislation.
The materials that help determine meaning.
The default rules and maxims that guide construction.
The special rules for the statutes that most often reach the courts.
The craft side — drafting to mean what is intended and to forestall disputes.
The capstone — building an interpretive argument or drafting solution.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Heydon's Case (mischief rule); leading purposive-interpretation authorities | Landmark |
| 2 | Exercise A — The Aids-to-Construction Problem | Interpretation exercise |
| 3 | Exercise B — Applying the Canons | Interpretation exercise |
| 4 | Leading penal/taxing-statute interpretation authorities | Landmark |
| 5 | Exercise C — Drafting to Fix an Ambiguity | Drafting exercise |
| 6 | Interpretive-argument example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students interpret disputed provisions to a reasoned conclusion, building the core skill. Implementation: provision → apply rules/aids/canons → conclude → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Rule/aid application | 35% | Correct method. |
| Reasoning | 30% | Sound. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Defensible. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students apply the canons and presumptions to scenarios, building maxim fluency. Implementation: scenarios → identify and apply canons → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Identification | 35% | Right canon. |
| Application | 30% | Correct. |
| Reasoning | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students draft and redraft provisions for clarity, building the drafting craft. Implementation: brief/defective provision → draft/redraft → test → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Clarity | 35% | Unambiguous. |
| Structure | 30% | Sound. |
| Anticipation | 20% | Forestalls disputes. |
| Professionalism | 15% | Practice-standard. |
Students build interpretive arguments, building the advocacy skill. Implementation: provision → argue a reading → meet the counter-reading → peer review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Well-grounded. |
| Counter | 30% | Meets the other reading. |
| Method | 20% | Correct interpretive method. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the rules, aids and canons of interpretation with leading authorities and present the toolkit.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Usability | 20% | A real toolkit. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams redraft a real provision that generated litigation, building the drafting-prevents-disputes insight.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Diagnosis | 30% | Identifies the defect. |
| Redraft | 35% | Clear, unambiguous. |
| Testing | 20% | Robust. |
| Drafting | 15% | Professional. |
Teams argue opposing interpretations of a provision before a mock bench, building interpretive advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct interpretive method. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Principles of Statutory Interpretation | Justice G. P. Singh | LexisNexis | 2021 |
| Interpretation of Statutes | Vepa P. Sarathi | Eastern Book Company | 2018 |
| Maxwell on the Interpretation of Statutes | Maxwell (rev.) | LexisNexis | 2019 |
| Legislative Drafting (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2021 |
| Interpretation of Statutes (readings) | various | open | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Interpretation of Statutes | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Statutory Interpretation | provider | Interpretation |
| Legislative Drafting | provider | Drafting |
| Legal Reasoning and Interpretation | Coursera / provider | Reasoning |
| Constitutional Interpretation | provider | Constitutional construction |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Legislative-drafting / legal-drafting certification | provider | Reinforces CO5; Year 4 |
| Statutory-interpretation micro-credential | provider | Supports CO1–CO3; optional |
| Drafting clinic / legislative-attachment exposure | KLU + partners | Applies the skill; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's interpretation offerings; our drafting-and-interpretation pairing is a practical strength for advocates and aspiring judges. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong interpretation treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; interpretation-and-drafting emphasis matched. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~88% | Aligned; our drafting studio adds a distinctive craft dimension. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a meta-skill optional. By pairing the principles of interpretation with the craft of drafting, it builds the single most transferable advocacy-and-judicial skill — the ability to determine and to shape the meaning of legal text — reinforcing every other subject in the degree.
Interpretation and drafting increasingly use research and AI-assisted text tools.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research | Interpretive authorities and statutory research. |
| A drafting / text-analysis tool | Drafting | The drafting studio and consistency-checking. |
Advocacy-Pathway Optional 6 · Sem VIII · BCI Group 1 (Constitutional) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal + practical. Basis: the constitutional fundamental rights; the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993; international human-rights instruments; the law and practice of PIL and human-rights enforcement. The capstone of the advocacy pathway. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD human-rights offerings.
Human Rights Law & Practice is the rights-and-advocacy capstone of the advocacy pathway — the law protecting human dignity and the practice of enforcing it. It draws together the constitutional fundamental rights, the domestic human-rights institutions, the international human-rights framework, and, crucially, the practice of human-rights advocacy through public-interest litigation and the human-rights commissions. It equips the student to be not just a litigator but a defender of rights.
The course is doctrinal and practice-oriented. Students learn the philosophy and framework of human rights, the constitutional rights and their enforcement (writs, PIL), the domestic institutions (the NHRC/SHRCs under the Protection of Human Rights Act), the international framework (the covenants and the UN mechanisms), and the rights of vulnerable groups — and then the practice: how human-rights cases are built, argued and won. It is taught through the landmark human-rights and PIL jurisprudence and through advocacy exercises.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the philosophy, framework and sources of human-rights law. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the constitutional fundamental rights and their enforcement to a violation. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the role and process of the domestic human-rights institutions. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the international human-rights framework and mechanisms to a situation. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the rights of vulnerable groups and the protections available. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a human-rights violation and construct an advocacy/enforcement strategy. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
Rationale: PO5 (research/reform), PO6 (ethics), PO7 (societal concern) High across every CO — this is the rights-and-justice capstone. PO1 High throughout. PO8/PO9 rise with the PIL and commission-advocacy practice. The capstone of the advocacy pathway, integrating constitutional and international rights.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundations — what human rights are and where they come from.
The fundamental rights and how they are enforced — the domestic core.
The institutional machinery for protecting rights.
The global architecture of human rights and its domestic relevance.
The rights of those most in need of protection.
The capstone — the practice of defending rights.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Maneka Gandhi; Hussainara Khatoon; D.K. Basu (the rights-enforcement line) | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — Building the Public-Interest Litigation | Practice case |
| 3 | Case Study B — The NHRC Complaint | Practice case |
| 5 | Case Study C — The Vulnerable-Group Rights Claim | Case study |
| 4 | Leading international human-rights authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Human-rights advocacy example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students analyse rights violations to an enforcement strategy, building rights-advocacy reasoning. Implementation: violation → identify rights/forum → strategy → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Rights identification | 30% | Identifies the rights. |
| Forum/route | 30% | Right route(s). |
| Strategy | 25% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students build PILs, the signature human-rights skill. Implementation: situation → standing/framing/evidence/reliefs → draft → peer review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Standing/framing | 35% | Sound. |
| Evidence | 25% | Marshalled. |
| Reliefs | 25% | Well-crafted. |
| Drafting | 15% | Clear. |
Students practise human-rights fact-finding and documentation, building the evidentiary base of advocacy. Implementation: scenario → fact-find → document → report → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Rigour | 35% | Thorough, credible. |
| Documentation | 30% | Sound. |
| Ethics | 20% | Sensitive, ethical. |
| Reporting | 15% | Clear. |
Students build rights arguments/advocacy across the routes, building the capstone skill. Implementation: matter → argument/advocacy → peer review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Rights-grounded, sound. |
| Strategy | 25% | Sound across routes. |
| Sensitivity | 25% | Appropriate. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the human-rights framework (constitutional + institutional + international) and present the enforcement routes.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Routes | 20% | Clear enforcement routes. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams build and present a PIL on a real rights issue, building the signature advocacy skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Standing/framing | 30% | Sound. |
| Evidence/reliefs | 30% | Well-built. |
| Drafting | 25% | Clear. |
| Presentation | 15% | Persuasive. |
Teams argue a human-rights matter before a mock bench/commission, building rights advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate human-rights law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive, rights-based. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the bench. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Human Rights Law and Practice | various | EBC / LexisNexis | 2022 |
| International Human Rights Law | various | Oxford Univ. Press | 2021 |
| Human Rights and the Indian Constitution (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| Public Interest Litigation (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| The Protection of Human Rights Act (commentary) | various | Universal / open | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Human Rights Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| International Human Rights Law | edX / provider | International framework |
| Human Rights and PIL | provider | PIL practice |
| Rights of Vulnerable Groups | provider | Vulnerable groups |
| Human Rights Advocacy | Coursera / provider | Advocacy practice |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Human-rights-law certification (OHCHR/ICRC-style) | provider | Reinforces CO4–CO6; Year 4–5 |
| PIL / public-interest-advocacy micro-credential | provider | Supports CO6; optional |
| Human-rights clinic / NGO placement | KLU + NGOs/commissions | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's human-rights offerings; our PIL-and-commission practice focus suits the advocacy capstone. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong human-rights tradition. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's human-rights and PIL strength mirrored. |
| Jindal Global Law School | ~90% | Aligned; our fact-finding and advocacy work add practical depth. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a capstone optional. It integrates the constitutional, institutional and international human-rights frameworks and — crucially — the practice of rights advocacy (PIL, the commissions, fact-finding), making it the fitting rights-and-advocacy capstone of the advocacy pathway.
Human-rights practice uses research, documentation and digital-advocacy tools.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra (+ UN/treaty-body sources) | Legal research | Human-rights case-law, statutes and international instruments. |
| A documentation / drafting tool | Documentation / drafting | Fact-finding documentation and PIL drafting. |
Judiciary-Pathway Optional 1 · Sem V · BCI Group 1 (Constitutional) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal. Basis: the principles and rules of statutory interpretation; the General Clauses Act 1897; the canons and presumptions; the principles of legislation. Tuned to the PCS-J syllabus, where interpretation is a core examined subject. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and PCS-J preparation standards.
Interpretation of Statutes & Legislation is the bedrock judicial skill — how a judge determines what a statute means and applies it to the case. It is a core examined subject in every judicial-service (PCS-J) syllabus, and the optional is tuned accordingly: rigorous on the rules and the leading authorities a civil judge must command, with a judge's rather than an advocate's emphasis. It pairs the rules of construction with the principles of legislation that explain how and why statutes take the form they do.
The course is doctrinal and authority-intensive. Students master the rules of interpretation (literal, golden, mischief, purposive), the internal and external aids, the presumptions and the canons, the General Clauses Act, and the special rules for penal, taxing and beneficial statutes — all through the leading judgments that the judicial-service examinations test. The emphasis is on the precise, even-handed application of settled principle that judging demands.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the rules and approaches to statutory interpretation as applied by courts. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the rules of interpretation and aids to construction to a statutory provision. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse an interpretation question using the presumptions and canons. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the special rules for penal, taxing and beneficial statutes. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the General Clauses Act and the principles of legislation in a problem. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an interpretive question and reach a reasoned, judge-like conclusion. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning) High across every CO — interpretation is the purest legal reasoning. PO5 (research) and PO10 (lifelong learning) High. PO9 rises at the capstone (the reasoned conclusion). Tuned to the judicial-service emphasis on even-handed application of settled principle.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundational rules courts use to find the meaning of legislation.
The materials a court may use to determine meaning.
The default rules and maxims of construction.
The special rules for the statutes that most occupy the courts.
The interpretive statute and the theory of legislation.
The capstone — reaching a reasoned, judge-like interpretive conclusion.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Heydon's Case (mischief rule); leading purposive-construction authorities | Landmark |
| 2 | Exercise A — The Aids-to-Construction Problem | Interpretation exercise |
| 3 | Exercise B — Applying the Canons & Presumptions | Interpretation exercise |
| 4 | Leading penal/taxing/beneficial-statute authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Exercise C — The Reasoned Interpretive Opinion | Judicial-method exercise |
| 5 | General Clauses Act application example | Applied example |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students interpret disputed provisions to a reasoned conclusion in judicial style, building the core skill. Implementation: provision → apply rules/aids/canons in order → conclude → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct, ordered method. |
| Reasoning | 30% | Sound. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Defensible. |
| Clarity | 15% | Judicial style. |
Students apply the canons and presumptions to PCS-J-style problems, building maxim fluency. Implementation: problems → identify and apply → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Identification | 35% | Right canon/presumption. |
| Application | 30% | Correct. |
| Precision | 20% | Exam-precise. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students interpret penal/taxing/beneficial statutes, building the special-rules command. Implementation: provision → identify the statute type → apply the special rule → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Classification | 30% | Right statute type. |
| Special rule | 35% | Correctly applied. |
| Reasoning | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students write reasoned interpretive opinions, building the judicial-method capstone. Implementation: dispute → ordered analysis → written opinion → peer/faculty review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Even-handedness | 30% | Fairly states both readings. |
| Method | 30% | Correct order of principle. |
| Conclusion | 25% | Justified. |
| Writing | 15% | Judicial. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the rules, aids, canons and presumptions with the leading authorities a civil judge must know, building the PCS-J toolkit.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | PCS-J-comprehensive. |
| Usability | 20% | A real toolkit. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Each student builds a portfolio of short reasoned interpretive opinions, building the judicial-writing skill over the term.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct. |
| Reasoning | 30% | Sound. |
| Range | 20% | Varied problems. |
| Writing | 15% | Judicial. |
Teams argue opposing constructions and a 'bench' decides with reasons, building both advocacy and judicial decision.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct interpretive method. |
| Argument/decision | 30% | Sound. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Engages the points. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Principles of Statutory Interpretation | Justice G. P. Singh | LexisNexis | 2021 |
| Interpretation of Statutes | Vepa P. Sarathi | Eastern Book Company | 2018 |
| Maxwell on the Interpretation of Statutes | Maxwell (rev.) | LexisNexis | 2019 |
| The General Clauses Act (commentary) | various | Universal / open | 2021 |
| Interpretation of Statutes (PCS-J readings) | various | open / EBC | 2023 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Interpretation of Statutes | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Statutory Interpretation | provider | Interpretation |
| Judicial Process and Interpretation | provider | Judicial method |
| Legal Reasoning | Coursera / provider | Reasoning |
| Principles of Legislation | provider | Legislation theory |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Judicial-services interpretation module | provider / coaching | Reinforces CO1–CO4; Year 3 |
| Statutory-interpretation micro-credential | provider | Supports the optional; optional |
| Moot/judgment-writing competition participation | external | Supports CO6; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's interpretation offerings; our judicial-method emphasis suits the PCS-J orientation. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong interpretation treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; interpretation depth matched. |
| PCS-J examination syllabi | ~92% | Closely aligned with the interpretation component of judicial-service examinations. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a judicial-track optional. Interpretation is a core examined PCS-J subject, and this paper is tuned to the judge's even-handed application of settled principle, mastering the rules, aids, canons and special-statute rules through the leading authorities the examinations test.
Interpretation research uses legal-research databases and, critically, AI-assisted tools.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research | Interpretive authorities and statutory research. |
| A writing tool | Writing | Reasoned interpretive opinions. |
Judiciary-Pathway Optional 2 · Sem VI · BCI Group 1 (Constitutional) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal + comparative. Basis: Indian federalism and the constitutional scheme; comparative constitutional design (US, UK, others); the distribution of powers; centre-state relations and disputes. Builds on Constitutional Law I & II. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and PCS-J standards.
Comparative Constitution & Federalism deepens the constitutional grounding a judge needs — the architecture of the Indian federal scheme, read against comparative constitutional models, and the law of centre-state relations that generates a steady stream of high-stakes litigation. Building on Constitutional Law I & II, it suits the judiciary pathway by deepening constitutional command and the comparative perspective that enriches constitutional reasoning.
The course is doctrinal and comparative. Students study the nature of the Indian federation (its quasi-federal character), the distribution of legislative, executive and financial powers, the resolution of centre-state and inter-state disputes, the role of the constitutional institutions (Governor, inter-state bodies, the Finance Commission), and the comparative constitutional models (the US, the UK, and others) that illuminate constitutional design choices. It is taught through the landmark federalism judgments that have shaped the Indian polity.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the nature of the Indian federal scheme in comparative perspective. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the distribution-of-powers framework to a centre-state legislative question. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a centre-state or inter-state dispute and its resolution. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the constitutional provisions on the federal institutions to a problem. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse a constitutional-design question using comparative models. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a federalism or constitutional-design question and reach a reasoned conclusion. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning) and PO5 (research) High across every CO — deep constitutional analysis. PO7 (societal concern) features through the polity dimension. The comparative perspective enriches PO10. Builds on Constitutional Law I & II and deepens the command a judge needs.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The nature of Indian federalism and how it compares.
How legislative, executive and financial powers are divided.
The relations and disputes that generate constitutional litigation.
The constitutional offices and bodies of the federal scheme.
Learning from comparative constitutional choices.
The capstone — reasoning to a conclusion on a federalism/design question.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | S.R. Bommai v. Union of India (Article 356/federalism); leading distribution-of-powers authorities | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Repugnancy Question | Constitutional case |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Centre-State Dispute | Constitutional case |
| 4 | Case Study C — The Governor's-Powers Problem | Constitutional case |
| 5 | Leading comparative-constitutional authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Federalism-reasoning example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students analyse federalism problems to a reasoned conclusion, building constitutional reasoning. Implementation: problem → identify provisions/doctrines → apply → conclude → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue identification | 30% | Identifies the federal issues. |
| Application | 35% | Correct doctrines. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Reasoned. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students apply pith-and-substance, the lists and repugnancy, building legislative-competence command. Implementation: laws → characterise → locate → repugnancy → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Characterisation | 35% | Correct pith and substance. |
| List analysis | 30% | Correct. |
| Repugnancy | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students compare constitutional-design choices, building the comparative perspective. Implementation: question → compare models → draw lessons → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Comparative command | 35% | Sound on the models. |
| Analysis | 30% | Insightful. |
| Application | 20% | To the Indian question. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students write reasoned conclusions on federalism questions, building the judicial-method capstone. Implementation: dispute → ordered analysis → opinion → peer review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Even-handedness | 30% | Fair to both sides. |
| Doctrine | 30% | Correctly applied. |
| Conclusion | 25% | Justified. |
| Writing | 15% | Judicial. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the federalism doctrines and institutions with the leading authorities, building the PCS-J constitutional toolkit.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Usability | 20% | A real toolkit. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams brief a comparative constitutional model on a chosen dimension and present the lessons for India.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Comparative depth | 35% | Sound. |
| Relevance | 30% | Lessons for India. |
| Insight | 20% | Useful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue a centre-state dispute and a 'bench' decides with reasons, building constitutional advocacy and judicial decision.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate constitutional law. |
| Argument/decision | 30% | Sound. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Engages the points. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Constitutional Law of India | H. M. Seervai | Universal | 2015 |
| Indian Constitutional Law | M. P. Jain | LexisNexis | 2018 |
| Comparative Constitutional Law (readings) | various | OUP / open | 2022 |
| Federalism in India (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| Centre-State Relations (readings) | various | open | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Constitutional Law / Federalism | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Comparative Constitutional Law | provider | Comparative |
| Indian Federalism | provider | Federalism |
| Constitutional Design | Coursera / provider | Design |
| Centre-State Relations | provider | Centre-state |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Judicial-services constitutional-law module | provider / coaching | Reinforces CO1–CO4; Year 3 |
| Comparative-constitutional-law micro-credential | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| Constitutional moot / judgment-writing participation | external | Supports CO6; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's constitutional/comparative offerings; our federalism depth suits the PCS-J orientation. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong constitutional tradition. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's constitutional-law strength mirrored. |
| PCS-J examination syllabi | ~90% | Closely aligned with the constitutional/federalism components of judicial-service examinations. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a judicial-track optional. Building on Constitutional Law I & II, it deepens federalism command and adds the comparative perspective that enriches constitutional reasoning — exactly the constitutional depth a strong judicial candidate needs.
Constitutional and comparative research uses legal-research databases and global sources.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra (+ comparative sources) | Legal research | Constitutional and comparative authorities. |
| A writing tool | Writing | Reasoned constitutional opinions. |
Judiciary-Pathway Optional 3 · Sem VI · BCI Group 4 (Crime) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal. Basis: theories of punishment; the sentencing framework under the BNS/BNSS; victimology and victim compensation; prison law and reform; probation and parole. Builds on Crimes I & II. Tuned to the judicial role in sentencing. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and PCS-J standards.
Penology, Victimology & Sentencing addresses what happens after guilt is established — the theory and practice of punishment, the sentencing decision that is among a judge's gravest responsibilities, the place of the victim, and the law of corrections. Building on Crimes I & II, it is squarely aimed at the judicial role: a judge sentences, grants or denies bail and probation, and must understand punishment's purposes and limits. It is tuned to the judiciary pathway accordingly.
The course is doctrinal and reform-aware. Students study the theories of punishment (retribution, deterrence, reformation, restoration), the sentencing framework and the principles guiding the sentencing discretion under the BNS/BNSS, the death-penalty jurisprudence and the 'rarest of rare' doctrine, victimology and victim compensation, and the law of corrections (prisons, probation, parole, and reform). It is taught through the sentencing and prison-reform jurisprudence and through sentencing exercises.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the theories and purposes of punishment. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the sentencing framework and principles to a sentencing decision. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the death-penalty jurisprudence and the 'rarest of rare' doctrine. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply victimology and victim-compensation principles to a case. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the law of corrections (prisons, probation, parole) and reform. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a sentencing or corrections problem and reach a reasoned, judge-like decision. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High and PO6 (ethics) / PO7 (societal concern) High across every CO — sentencing is moral-legal judgment of the highest order. PO10 (lifelong learning) High. Tuned to the judicial sentencing role; builds on Crimes I & II.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
Why we punish — the foundation of every sentencing decision.
The judge's sentencing decision — framework and principles.
The gravest sentencing question.
The victim's place in the criminal-justice process.
What happens to the offender — prisons, probation, parole and reform.
The capstone — reaching a reasoned sentencing or corrections decision.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | Bachan Singh v. State of Punjab (death penalty); Machhi Singh ('rarest of rare') | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Sentencing Decision | Sentencing case |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Capital-Sentencing Analysis | Sentencing case |
| 5 | Case Study C — The Probation/Parole Decision | Corrections case |
| 4 | Leading victim-compensation authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Sentencing-decision example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work sentencing problems to a reasoned decision, building the core judicial skill. Implementation: conviction → options → weigh factors → sentence → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Options | 30% | Right sentencing options. |
| Balancing | 35% | Sound factor analysis. |
| Decision | 20% | Proportionate. |
| Reasoning | 15% | Judicial. |
Students connect punishment theory to sentencing outcomes, building principled sentencing. Implementation: theory → apply to a scenario → critique → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Theory command | 35% | Sound theory. |
| Application | 30% | To the sentence. |
| Critique | 20% | Substantive. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students integrate victimology and compensation into the process, building the victim-sensitive perspective. Implementation: case → victim considerations → compensation → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Victim analysis | 35% | Sound. |
| Compensation | 30% | Correctly applied. |
| Sensitivity | 20% | Victim-sensitive. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students write reasoned sentencing orders, building the judicial-method capstone. Implementation: case → ordered analysis → sentencing order → peer/faculty review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Factor analysis | 30% | Thorough. |
| Proportionality | 30% | Sound. |
| Decision | 25% | Justified. |
| Writing | 15% | Judicial. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the sentencing framework, factors and leading authorities, building the PCS-J sentencing toolkit.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Usability | 20% | A real toolkit. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Each student builds a portfolio of reasoned sentencing orders across offence types, building the judicial-writing skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Factor analysis | 35% | Sound. |
| Proportionality | 30% | Sound. |
| Range | 20% | Varied offences. |
| Writing | 15% | Judicial. |
Teams argue sentence (prosecution/defence) and a 'bench' decides with reasons, building sentencing advocacy and judicial decision.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate sentencing law. |
| Argument/decision | 30% | Sound. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Engages the factors. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Penology and Victimology (readings) | various | EBC / open | 2022 |
| Sentencing and the Criminal Justice System (readings) | various | open / LexisNexis | 2023 |
| Prisoners' Rights and Prison Reform (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| The Death Penalty in India (readings) | various | open | 2022 |
| Victimology (readings) | various | open | 2021 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Penology and Victimology | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Sentencing and Punishment | provider | Sentencing |
| Victimology and Victim Rights | provider | Victimology |
| Prison Reform and Corrections | provider | Corrections |
| Criminal Justice and the Death Penalty | Coursera / provider | Capital punishment |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Judicial-services criminal-law/sentencing module | provider / coaching | Reinforces CO2–CO3; Year 3 |
| Victimology / restorative-justice micro-credential | provider | Supports CO4; optional |
| Prison/legal-aid clinic participation | KLU + authorities | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's penology/criminal-justice offerings; our sentencing-decision focus suits the PCS-J orientation. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong criminal-justice tradition. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; penology and sentencing emphasis matched. |
| PCS-J examination syllabi | ~90% | Closely aligned with the sentencing/penology components of judicial-service examinations. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a judicial-track optional. Building on Crimes I & II, it concentrates on the post-conviction stage that is central to the judicial role — punishment theory, the sentencing decision, capital sentencing, the victim, and corrections — tuned to the reasoned sentencing judgment a judge must write.
Sentencing and corrections engage data on disparity and increasingly risk-assessment tools.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research | Sentencing and corrections authorities. |
| A writing tool | Writing | Reasoned sentencing orders. |
Judiciary-Pathway Optional 4 · Sem VII · BCI Group 4 (Crime) · 4 Credits · 3-0-2-0 · Doctrinal + comparative. Basis: the BNSS 2023 (criminal procedure); comparative criminal-procedure models (adversarial vs. inquisitorial; US/UK); the rights of the accused; the trial process. Builds on Crimes II (BNSS). Tuned to the judicial role in the criminal trial. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and PCS-J standards.
Comparative Criminal Procedure deepens command of the criminal process — the journey from investigation through trial to appeal — read against comparative models, with the judge's perspective foremost. Building on Crimes II (the BNSS), it equips the judicial candidate to run a fair criminal trial: to understand the rights of the accused, the burden and standard of proof, the conduct of the trial, and the appellate and revisional framework, illuminated by how other systems do the same.
The course is doctrinal and comparative. Students study the architecture of the BNSS criminal process (investigation, cognizance, framing of charge, trial, judgment, sentencing, appeal/revision), the constitutional and procedural rights of the accused (fair trial, bail, against self-incrimination), the comparative models (the adversarial system India follows vs. the inquisitorial system, and US/UK procedural protections), and the recurring procedural questions a trial judge decides daily. It is taught through the procedural jurisprudence and trial simulations.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the architecture of the criminal process under the BNSS. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the rights of the accused and fair-trial guarantees to a procedural question. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a trial-process question (charge, evidence, judgment). | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the appellate/revisional framework to a post-trial situation. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse a procedural question using comparative criminal-procedure models. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a criminal-procedure question and reach a reasoned, judge-like decision. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High and PO6 (ethics/fairness) High across every CO — criminal procedure is the law of the fair trial. PO9 rises with the trial-conduct work. The comparative perspective enriches PO10. Builds on Crimes II and is tuned to the judicial trial role.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The journey of a criminal case under the new code.
The guarantees that make a trial fair — central to the judicial role.
The conduct of the trial — what the judge manages and decides.
The post-trial framework.
How other systems run the criminal process — and what it teaches.
The capstone — deciding a criminal-procedure question as a judge.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Leading fair-trial and bail authorities; self-incrimination jurisprudence | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Bail Decision | Procedure case |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Charge & Trial-Conduct Question | Procedure case |
| 4 | Case Study C — The Appeal/Revision Problem | Procedure case |
| 5 | Leading comparative criminal-procedure authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Procedural-decision example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work procedure questions to a reasoned decision, building judicial procedural reasoning. Implementation: question → identify the rule → apply → decide → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue identification | 30% | Identifies the procedural issue. |
| Application | 35% | Correct BNSS rule. |
| Decision | 20% | Reasoned. |
| Clarity | 15% | Judicial. |
Students decide bail across offence types, building the most frequent judicial skill. Implementation: applications → apply framework → decide with conditions → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Framework | 35% | Correct bail law. |
| Balancing | 30% | Sound. |
| Conditions | 20% | Appropriate. |
| Reasoning | 15% | Judicial. |
Students compare procedural models, building the comparative perspective. Implementation: question → compare models → draw lessons → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Comparative command | 35% | Sound on the models. |
| Analysis | 30% | Insightful. |
| Application | 20% | To the Indian process. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students write reasoned procedural orders, building the judicial-method capstone. Implementation: question → ordered analysis → order → peer/faculty review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Rule application | 30% | Correct. |
| Balance | 30% | Rights vs. justice. |
| Decision | 25% | Justified. |
| Writing | 15% | Judicial. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the BNSS criminal process end-to-end with the key decision points and authorities, building the PCS-J procedural toolkit.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | End-to-end. |
| Usability | 20% | A real toolkit. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Each student builds a portfolio of reasoned bail orders across offence types, building the core judicial-writing skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Framework | 35% | Correct. |
| Balancing | 30% | Sound. |
| Range | 20% | Varied offences. |
| Writing | 15% | Judicial. |
Teams conduct a mock trial segment and a 'judge' decides the procedural questions, building trial-conduct and judicial-decision skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate procedure. |
| Conduct/decision | 30% | Sound. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles the points. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| The Code of Criminal Procedure / BNSS (commentary) | various | LexisNexis / Taxmann | 2024 |
| Criminal Procedure | R. V. Kelkar | Eastern Book Company | 2021 |
| Comparative Criminal Procedure (readings) | various | OUP / open | 2022 |
| Rights of the Accused (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| The BNSS 2023 (commentary) | various | open / Taxmann | 2024 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Criminal Procedure / BNSS | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Comparative Criminal Justice | provider | Comparative |
| Fair Trial and Rights of the Accused | provider | Fair trial |
| Bail and Pre-Trial Process | provider | Bail |
| The Criminal Trial | Coursera / provider | Trial process |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Judicial-services criminal-procedure module | provider / coaching | Reinforces CO1–CO4; Year 4 |
| Trial-advocacy / procedure micro-credential | provider | Supports CO3; optional |
| Court-attachment / trial-observation programme | KLU + courts | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's criminal-procedure offerings; our judicial trial-and-decision focus suits the PCS-J orientation. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong criminal-justice tradition. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; procedure depth matched. |
| PCS-J examination syllabi | ~92% | Closely aligned with the criminal-procedure component of judicial-service examinations. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a judicial-track optional. Building on Crimes II (the BNSS), it deepens command of the criminal process from the judge's seat — fair-trial rights, bail, trial conduct, and appeals — with a comparative perspective, tuned to the reasoned procedural decisions a trial judge makes daily.
Criminal procedure increasingly engages e-courts, electronic evidence and digital process.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research | Criminal-procedure authorities and the BNSS. |
| A writing tool | Writing | Reasoned procedural and bail orders. |
Judiciary-Pathway Optional 5 · Sem VII · BCI Group 2 (Business Law) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal. Statutory basis: the Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 (esp. Section 138 cheque-dishonour); banking law; the banker-customer relationship. Tuned to the PCS-J syllabus, where the NI Act and cheque-bounce cases are a major examined and docket subject. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and PCS-J standards.
Banking & Negotiable Instruments covers the law of cheques, bills and promissory notes, and the banker-customer relationship — with particular weight on the Section 138 cheque-dishonour offence that fills a vast portion of the magistracy's docket. It is a staple of the PCS-J syllabus and of a civil judge's daily work, making it a high-value judiciary-pathway optional. The course pairs the substantive negotiable-instruments law with the procedure of the cheque-bounce case that a magistrate must master.
The course is doctrinal and procedure-aware. Students learn the framework of the Negotiable Instruments Act (the instruments, the parties, holder in due course, negotiation), the law and procedure of cheque dishonour under Section 138 (the offence, the conditions, the presumptions, the defences, and the trial), and the banker-customer relationship and banking-law essentials. It is taught through the Section 138 jurisprudence and through the procedural exercises that mirror the magistrate's docket.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the framework of the Negotiable Instruments Act and the instruments. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the law of negotiation, holder in due course and liabilities to a problem. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a cheque-dishonour (Section 138) matter: offence, conditions and presumptions. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the procedure of the Section 138 case and the defences. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse a banker-customer or banking-law problem. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a negotiable-instruments or banking matter and reach a reasoned decision. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1/PO2 High across every CO; PO3/PSO1 strong (commercial/banking context). PO9 rises with the Section 138 trial-procedure work. Tuned to the PCS-J emphasis: cheque-bounce cases are a major examined topic and docket reality for a magistrate.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The instruments and the foundational concepts.
How instruments move and who is liable.
The cheque-bounce offence — the heart of the magistrate's docket.
Running the cheque-bounce case — procedure and the defences.
The banking-law context.
The capstone — deciding an NI/Section 138 matter as a judge.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | Leading Section 138 authorities (presumptions, Section 141, conditions) | Landmark |
| 3 | Case Study A — The Section 138 Cheque-Dishonour Case | Cheque-bounce case |
| 4 | Case Study B — Rebutting the Presumption (Defences) | Procedure case |
| 2 | Case Study C — The Holder-in-Due-Course Problem | NI case |
| 5 | Leading banker-customer / wrongful-dishonour authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | NI-decision example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work negotiable-instruments problems to a reasoned conclusion, building command. Implementation: problem → identify the principle → apply → conclude → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Principle identification | 30% | Right NI principle. |
| Application | 35% | Correct. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Reasoned. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students work cheque-dishonour matters end-to-end, building the docket-reality skill. Implementation: matter → conditions/presumptions/defences → decide → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Conditions | 30% | Correctly checked. |
| Presumptions | 35% | Correctly applied. |
| Decision | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Judicial. |
Students analyse the rebuttal of the Section 139 presumption, building the contested-case skill. Implementation: defences → rebuttal standard → assess → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Defence analysis | 35% | Sound. |
| Standard | 30% | Correct. |
| Assessment | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students write reasoned Section 138/NI judgments, building the judicial-method capstone. Implementation: matter → ordered analysis → judgment → peer/faculty review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Conditions/presumptions | 30% | Correct. |
| Burden | 30% | Soundly applied. |
| Decision | 25% | Justified. |
| Writing | 15% | Judicial. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the Section 138 case from dishonour to judgment with the conditions, presumptions and authorities, building the PCS-J toolkit.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | End-to-end. |
| Usability | 20% | A real toolkit. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Each student builds a portfolio of reasoned Section 138 judgments, building the docket-writing skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Conditions/presumptions | 35% | Correct. |
| Burden | 30% | Sound. |
| Range | 20% | Varied scenarios. |
| Writing | 15% | Judicial. |
Teams argue a cheque-bounce/NI matter and a 'bench' decides with reasons, building NI advocacy and judicial decision.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate NI law. |
| Argument/decision | 30% | Sound. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Engages the points. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| The Negotiable Instruments Act (commentary) | Bhashyam & Adiga / various | Bharat / LexisNexis | 2023 |
| Banking Law and Negotiable Instruments | M. L. Tannan / readings | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Section 138 NI Act: Law and Practice (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2023 |
| Banking Law | S. N. Gupta / readings | Universal | 2021 |
| Negotiable Instruments (PCS-J readings) | various | open | 2023 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Negotiable Instruments Act / Banking Law | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Cheque Dishonour and Section 138 | provider | Section 138 |
| Banking Law | provider | Banking |
| Commercial Laws | provider | Commercial-law context |
| Law of Negotiable Instruments | provider | NI law |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Judicial-services commercial-law/NI module | provider / coaching | Reinforces CO3–CO4; Year 4 |
| Banking-law micro-credential | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| Court-attachment (NI docket observation) | KLU + courts | Applies the law; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~88% | Matches NLSIU's banking/commercial offerings; our Section 138 docket-focus suits the PCS-J orientation. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~88% | Close alignment; strong commercial-law treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~88% | Strong overlap; NI and banking depth matched. |
| PCS-J examination syllabi | ~92% | Closely aligned with the NI-Act/Section-138 component, a major examined and docket subject in judicial service. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a judicial-track optional. The NI Act and Section 138 cheque-bounce cases are a major examined PCS-J subject and a vast part of a magistrate's docket; this paper pairs the substantive NI law with the cheque-bounce procedure and judgment-writing a civil judge must master.
Banking and instruments increasingly involve digital payments and e-process.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research | NI-Act and Section 138 authorities. |
| A writing tool | Writing | Reasoned Section 138/NI judgments. |
Judiciary-Pathway Optional 6 · Sem VIII · BCI Group 1 (Constitutional) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal. Basis: the fundamental rights; the writ jurisdiction (Articles 32 and 226); the remedies framework; the human-rights dimension of adjudication. Builds on Constitutional Law I & II. The constitutional capstone of the judiciary pathway. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and PCS-J standards.
Human Rights & Constitutional Remedies is the constitutional capstone of the judiciary pathway — the fundamental rights and, crucially for a judge, the remedies through which they are enforced. While the advocacy pathway's human-rights paper emphasises advocacy and PIL, this paper takes the adjudicator's perspective: how a court receives, frames and grants constitutional remedies, the writ jurisdiction, and the doctrines that govern judicial protection of rights. Building on Constitutional Law I & II, it equips the judicial candidate to adjudicate rights claims.
The course is doctrinal and remedy-focused. Students study the fundamental rights as enforceable guarantees, the writ jurisdiction of the High Courts and Supreme Court (Articles 226 and 32) and the five writs, the principles governing the grant of constitutional remedies (locus, alternative remedy, delay, the scope of judicial review), the remedy of compensation for rights violations, and the judicial role in PIL — all from the bench's perspective. It is taught through the remedies jurisprudence and through judgment-writing exercises.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the fundamental rights as enforceable constitutional guarantees. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the writ jurisdiction and the five writs to a rights-violation situation. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse the principles governing the grant of constitutional remedies. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the remedy framework (including compensation) to a rights violation. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse the judicial role in PIL and the protection of rights. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a constitutional-remedies question and reach a reasoned, judge-like decision. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning), PO5 (research), PO6 (ethics), PO7 (societal concern) High across every CO — rights adjudication at its core. PO9 rises with the judgment-writing. The constitutional capstone of the judiciary pathway, taking the adjudicator's perspective on rights enforcement.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The rights, from the bench's perspective.
The constitutional remedies machinery — central to High Court practice.
The doctrines a court applies in deciding whether to grant a remedy.
The remedies a court can grant for a rights violation.
The judicial role in public-interest rights protection.
The capstone — adjudicating a constitutional-remedies question.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 4 | D.K. Basu v. State of West Bengal (custodial-rights/compensation); Maneka Gandhi | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Writ-Selection Problem | Remedies case |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Maintainability Question | Remedies case |
| 4 | Case Study C — Moulding the Relief | Remedies case |
| 5 | Leading PIL authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Constitutional-remedies-decision example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work constitutional-remedies questions to a reasoned conclusion, building adjudicative reasoning. Implementation: violation → writ/remedy → principles → decide → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Issue identification | 30% | Identifies the remedy issue. |
| Application | 35% | Correct principles. |
| Decision | 20% | Reasoned. |
| Clarity | 15% | Judicial. |
Students match violations to the correct writ, building the foundational skill. Implementation: scenarios → select and justify the writ → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Selection | 35% | Right writ. |
| Justification | 30% | Sound. |
| Scope | 20% | Understands reach. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students decide maintainability questions, building the threshold-doctrine command. Implementation: objections → apply locus/alternative-remedy/laches → decide → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Doctrine | 35% | Correctly applied. |
| Analysis | 30% | Sound. |
| Decision | 20% | Justified. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students write reasoned constitutional-remedies judgments, building the capstone. Implementation: matter → ordered analysis → judgment with moulded relief → peer/faculty review.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Principle application | 30% | Correct. |
| Relief | 30% | Appropriately moulded. |
| Balance | 25% | Rights vs. restraint. |
| Writing | 15% | Judicial. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the writs, the remedial principles and the leading authorities, building the PCS-J constitutional-remedies toolkit.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Usability | 20% | A real toolkit. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Each student builds a portfolio of reasoned constitutional-remedies judgments, building the judicial-writing skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Principle application | 35% | Correct. |
| Relief | 30% | Sound. |
| Range | 20% | Varied remedies. |
| Writing | 15% | Judicial. |
Teams argue a writ matter and a 'bench' decides with reasons, building constitutional advocacy and judicial decision.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate remedies law. |
| Argument/decision | 30% | Sound. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Engages the points. |
| Conduct | 15% | Professional. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Constitutional Law of India | H. M. Seervai | Universal | 2015 |
| Indian Constitutional Law | M. P. Jain | LexisNexis | 2018 |
| Writs and Constitutional Remedies (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| Public Interest Litigation (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| Judicial Review (readings) | various | open | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Constitutional Law / Remedies | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Writ Jurisdiction and Judicial Review | provider | Writs/review |
| Human Rights and the Courts | provider | Rights adjudication |
| Public Interest Litigation | provider | PIL |
| Judicial Process | Coursera / provider | Judicial method |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Judicial-services constitutional-remedies module | provider / coaching | Reinforces CO2–CO4; Year 4–5 |
| Constitutional-law / writs micro-credential | provider | Supports the optional; optional |
| Constitutional moot / judgment-writing participation | external | Supports CO6; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's constitutional-remedies offerings; our adjudicator's-perspective focus suits the PCS-J orientation. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong constitutional tradition. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's constitutional-law strength mirrored. |
| PCS-J examination syllabi | ~92% | Closely aligned with the constitutional-remedies/writs component of judicial-service examinations. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a capstone optional. Building on Constitutional Law I & II and taking the adjudicator's perspective, it concentrates on the rights and — crucially for a judge — the remedies and writ jurisdiction through which rights are enforced, tuned to the reasoned constitutional judgment a judge must write.
Constitutional-remedies practice uses legal-research databases and engages digital-rights questions.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| SCC Online / Manupatra | Legal research | Constitutional-remedies and writ authorities. |
| A writing tool | Writing | Reasoned constitutional judgments. |
Higher-Education-Pathway Optional 1 · Sem V · BCI Group 1 (Constitutional/Legal Philosophy) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal + theoretical. Basis: schools of jurisprudence (natural law, positivism, realism, critical theory); theories of justice (Rawls, Sen, Nozick); rights theory; the philosophy of law. Builds on Jurisprudence (Sem III). Tuned to anchor an LL.M./research trajectory. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and leading LL.M. foundations.
Legal Theory & Justice deepens the philosophical foundations of law — the schools of jurisprudence and the great theories of justice — that distinguish a scholar from a mere practitioner. Building on the foundational Jurisprudence paper, this higher-education-pathway optional cultivates the conceptual sophistication and theoretical fluency that an LL.M., a research career, or constitutional scholarship demands. It is the intellectual anchor of the academic track.
The course is theoretical and discursive. Students engage the major jurisprudential schools (natural law, legal positivism, legal realism, sociological jurisprudence, critical legal studies and its offshoots), the leading theories of justice (Rawls's justice-as-fairness, Sen's capability approach, Nozick's entitlement theory, communitarian critiques), the philosophy of rights, and the enduring questions about law's nature, authority and relationship to morality. It is taught through close reading of primary theoretical texts and through structured argument — the method of serious legal scholarship.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the major schools of jurisprudence and the debates between them. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply a jurisprudential school's framework to a question about law's nature. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a justice problem using the leading theories of justice. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply rights theory and the law-morality debate to a legal question. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse a legal issue through critical and contemporary theoretical lenses. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a theoretical question and construct a sophisticated, original argument. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning), PO5 (research/scholarship), PO6 (ethics), PO10 (lifelong learning) High across every CO — this is the most theoretical optional. PO7 (justice/societal concern) rises through the justice theories. The intellectual anchor of the higher-education pathway.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundational debate about the nature of law.
Law as it actually operates — the empirical and functional turn.
The great theories of what justice requires.
The theory of rights and law's connection to morality.
The theoretical perspectives that interrogate law's claims.
The capstone — constructing sophisticated, original theoretical argument.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | The Hart-Fuller and Hart-Dworkin debates (foundational texts) | Theory landmark |
| 3 | Exercise A — Applying a Theory of Justice | Theory exercise |
| 1 | Exercise B — The Nature-of-Law Argument | Theory exercise |
| 4 | The Hart-Devlin debate (law and morality) | Theory landmark |
| 6 | Exercise C — The Theoretical Essay | Scholarship exercise |
| 5 | Critical-theory application example | Applied example |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students engage primary theoretical texts in seminar, building scholarly reading and argument. Implementation: text → close reading → seminar argument → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Comprehension | 30% | Grasps the text. |
| Engagement | 35% | Substantive argument. |
| Insight | 20% | Original. |
| Articulation | 15% | Clear, scholarly. |
Students apply justice theories to real problems, building applied-theory skill. Implementation: problem → multi-theory analysis → reasoned position → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Theory command | 35% | Sound on the theories. |
| Application | 30% | Insightful. |
| Position | 20% | Reasoned. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students argue the classic jurisprudential debates, building theoretical agility. Implementation: debate → take a position → argue → switch sides → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Knows the debate. |
| Argument | 30% | Strong. |
| Agility | 20% | Can argue both sides. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students develop a theoretical essay across the term, building the scholarship capstone. Implementation: question → draft → critique → revise → final essay.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Framing | 25% | Sharp question. |
| Argument | 35% | Rigorous, original. |
| Engagement | 25% | Engages theory/texts. |
| Writing | 15% | Scholarly. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the schools of jurisprudence and their debates with the key thinkers, building the theoretical landscape.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Insight | 20% | Shows the connections. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams take a landmark judgment and read it through competing theories, building the theory-meets-doctrine skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Theory command | 35% | Sound. |
| Application | 30% | Insightful. |
| Originality | 20% | Fresh reading. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Students present and defend a theoretical argument before peers, building the scholarly-presentation skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Argument | 35% | Rigorous. |
| Defence | 30% | Handles challenge. |
| Originality | 20% | Original. |
| Communication | 15% | Scholarly. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| The Concept of Law | H. L. A. Hart | Oxford Univ. Press | 2012 |
| A Theory of Justice | John Rawls | Harvard Univ. Press | 1999 |
| The Idea of Justice | Amartya Sen | Harvard Univ. Press | 2009 |
| Jurisprudence and Legal Theory | V. D. Mahajan / readings | Eastern Book Company | 2018 |
| Legal Theory (readings) | various | OUP / open | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Jurisprudence and Legal Theory | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Justice | edX — Harvard (Sandel) | Theories of justice |
| Philosophy of Law | provider | Philosophy of law |
| Theories of Justice | Coursera / provider | Justice |
| Critical Legal Theory | provider | Critical theory |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| LL.M.-foundations / legal-theory module | provider | Reinforces CO1–CO6; Year 3 |
| Research-methodology micro-credential | provider | Supports CO6; optional |
| Theory-essay / journal publication | KLU + journals | Applies the skill; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's strong jurisprudence/legal-theory tradition; our scholarship focus anchors an LL.M./research trajectory. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong theory treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's legal-theory depth mirrored. |
| Leading LL.M. theory foundations | ~90% | Aligned with the legal-theory foundations expected by leading LL.M. programmes worldwide. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a theoretical optional. Building on the foundational Jurisprudence paper, it deepens the schools of jurisprudence and the theories of justice and cultivates the scholarly argument and writing that anchor an LL.M., a research career, or constitutional scholarship — the intellectual core of the higher-education pathway.
Legal-theory scholarship uses research databases and digital scholarly resources.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Scholarly databases + SCC Online / Manupatra | Research | Primary theoretical texts and scholarship. |
| A writing / reference-management tool | Scholarly writing | The theoretical essay and citations. |
Higher-Education-Pathway Optional 2 · Sem VI · BCI Group 7 (Intellectual Property) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal + comparative. Statutory basis: the Patents Act 1970; the Copyright Act 1957; the Trade Marks Act 1999; the Designs Act 2000; TRIPS and the international IP framework. A research-oriented IP foundation. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD IP specialisations and LL.M. IP tracks.
This optional provides a rigorous, doctrinally-deep and internationally-framed foundation in the core intellectual-property regimes — patents, copyright and trademarks (with designs) — oriented toward research and advanced study rather than the transactional focus of the corporate-pathway IP optional. It suits the higher-education pathway by building the substantive IP command and the comparative-and-international perspective that an LL.M. in IP, or IP scholarship, requires.
The course is doctrinal and comparative. Students study each regime in depth — patentability and the patent system, copyright's subject matter and the digital challenges, trademark protection and dilution, and design protection — within the international framework (TRIPS, the conventions, WIPO) and with comparative reference to other systems. The treatment foregrounds the policy debates, the unsettled questions and the law-reform frontiers that make IP a rich field for research.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the framework, justifications and international system of intellectual property. | L2 |
| CO2 | Analyse the patent regime in depth, including patentability and policy. | L4 |
| CO3 | Analyse copyright protection and the digital/contemporary challenges. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply trademark and design protection principles to a problem. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse an IP question using comparative and international perspectives. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an IP question and construct a research-oriented or reform argument. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning), PO5 (research/reform) and PSO2 (technical/IP fluency) High across every CO — a research-oriented IP foundation. PO7 rises through the access/policy debates. PO10 High. Suits the higher-education pathway and an LL.M. in IP; complements the corporate-pathway IP optional.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The IP landscape, its justifications and the global system.
Patents — the most technical and policy-laden regime.
Copyright — the regime most disrupted by technology.
Brand and design protection.
IP across systems — the comparative and research dimension.
The capstone — constructing a research-oriented or reform argument.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | Novartis v. Union of India (Section 3(d)/patentability); leading patent authorities | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Patentability & Access Debate | Doctrinal/policy case |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Copyright-in-the-Digital-Age Question | Doctrinal case |
| 4 | Case Study C — The Trademark Dilution/Well-Known-Mark Problem | Doctrinal case |
| 5 | Leading comparative/international IP authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | IP-research-argument example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students engage IP doctrine and policy in depth, building scholarly command. Implementation: regime/question → doctrine + policy → seminar argument → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Doctrine | 30% | Sound. |
| Policy engagement | 35% | Substantive. |
| Insight | 20% | Original. |
| Articulation | 15% | Scholarly. |
Students work patentability and access questions, building the patent-policy skill. Implementation: application/question → patentability + policy → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Patentability | 35% | Correct. |
| Policy | 30% | Engages the balance. |
| Reasoning | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students compare IP across systems, building the comparative/research perspective. Implementation: question → compare systems → lessons → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Comparative command | 35% | Sound. |
| Analysis | 30% | Insightful. |
| Application | 20% | To the Indian question. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students develop an IP research/reform argument across the term, building the scholarship capstone. Implementation: question → research → argument → revise → final.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Question | 25% | Researchable, sharp. |
| Argument | 35% | Rigorous, original. |
| Engagement | 25% | Doctrine+policy+comparative. |
| Writing | 15% | Scholarly. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the IP regimes, their international framework and the policy tensions, building the IP landscape.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Policy | 20% | Shows the tensions. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams write a policy brief on a contested IP question (access, AI-authorship, evergreening) and present it, building research skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Research | 35% | Sound. |
| Argument | 30% | Reasoned. |
| Policy insight | 20% | Useful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue an IP question (doctrinal or policy) before peers/a bench, building IP argument.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate IP law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles challenge. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Intellectual Property Law | P. Narayanan | Eastern Law House | 2017 |
| Law Relating to Intellectual Property Rights | V. K. Ahuja | LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Intellectual Property Law | Lionel Bently & Brad Sherman | Oxford Univ. Press | 2022 |
| TRIPS and International IP (readings) | various | OUP / open | 2022 |
| Intellectual Property (research readings) | various | open / EBC | 2023 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Intellectual Property Rights | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Patent Law | provider | Patents |
| Copyright Law | provider | Copyright |
| International Intellectual Property | provider | International IP |
| IP and Public Policy | Coursera / provider | IP policy |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| LL.M.-IP-foundations / IPR research module | provider | Reinforces CO1–CO6; Year 3 |
| WIPO IP course / micro-credential | WIPO Academy | Supports the optional; optional |
| IP-research / journal publication | KLU + journals | Applies the skill; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's IP depth; our research-and-comparative orientation anchors an LL.M. in IP. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~92% | Close alignment; NALSAR's strong IP tradition mirrored. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's IP strength mirrored. |
| Leading LL.M. IP tracks | ~90% | Aligned with the doctrinal-and-policy IP foundations expected by leading LL.M. IP programmes. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a research-oriented optional. It provides a doctrinally-deep, internationally-framed IP foundation foregrounding the policy debates and reform frontiers — suited to an LL.M. in IP or IP scholarship, and complementing the transactional corporate-pathway IP optional.
IP is intertwined with technology; research and tech-context tools are central.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Scholarly databases + SCC Online / Manupatra (+ IP-office databases) | Research | IP doctrine, policy and registry research. |
| A research / writing tool | Scholarly writing | IP policy briefs and research arguments. |
Higher-Education-Pathway Optional 3 · Sem VI · BCI Group 8 (International Law) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal + international. Basis: the international human-rights framework (the covenants, UN mechanisms); international humanitarian law (the Geneva Conventions); international criminal law; refugee law. Builds on Public International Law (Sem VI). An internationally-legible research foundation. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and LL.M. international-law tracks.
International Human Rights & Humanitarian Law covers the international legal protection of the human person — in peace (human-rights law) and in armed conflict (humanitarian law) — together with the international criminal law that enforces the gravest violations and the refugee law that protects the displaced. Building on Public International Law, it is the internationally-legible, research-rich optional that suits the higher-education pathway and an LL.M. in international law or human rights.
The course is doctrinal and internationally-framed. Students study the international human-rights framework (the UDHR and the covenants, the UN treaty bodies and special procedures), international humanitarian law (the Geneva Conventions, the distinction/proportionality principles, the law of occupation), international criminal law (the ICC, the core crimes, individual responsibility), and refugee and migration law. It is taught through the international jurisprudence and the contemporary crises that test this body of law — a field of genuine global engagement.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the international human-rights framework and its mechanisms. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the human-rights instruments and mechanisms to a violation. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a situation under international humanitarian law. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply international criminal law to a situation of grave violations. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse a refugee/migration situation under international law. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an international protection problem and construct a research-oriented argument. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning), PO5 (research), PO6 (ethics), PO7 (societal/global concern) High across every CO — the protection of the person in international law. PO10 High. An internationally-legible research foundation; builds on PIL and anchors an LL.M. in international law/human rights.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The global architecture for protecting human rights.
How international human-rights law operates in practice.
The law of armed conflict — protecting the person in war.
Enforcing the gravest violations through individual responsibility.
Protecting the displaced.
The capstone — constructing a research-oriented international-law argument.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | Leading IHL/ICL authorities (ICTY/ICTR/ICC jurisprudence) | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Human-Rights-Violation Complaint | International case |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Armed-Conflict (IHL) Analysis | IHL case |
| 4 | Case Study C — The International-Crimes Analysis | ICL case |
| 5 | Leading refugee/non-refoulement authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | International-protection-research example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students engage international-protection doctrine and jurisprudence, building scholarly command. Implementation: question → treaties + jurisprudence → seminar argument → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Doctrine | 30% | Sound. |
| Engagement | 35% | Substantive. |
| Insight | 20% | Original. |
| Articulation | 15% | Scholarly. |
Students apply IHL to conflict scenarios, building the humanitarian-law skill. Implementation: scenario → classify + apply principles → conclude → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Classification | 30% | Correct. |
| Principles | 35% | Correctly applied. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students analyse international-crimes scenarios, building the ICL skill. Implementation: scenario → core crimes + responsibility → ICC jurisdiction → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Crimes analysis | 35% | Correct. |
| Responsibility | 30% | Sound. |
| Jurisdiction | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students develop an international-protection research argument across the term, building the scholarship capstone. Implementation: question → research → argument → revise → final.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Question | 25% | Researchable, sharp. |
| Argument | 35% | Rigorous, original. |
| Engagement | 25% | Treaties+jurisprudence+scholarship. |
| Writing | 15% | Scholarly. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the human-rights, humanitarian, criminal and refugee frameworks and how they interlock, building the international-protection landscape.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Insight | 20% | Shows the connections. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams analyse a contemporary crisis through the international-protection frameworks and present, building applied international-law research.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Research | 35% | Sound. |
| Application | 30% | Correct frameworks. |
| Insight | 20% | Useful. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue an international-protection question before a mock tribunal/peers, building international advocacy.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate international law. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles challenge. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| International Human Rights Law | Moeckli, Shah & Sivakumaran | Oxford Univ. Press | 2022 |
| International Humanitarian Law | various | Cambridge Univ. Press | 2021 |
| An Introduction to International Criminal Law and Procedure | Cryer et al. | Cambridge Univ. Press | 2019 |
| The Law of Refugee Status | Hathaway & Foster | Cambridge Univ. Press | 2014 |
| International Law (readings) | various | OUP / open | 2023 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| International Human Rights Law | edX / SWAYAM | Direct coverage |
| International Humanitarian Law | ICRC / provider | IHL |
| International Criminal Law | provider | ICL |
| Refugee Law and Forced Migration | provider | Refugee law |
| International Law | Coursera / provider | International-law context |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| LL.M.-international-law foundations module | provider | Reinforces CO1–CO6; Year 3 |
| ICRC IHL course / micro-credential | ICRC | Supports CO3; optional |
| International-law moot / research publication | external + KLU | Applies the skill; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's international-law depth; our protection-of-the-person focus anchors an LL.M. in international law/human rights. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong international-law tradition. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's international-law strength mirrored. |
| Leading LL.M. international-law tracks | ~92% | Aligned with the international human-rights/humanitarian-law foundations expected by leading LL.M. programmes worldwide. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a research-oriented optional. Building on Public International Law, it integrates the human-rights, humanitarian, criminal and refugee frameworks that protect the person internationally — an internationally-legible, research-rich foundation that anchors an LL.M. in international law or human rights.
International-law research uses global databases and engages technology-and-conflict questions.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Scholarly databases + UN/ICC sources + SCC Online | Research | International jurisprudence, treaties and scholarship. |
| A research / writing tool | Scholarly writing | International-protection research arguments. |
Higher-Education-Pathway Optional 4 · Sem VII · BCI Group 7 (IP) / Group 2 (Business) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal + interdisciplinary. Basis: IP at the technological frontier (AI, software, data, biotech); the law of emerging technologies (AI regulation, blockchain, platforms); the IT/DPDP framework. Builds on the technology stream and IP. The signature interdisciplinary optional of the BBA-LLB. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and global tech-law tracks.
IPR & Emerging Technology Law is the signature interdisciplinary optional of this BBA-LLB — the law at the frontier where intellectual property meets artificial intelligence, software, data and biotechnology, and where wholly new regulatory questions (AI governance, blockchain, platform power) are being worked out in real time. It draws directly on the programme's distinctive technology stream, making the BBA-LLB student exceptionally well-placed, and it suits the higher-education pathway as a rich, forward-looking research field.
The course is doctrinal and forward-looking. Students study IP at the technological frontier (AI-generated works and inventions, software and data protection, biotech IP), the emerging law of artificial intelligence (governance, liability, the global regulatory efforts), the law of data and platforms (building on DPDP and intermediary liability), and blockchain/Web3 and other frontier technologies. The emphasis is on the unsettled questions and the regulatory design challenges that define this field — exactly the terrain of cutting-edge legal research.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the law at the IP-technology frontier (AI, software, data, biotech). | L2 |
| CO2 | Analyse an IP question raised by an emerging technology (e.g., AI authorship/inventorship). | L4 |
| CO3 | Apply the emerging AI-governance and liability frameworks to a situation. | L3 |
| CO4 | Analyse a data/platform-law question at the technological frontier. | L4 |
| CO5 | Analyse a blockchain/Web3 or other frontier-technology legal question. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate an emerging-technology legal problem and construct a research/reform argument. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
Rationale: PSO2 (legal-tech fluency) High across every CO — the most technology-intensive law optional, drawing directly on the tech stream. PO5 (research/reform) and PO7 (societal concern, tech's impact) High. PO1 High throughout. The signature interdisciplinary BBA-LLB optional.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
How emerging technology strains and reshapes IP.
The emerging regulatory response to artificial intelligence (builds on TECH-301).
The law of the data economy and the platforms that run it.
The legal questions of the newest technologies.
The cross-cutting challenge of regulating fast-moving technology.
The capstone — constructing a research/reform argument at the frontier.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | The AI-authorship/inventorship debates (DABUS and after); leading software-patent authorities | Frontier landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The AI-Authorship/Inventorship Problem | Frontier case |
| 3 | Case Study B — The AI-Liability & Governance Question | Frontier case |
| 4 | Case Study C — The Smart-Contract/Blockchain Problem | Frontier case |
| 5 | Emerging-technology regulatory-design example | Applied example |
| 6 | Emerging-tech-research-argument example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students engage the unsettled emerging-tech legal questions, building frontier scholarly command. Implementation: question → law + technology + policy → seminar argument → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 30% | Grasps law and tech. |
| Engagement | 35% | Substantive. |
| Insight | 20% | Original. |
| Articulation | 15% | Scholarly. |
Students analyse how an emerging technology strains the law, building the interdisciplinary skill. Implementation: technology → identify the legal strain → analyse → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Tech understanding | 30% | Sound (draws on the tech stream). |
| Legal analysis | 35% | Correct. |
| Synthesis | 20% | Genuine interdisciplinarity. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students design regulation for an emerging technology, building the reform skill. Implementation: technology → regulatory approach → design → critique → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Approach | 30% | Apt regulatory approach. |
| Design | 35% | Sound, workable. |
| Balance | 20% | Innovation vs. precaution. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
Students develop an emerging-tech research/reform argument across the term, building the scholarship capstone. Implementation: question → research → argument → revise → final.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Question | 25% | Researchable, frontier. |
| Argument | 35% | Rigorous, original. |
| Interdisciplinarity | 25% | Law+tech+policy. |
| Writing | 15% | Scholarly. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the emerging-technology legal frontier (AI, data, blockchain, biotech) and the open questions, building the landscape.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Frontier-insight | 20% | Identifies open questions. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams design and present a regulatory proposal for an emerging technology, building the reform skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Research | 30% | Sound. |
| Design | 35% | Workable. |
| Balance | 20% | Innovation vs. precaution. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue an emerging-tech legal question before peers, building frontier argument.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate law and tech. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles challenge. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Law and Emerging Technologies (readings) | various | OUP / open | 2023 |
| Artificial Intelligence and Law (readings) | various | open / Springer | 2023 |
| The Law of Artificial Intelligence (readings) | various | Sweet & Maxwell / open | 2022 |
| Blockchain and the Law | De Filippi & Wright | Harvard Univ. Press | 2018 |
| IP and Emerging Technology (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2024 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Law and Technology / AI and Law | SWAYAM / provider | Direct coverage |
| Artificial Intelligence: Law and Policy | provider | AI governance |
| Blockchain and Law | provider | Blockchain/Web3 |
| Technology Policy and Regulation | Coursera / provider | Tech regulation |
| Data, AI and Society | provider | Tech and society |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| AI-law / technology-law certification | provider | Reinforces CO2–CO3; Year 4 |
| Tech-policy / regulatory-design micro-credential | provider | Supports CO5; optional |
| Tech-law research / publication | KLU + journals | Applies the skill; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's law-and-technology offerings; our technology-stream foundation gives the BBA-LLB student a distinctive interdisciplinary edge. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~92% | Close alignment; NALSAR's strong tech-law tradition mirrored, with our tech-stream depth added. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; emerging-tech-law emphasis matched. |
| Global tech-law tracks | ~90% | Aligned with the emerging-technology-law foundations of leading global tech-law programmes, with our interdisciplinary tech grounding as a standout strength. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high and genuinely cutting-edge. As the signature interdisciplinary optional, it draws on the programme's distinctive technology stream to engage the unsettled questions at the IP-AI-data-blockchain frontier — a forward-looking research field where the BBA-LLB student, uniquely, brings real technical grounding.
This is the most technology-intensive law optional, built directly on the technology stream.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Scholarly databases + SCC Online + tech sources | Research | Frontier law, technology and policy research. |
| A research / design tool | Research / regulatory design | Regulatory proposals and research arguments. |
Higher-Education-Pathway Optional 5 · Sem VII · BCI Group 8 (International) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Doctrinal + comparative. Basis: jurisdiction, choice of law, and recognition/enforcement of foreign judgments in cross-border private disputes; the CPC provisions; international commercial dispute resolution. A research-rich, internationally-legible optional. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD and LL.M. international tracks.
Private International Law — the conflict of laws — governs private disputes that cross borders: which court has jurisdiction, which country's law applies, and whether and how a foreign judgment or award is recognised and enforced. As commerce, families and disputes become ever more transnational, it is an increasingly important and intellectually elegant field, suited to the higher-education pathway and an LL.M. in international or commercial law, and complementing the cross-border dimensions of the corporate and international optionals.
The course is doctrinal and comparative. Students study the three central questions of the conflict of laws — jurisdiction (when an Indian court can hear a cross-border dispute), choice of law (the connecting factors and how the applicable law is determined across contract, tort, property and family matters), and the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments and arbitral awards — together with the characterisation, renvoi and public-policy doctrines that give the subject its intellectual depth. It is taught through cross-border problems and the comparative jurisprudence.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the nature, scope and central questions of private international law. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply the rules of jurisdiction to a cross-border private dispute. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a choice-of-law question across the principal subject areas. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply the rules on recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments and awards. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse a conflict-of-laws problem using the characterisation/renvoi/public-policy doctrines. | L4 |
| CO6 | Evaluate a cross-border private dispute and construct a reasoned or research argument. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO4 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO5 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
Rationale: PO1 (reasoning) and PO5 (research) High across every CO — conflict of laws is intellectually elegant doctrinal reasoning. PSO1 (commercial/cross-border acumen) strong. PO10 High. A research-rich, internationally-legible optional complementing the corporate and international tracks.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
What the conflict of laws is and the questions it answers.
When a court can hear a transnational private dispute.
Determining which country's law governs — the heart of the subject.
Giving effect to foreign judgments and awards.
The doctrines that give the subject depth, and the comparative view.
The capstone — analysing a cross-border dispute or research question.
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 4 | Leading recognition-and-enforcement authorities (CPC s.13; foreign-award enforcement) | Landmark |
| 2 | Case Study A — The Jurisdiction Question | Conflict-of-laws case |
| 3 | Case Study B — The Choice-of-Law Problem | Conflict-of-laws case |
| 4 | Case Study C — Enforcing the Foreign Judgment/Award | Conflict-of-laws case |
| 5 | Leading public-policy/renvoi authorities | Landmark |
| 6 | Cross-border-dispute analysis example | Integrated |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students work cross-border disputes through the jurisdiction-choice-enforcement sequence, building the core skill. Implementation: dispute → work the sequence → conclude → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Sequence | 35% | Works it correctly. |
| Application | 30% | Correct rules. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Reasoned. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students determine the applicable law across subject areas, building the choice-of-law skill. Implementation: problems → connecting factors → applicable law → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Method | 35% | Correct. |
| Connecting factors | 30% | Correctly identified. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students analyse foreign-judgment/award enforcement, building the enforcement skill. Implementation: scenario → framework + conditions/defences → conclude → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Framework | 35% | Right framework. |
| Conditions/defences | 30% | Correctly applied. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Sound. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students develop a conflict-of-laws research argument across the term, building the scholarship capstone. Implementation: question → research → argument → revise → final.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Question | 25% | Researchable, sharp. |
| Argument | 35% | Rigorous, original. |
| Comparative | 25% | Engages comparative material. |
| Writing | 15% | Scholarly. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Teams map the jurisdiction-choice-of-law-enforcement framework with the key rules and authorities, building the toolkit.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Accuracy | 35% | Correct. |
| Completeness | 30% | Comprehensive. |
| Usability | 20% | A real toolkit. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams analyse a real cross-border dispute end-to-end and present, building applied conflict-of-laws skill.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Sequence | 35% | Works it correctly. |
| Analysis | 30% | Sound. |
| Conclusion | 20% | Reasoned. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams argue a conflict-of-laws question before peers/a bench, building cross-border argument.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Command | 35% | Accurate conflict-of-laws. |
| Argument | 30% | Persuasive. |
| Responsiveness | 20% | Handles challenge. |
| Communication | 15% | Clear. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Private International Law | Cheshire, North & Fawcett | Oxford Univ. Press | 2017 |
| Conflict of Laws | Paras Diwan / readings | Deep & Deep / open | 2018 |
| Private International Law (Indian readings) | various | EBC / open | 2022 |
| Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Judgments (readings) | various | open | 2022 |
| International Commercial Litigation (readings) | various | open / Sweet & Maxwell | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Private International Law / Conflict of Laws | SWAYAM / provider | Direct coverage |
| International Commercial Dispute Resolution | provider | Cross-border disputes |
| Cross-Border Litigation | provider | Jurisdiction/enforcement |
| International Family Law | provider | Family conflict of laws |
| International Law | Coursera / provider | International-law context |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| LL.M.-international/commercial-law foundations module | provider | Reinforces CO1–CO6; Year 4 |
| International-dispute-resolution micro-credential | provider | Supports CO4; optional |
| Conflict-of-laws moot / research publication | external + KLU | Applies the skill; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~90% | Matches NLSIU's private-international-law offerings; our cross-border-commercial orientation suits the higher-education pathway. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong international-law treatment. |
| NLU Delhi | ~90% | Strong overlap; conflict-of-laws depth matched. |
| Leading LL.M. international/commercial tracks | ~90% | Aligned with the private-international-law foundations expected by leading LL.M. programmes. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for a research-oriented optional. As cross-border commerce and disputes proliferate, the conflict of laws becomes ever more important; this intellectually elegant optional builds command of jurisdiction, choice of law and enforcement, complementing the cross-border dimensions of the corporate and international tracks and anchoring an LL.M.
Cross-border practice uses international research databases and engages digital-commerce conflicts.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Scholarly databases + SCC Online / Manupatra (+ comparative sources) | Research | Conflict-of-laws authorities and comparative material. |
| A research / writing tool | Scholarly writing | Cross-border-dispute analysis and research arguments. |
Higher-Education-Pathway Optional 6 · Sem VIII · BCI Group 1 (Legal Method/Research) · 4 Credits · 4-0-0-0 · Methodological + applied. Basis: legal-research methodology (doctrinal and empirical); comparative-law method; policy analysis and law reform; academic writing and publication. The capstone of the higher-education pathway, directly preparing the Sem-9 research project and an LL.M./research career. Benchmarked against NLSIU, NALSAR, NLUD research-methods offerings and LL.M. expectations.
Law, Policy Research & Comparative Law is the methodological capstone of the higher-education pathway — the optional that turns a student who knows law into a scholar who can produce it. It teaches the methods of legal research (doctrinal and empirical), the comparative-law method, and the craft of policy analysis and law reform, all oriented toward producing original scholarship. It directly prepares the student for the Semester-9 research project and for an LL.M. or a research career.
The course is methodological and applied. Students learn how to identify and frame a research question, conduct rigorous doctrinal and empirical research, use the comparative method properly, analyse policy and design law reform, and write to scholarly standard — culminating in the production of a substantial piece of original research. It is the one optional whose principal output is the student's own scholarship, and it equips the academically-inclined BBA-LLB graduate to contribute to the field rather than merely apply it.
| CO | On completion, the student will be able to… | BTL |
|---|---|---|
| CO1 | Explain the methods and design of legal research. | L2 |
| CO2 | Apply doctrinal and empirical research methods to a research question. | L3 |
| CO3 | Analyse a legal question using the comparative-law method. | L4 |
| CO4 | Apply policy-analysis and law-reform methods to a problem. | L3 |
| CO5 | Analyse and critique legal scholarship for method, rigour and contribution. | L4 |
| CO6 | Produce and defend a substantial piece of original legal research. | L5 |
BTL key: L1 Remember · L2 Understand · L3 Apply · L4 Analyse · L5 Evaluate · L6 Create.
PSO1 = Commercial & transactional acumen. PSO2 = Legal-technology & drafting fluency.
| CO | PO1 | PO2 | PO3 | PO4 | PO5 | PO6 | PO7 | PO8 | PO9 | PO10 | PSO1 | PSO2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| CO1 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO4 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO5 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
| CO6 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 |
Rationale: PO5 (research) and PO10 (lifelong learning) High across every CO — this is the research-methodology capstone. PO9 (communication/scholarly writing) and PSO2 High. PO4 (synthesis) High. Directly prepares the Sem-9 research project and an LL.M./research career.
Six modules, each mapped consecutively to one Course Outcome (Module 1 → CO1 … Module 6 → CO6).
The foundations of producing, not just consuming, legal knowledge.
Going beyond doctrine — empirical and interdisciplinary research.
Using comparison properly — a powerful but easily-misused method.
From research to reform — the policy dimension.
The craft and conventions of scholarship.
The capstone — producing and defending original research (preparing the Sem-9 project).
| Module | Case / Case Study | Type |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Exemplary legal-research designs and methodologies (illustrative models) | Reference |
| 2 | Exercise A — Designing the Research Project | Methodology exercise |
| 3 | Exercise B — The Comparative-Law Study | Methodology exercise |
| 6 | Exercise C — The Research Paper & Defence | Capstone exercise |
| 4 | Policy-analysis / law-reform model (illustrative) | Reference |
| 5 | Academic-writing and critique model (illustrative) | Model |
Four high-impact, course-relevant ALMs that build genuine doctrinal, analytical and advocacy competence.
Students develop research designs and proposals, building the foundational research skill. Implementation: interest → question → literature/gap → proposal → critique.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Question | 30% | Sharp, researchable. |
| Literature/gap | 30% | Sound. |
| Method | 25% | Justified. |
| Proposal | 15% | Complete. |
Students apply doctrinal/empirical/comparative methods to questions, building methodological fluency. Implementation: question → choose and apply method → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Method choice | 30% | Apt. |
| Application | 35% | Rigorous. |
| Awareness | 20% | Knows the limits. |
| Clarity | 15% | Clear. |
Students critique published scholarship for method and rigour, building the critical-scholarly eye. Implementation: paper → critique method/rigour/contribution → debrief.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Method critique | 35% | Sound. |
| Rigour | 30% | Assesses it. |
| Contribution | 20% | Evaluates it. |
| Articulation | 15% | Scholarly. |
Students produce a substantial research paper across the term, the direct rehearsal for the Sem-9 project. Implementation: proposal → research → draft → critique → final → defend.
| Criterion | Weight | Descriptor (full marks) |
|---|---|---|
| Originality | 25% | Genuine contribution. |
| Rigour | 30% | Sound method and research. |
| Writing | 25% | Scholarly. |
| Defence | 20% | Defends before a panel. |
Specific to this course and distinct from the semester-wide Activity Stream. Teams of 4–5; each builds a lawyering ability — drafting, argument, presentation, questioning — with drafting and advocacy emphasised.
Students develop and present a full research proposal, the foundation of the Sem-9 project.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Question | 30% | Sharp. |
| Literature/gap | 30% | Sound. |
| Method | 25% | Justified. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Teams conduct and present a small comparative-law study, building the comparative method.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Design | 30% | Sound. |
| Comparison | 35% | Functional, careful. |
| Lessons | 20% | Qualified. |
| Presentation | 15% | Clear. |
Students present and defend their research paper before a panel, the direct rehearsal for the Sem-9 dissertation defence.
| Component | Weight | Assessed |
|---|---|---|
| Originality | 25% | Genuine contribution. |
| Rigour | 30% | Sound. |
| Defence | 30% | Handles the panel. |
| Communication | 15% | Scholarly. |
| Title | Author(s) | Publisher | Year |
|---|---|---|---|
| Legal Research Methodology | various | EBC / LexisNexis | 2022 |
| Legal Research and Writing | various | Universal / open | 2021 |
| Comparative Law (readings) | Zweigert & Kötz / readings | OUP / open | 2019 |
| Research Methods for Law | Watkins & Burton | Edinburgh Univ. Press | 2018 |
| Academic Legal Writing (readings) | various | open / EBC | 2022 |
| Course | Platform | Relevance |
|---|---|---|
| Legal Research Methodology | SWAYAM / NPTEL | Direct coverage |
| Research Methods | Coursera / provider | Research methods |
| Comparative Law | provider | Comparative method |
| Academic Writing | provider | Scholarly writing |
| Public Policy Analysis | provider | Policy analysis |
| Certification / Value-Add | Provider | Relevance / Timing |
|---|---|---|
| Research-methodology / academic-writing certification | provider | Reinforces CO1–CO6; Year 4–5 |
| LL.M.-preparation / scholarship micro-credential | provider | Supports CO6; optional |
| Journal publication / research-conference presentation | KLU + journals/conferences | Applies the skill; ongoing |
| Institution | Coverage | Notes on alignment / deliberate variance |
|---|---|---|
| NLSIU Bengaluru | ~92% | Matches NLSIU's research-methods rigour; our capstone directly prepares the Sem-9 project and an LL.M./research career. |
| NALSAR Hyderabad | ~90% | Close alignment; strong research-methods tradition. |
| NLU Delhi | ~92% | Strong overlap; NLUD's research emphasis mirrored. |
| LL.M. research-methods expectations | ~92% | Aligned with the research-methodology and scholarship foundations expected on entry to leading LL.M. programmes. |
Reasoning for coverage: Coverage is high for the methodological capstone. It is the one optional whose principal output is the student's own scholarship — teaching the research, comparative and policy methods and the scholarly writing that turn a graduate into a producer of legal knowledge, directly preparing the Sem-9 research project and an LL.M./research career.
Modern legal research is data- and tool-assisted; research and writing tools are central.
| Tool | Type | Use in this course |
|---|---|---|
| Scholarly databases + reference manager + SCC Online | Research | Literature review, sources and citation. |
| A data / writing tool | Empirical research / writing | Empirical work and the research paper. |